CREARTEC Main Catalogue

MAIN CATALOGUE

CREARTEC | MAIN CATALOGUE

Do it yourself! Under this motto—and with the publication

of this catalog—we have been manufacturing hobby, craft,

and creative materials exclusively in Germany for exactly 30

years.

Many of our more than 400 customers are connected to us

through long-standing, trust-based partnerships, some dating

back to the company’s founding in 1996. Together, with

high-quality and safe “Made in Germany” products, we have

grown into one of the leading European manufacturers in this

sector. For our motivated team, this designation represents a

promise of value that goes far beyond mere geographic origin.

Over recent years, we have invested signifi cant sums in specialized

software and modern analytics in order to meet the

continuously increasing regulatory compliance requirements

in Europe. As a result, we are now able to routinely carry out

all relevant tests internally, outsourcing only microbiological

analyses and specialized examinations that we cannot

perform ourselves to accredited testing institutes.

Following the departure of the founder in 2017, the company

initially entered a transition phase that included comprehensive

modernization and automation of production, extensive

digitalization, and portfolio optimization. Stronger, faster, and

more effi cient than ever, we are setting the course for growth

and sustainability in our anniversary year 2026.

Our business model is designed to handle small-scale batch

production as effi ciently as possible. Our batch sizes range

from approximately 30 kg to 1,000 kg, or from a few hundred

to tens of thousands of packaging units. Our core business is

private label customers, to whom we offer a comprehensive

full-service solution, as well as the business of our three

umbrella brands—Artidee, Playtec, and Sapolina. In addition,

we supply certain formulations in bulk containers to industrial

customers and offer contract fi lling and packaging services—an

area in which we are highly competitive thanks to our

specialization.

Already during the development of products for the hobby,

craft, and creative sectors, we pay close attention to formulating

them to be as free of hazardous substances and as

environmentally compatible as possible. For products where

this is not easily achievable—such as cleaning agents and

solvent-based coatings—we strive to shift the raw material

base toward renewable resources and can often offer similarly

high-performing alternatives on a water-based formulation.

For us, sustainability in production means focusing on

resource effi ciency, energy savings, and waste reduction. Naturally,

we are also happy to offer our private label customers

packaging solutions based on various qualities of recycled

materials.

This catalog provides you with an up-to-date overview of our

standard product range for the hobby, craft, and creative market.

In keeping with tradition, we also include easy-to-understand

background information on individual material classes,

as well as practical tips from our application engineering

team. Where more in-depth information is useful, or where a

video is available, QR codes link directly to our websites.

We are always able to manufacture other types and sizes of

containers as well as special formulations—simply contact

us to discuss the possibilities on an individual basis. We look

forward to hearing from you.

Enjoy reading our new catalog!

Do you have any questions about our company, or our products and services?

You can find the right contact person here.

YOUR CONTACT PERSONS

Executive Management /

Product Development

Executive Management /

General Management

Accounting

Dr. Bernd Gangnus

Anja Lührs-Hofer

Irina Wieschalla

Tel.: +49 8381 / 80 74 0- 0

Tel.: +49 8381 / 80 74 0- 0

Tel.: +49 8381 / 80 74 0- 11

Processing / Sales

Anette Keller

Tel.: +49 8381 / 80 74 0- 14

E-Mail: a.keller@creartec.info

Graphics & Design

Lucie Karakasevic

Tel.: +49 8381 / 80 74 0- 0

Processing / Sales

Nicole Pilsl

Tel.: +49 8381 / 80 74 0- 15

E-Mail: n.pilsl@creartec.info

Application Technology

Gabi Hollfelder

Tel.: +49 8381 / 80 74 0- 0


CREARTEC ® trend-design-gmbh | www.creartec.de | Tel.: +49 (0) 8381 80740-0

3

CREARTEC

KNOW-HOW

Success is the best evidence of good ideas

PRODUCT

DEVELOPMENT

No product without an idea –

but nor is there a product without know-how!

Our product development unites the two and leaves

nothing to chance.

Each of our creative ideas is subjected to months of testing

until it achieves the necessary readiness for the market.

During this period, the regulatory requirements are identifi ed

and conformity with all the legislative requirements in the planned

target markets is assured. With the aid of a state-of-the-art analytical

laboratory, product compliance is ensured.

Browse through our portfolio of over 2,300 products and let us provide you with inspiration.


Our product – your label

PRIVATE

LABEL

Do you want to establish your own brand in the market

with high-quality “Made in Germany” products?

We can produce your "Private Label" products reliably,

fast and fl exibly – no matter whether

you need large or small batches.

We can fi nd an attractive solution for every product!

4

The perfect packaging for every product

CONTRACT FILLING

Save costs, storage space and valuable time

– entrust us with the responsibility for fi lling

containers with liquids, pastes, powders or

granulate that you provide to us.

Our range of services includes fi lling bottles,

tins, jars, canisters, bags and buckets, labelling

our own containers or those customised for customers,

and also the packaging of sets.

Possible fi lling quantities:

• liquids/pastes: 10 ml – 20 l

• powders/granulates: 2 g – 25 kg

We give your ideas space

DEVELOPMENT OF

CUSTOMERS’ IDEAS

You have an idea – we help you to make it reality!

Of course, the concept that “confi dential material

stays confi dential” holds true. We are happy to be

bound by a non-disclosure agreement (NDA) when

working with you if you require it.

Our range includes toys classifi ed under EN 71 as

“chemical toys”, as well as cosmetics

and technical items.

We offer true added value in that, as a CREARTEC

customer, you can access our resources in the laboratory,

regulatory affairs, and in graphic design.

Smaller customers, in particular, can benefi t from working with a well-established partner who will

ensure compliance with the complex regulatory requirements to which our industry is subject

(e.g. REACH, CLP, EN 71, cosmetics).

Take advantage of our experience gained over a period of more than 25 years,

and our wide technical base!



5

1

2


1. CREARTEC-trend-design gmbh based in the

Business Park Lindenberg, Allgäu

2. Production hall occupying over 1,100 square metres

3. Consignment

4. Impressions – production "Made in Germany"

4

4

4

6

1

2

4

4

4

4

3 4

2

4

4



7

CONTENT OVERVIEW

SEITE

ARTIDEE 09

Moulding Techniques

Synthetic Resins

Casting Compounds and Moulds

Mosaic Techniques

Surface Design

Winter Range

The Creative Workshop

Adhesives

Encaustic

Wax Techniques

12

35

47

79

85

133

141

169

189

199

Introduction

Soap Range

Room Fragrance Range

228

230

250

SAPOLINA 227


PLAYTEC 255

ACCESSORIES 281

INFO

Modelling

Adhesives

Colouraplast

Natural Wood Oil / Wood Wax

Shrink-Wrap Film

Plastic Containers and Closures

Glass Bottles

Tinplate – Cans / Buckets / Pots

Mixing and Measuring Vessels

Other

Sales Displays

Books

Detailed table of contents from

GHS labelling overview

256 - 259

260 | 261

262 - 269

270 | 271

272 - 276

280 - 287

288 | 289

290 | 291

292

293 - 295

296

297

298

304

8

ARTIDEE

ARTIDEE | TECHNICAL PRODUCTS

9

Technology & Creativity

ARTIDEE

Materials for young people and adults, for hobby and professional use –

among the things we produce are paints, lacquers and glazes, moulding materials

and mineral-based moulding compounds, synthetic resins, adhesives,

substances for treating surfaces, waxes, and a wide range of materials for

special techniques: and, of course, we offer the accessories you need to work

with our products.

What is it you are looking for? Either we have it already, or we can use our extensive

knowledge of chemistry and technology to put your idea into practice.

Browse through our pages …

… for commercial processors and industrial customers, we also offer bulk

packages at attractive conditions.


10

Product Range

Moulding Techniques

12

Synthetic Resins

35

Casting Compounds

and Moulds

47

Mosaic Techniques

79

Surface Design

85

Winter Range

133

The Creative Workshop

141

Adhesives

169

Encaustic

189

Wax Techniques

199


11

Moulding Techniques

What is moulding?

BILD


Moulding is the first step in the production of

replicas (copies) of an object. Moulding is successfully

used to produce prototypes, for synthetic

casting, for unique art history or archaeological

specimens, and also in medicine (prosthetics).

The original model is referred to: in the first step

this is moulded. In the second step the negative

mould (matrix) that has been produced is filled

once or repeatedly, depending on the type of

material, with an appropriate moulding compound,

and then removed from the mould once it has

hardened. In an ideal scenario, the replica produced

by the hardened compound is an exact copy

of the original model.

Moulding is a very broad and complex subject,

and there is a huge variety of different moulding

materials, moulding techniques, release agents

and moulding compounds. Almost perfect replicas

can be obtained, but only if the right combination

of components is used and the correct technique

is chosen can this be done without damaging the

(possibly irreplaceable) original. You can find an

excellent and comprehensive introduction to this

in the book Making your own Moulds by K-P Lührs

which you can buy in book shops or order conveniently

from us (item 05 172). Our experienced

team will also be happy to advise you personally,

and we can help you to find the right solution for

your moulding project.

12

MOULDING

TECHNIQUES

ARTIDEE | MOULDING TECHNIQUES


13

MOULDING COMPOUNDS

AT A GLANCE

Ready-made moulds are very popular and extremelyely versatile. But what do you do when you want to

mould and replicate a special object, or a sculpture you have created yourself? To enable you to achieve this

in the best possible way, CREARTEC offers a wide range of moulding compounds, as well as the release

agents and complementary products you need to do so.

CREAFORM

This naturally-based quick moulding compound is easy to use, sets fast, and produces 3D moulds which are accurate in every detail.

Because this compound is skin-friendly and has an anti-stick effect, it is ideal for modelling body parts. A negative mould produced with this

compound is for single use only, and must be filled immediately after it has been made, otherwise the negative mould will dry out and the

loss of water will cause it to shrink.

FORMALATE

is a pre-vulcanised liquid latex emulsion made from natural rubber. The latex milk is ready for immediate use and is perfect for moulding

faithfully detailed closed models without openings. Dipping the original in Formalate, or painting this on the model, creates a seamless,

elastic tubular mould that is suitable for many castings and a wide range of casting compounds.


FORMAFORM

is the ideal economical rubber-elastic moulding compound for beginners to try their hand at mould making. Any unsuccessful moulds and

residues can be liquefied in a water bath and reused up to six times. Cross-linking with Formaform Thermolan improves resistance to heat

and reduces the rate of swelling. Formaform that has been cross-linked cannot be melted down again.

SILICONES

are universally usable and offered in different strengths. These condensation-curing silicones can be mixed together and are very robust

when used. They are characterised by their outstanding resistance to polyester and polyurethane resins. Because they last a long time, they

are perfect for single-part and multi-part moulds which will be used to produce many replicas.

SILICON-COMPOUND

is a two-component moulding compound that hardens to become viscoplastic within only a few minutes and produces very accurate moulds.

It requires neither a mould casting box nor a release agent. It is possible to mix and work with even very small quantities with no problem, as

fresh moulding compound bonds firmly with material that has already hardened. Also suitable for body casting. The ideal “instant” moulding

compound.

To help you choose the right moulding compound, release agent and suitable complementary products, you

can find lots of information on our products on the following pages, as well as a comprehensive table which

shows the appropriate CREARTEC products for each of your mould making projects.

14

Find the right moulding compound

suitable =

very suitable =

ideal =

unsuitable = —

Creaform Quick Casting Compound

(item 60 201)

Formalate Latex Moulding Emulsion

(item 60 151)

Formalate Special Latex Emulsion

(item 60 162)

Formalate Modellfix

(item 60 167)

Formaform

(item 60 181)

Silicone Casting Compound - NV

(item 60 400)

Silicone Casting Compound - HB

(item 60 406)

Silicone Casting Compound - HE

(item 60 411)

Silicone Casting Compound - HV

(item 60 416)

Silicon-Compound

(item 60 445)

Bas-reliefs with no indentations

(coins, signets, medals, mountings)

Models with small indentations

(handles, bowls, furniture trims etc.)

Reliefs with extreme indentations

Fully sculpted figures, technical mouldings

Wall and ceiling reliefs, surface structures

partial mouldings of sculptures, models, devices

Moulding of wet clay models

relief plates, sculptures, design surfaces

Figures and technical parts

screws, tools, devices

—

— — — — — — —

— — — — — — — — —

—

Skin-like coverings on sculptures — —

Large figures

(together with an abutment)

Figures made from alloys with low melting points

Decorative figures, components, tools

Production of rubber-like moulded parts

wheels (modelling), game pieces, technical mouldings

Production of rubber-elastic moulded parts

Decorative, bending and moving parts

Casting of electric components

Embedding of black box circuitry

— — — — —

— — — — — — — —

— — — — —

— — — — — —

— — — — —



15

❶

❷

❸

❹

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

Creaform Reproduction Set

Create a true-to-life copy of your own hand with almost unbeatable accuracy.

The moulding process is incredibly fast and is fun for young and old.

A great idea for a gift.

9 Easy to use

9 Short setting time

9 3D moulding perfect in every detail

9 Ideal for beginners

3 1

6 - 8

Creaform

1 4

2 h

Artestone

❶ Pour Creaform and water into a mixing cup.

❷ Mix the components together.

❸ Dip your hand into the mixed Creaform, Let the compound harden

and then carefully pull your hand out.

❹ Fill the mould you have made with Artestone and then remove

from the mould.


Pack Contains

Creaform (max. 90°C)

1 x 450 g

Artestone

1 x 1000 g

1 x Mould box 1 x Instruction

Technical data: see individual products

Creaform Reproduction Set

Content Packaging PU Item

1450 g Plastic jar 3 60 211

16

ARTIDEE | MOULDING TECHNIQUES | CREAFORM REPRODUCTION SET – CREAFORM QUICK CASTING COMPOUND


Creaform is a fast casting compound, based on natural materials, which is amazingly easy to use. A ready-to-use moulding which can be filled with a wide

variety of casting compounds is created in a matter of a few minutes.

9 Easy to use

9 Short setting time

9 3D moulding perfect in every detail

9 Based on natural raw materials

3 1

6 - 8

Processing time: 3-4 min | Setting time: 6-8 min | Density: 1,76 g/cm³ | Temperature resistance: max. 90°C | Hardening time: 4-5 min



225 g Small plastic cup

60 201

6

500 g

60 202

Doypack

1000 g

60 203

1

4000 g Plastic bucket 60 204



17

❶

❷

❸

❹


This liquid latex milk is perfect for creating seamless tubular shapes when

making models and figures. The model that is to be moulded is simply

dipped in the latex milk.

The finished mould can be filled with ceramic casting compound, soap,

wax, casting resin or concrete.

Note: Do not store latex moulds in metal containers!

9 Highly accurate moulding

9 Ready to use

9 Quick drying

9 Robust

9 Long-lasting

9 Elastic

1-2 Days

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

❶ Fix the model to a stable wooden board and paint with Mould

Release Wax Emulsion.

❷ Dip the model (several times) into Formalate Latex Moulding

Compound. After pulling it out, remove any air bubbles with a brush.

❸ After 1 to 2 days, the latex mould can be pulled off the original.

Tip: rub the outside of tubular moulds with a few drops of

washing-up liquid and water before pulling off.

❹ The mould is ready!


Density: 0,95 g/cm³ | pH value: 9,5 - 10,5 | Linear shrinkage: 6 % | Solids:

59 - 60 % | Ammonia content: w/w 0,35 % | Setting time: 1-2 days



300 ml

6 60 151

Plastic jar

800 ml 3 60 152

2500 ml Plastic bottle 1 60 154

18

ARTIDEE | MOULDING TECHNIQUES | FORMALATE LATEX MOULDING EMULSION– LATEX THICKENER

Formalate Special – odourless

The liquid ammonia-free latex milk is perfect for creating seamless tubular

shapes when making models and figures. The model that is to be

moulded is simply dipped in the latex milk.

The finished mould can be filled with ceramic casting compound, soap,

wax, casting resin or concrete.

Formalate Modellfix – spatulatable

This creamy, spreadable latex is excellent for moulding reliefs, dioramas

or architectural models. Negative moulds made from fresh, wet clay

models in particular can easily be created with Formalate Modellfix. The

finished mould can be filled with ceramic casting compound, soap, wax,

casting resin or concrete.

9 Odourless = ammonia-free

9 Very accurate moulding

9 Colourable

9 Elastic

1-2 Days

9 Can be spread or applied with a brush

9 Suitable for vertical surfaces

9 For moulding freshly modelled clay models

9 Ready to use

9 Elastic

1-4 Days

Density: 0,95 g/cm³ | Tensile strength: 19-23 MPa | Temperature resistance:

max. 90 °C | Elongation at break: 800-950 % | Setting time per

layer: 30 - 60 min | Final Setting time: 1-2 days

Formalate Spezial – Latex Emulsion odourless


300 ml

6 60 162

Plastic jar

800 ml 3 60 163

Density: 0,995 g/cm³ | Linear shrinkage: 6 ,8% | Temperature resistance:

max. 90 °C | Ammonia content: w/w 0,25 % | Final Setting time: 1-4 days

Formalate Modellfix – Latex Creme spatulatable


1000 ml Plastic jar 3 60 167

Latex Coalisator

Apply smooth objects made of glass, plastic or metal surfaces with Latex

Coalisator before dipping in Latex Milk. When coalisator is used, it

forms a thicker, even skin particularly fast. Latex Coalisator can also be

applied to the dried latex skin between dipping processes. Also excellent

for cleaning and removing fresh latex.

9 Faster mould creation

9 Even adhesion

9 Very economical

GHS - 02 | 07 Overview on PAGE 304

Density: 0,91 g/cm³ | Colour: yellow | Drying time: 15 min

Latex Coalisator



15

Latex Thickener

Latex Thickener can be used to make liquid latex milk suitable for painting

or spreading, depending on how you wish to use it. Add the required

amount of Latex Thickener quickly to latex milk and mix together thoroughly.

9 Ready to use

9 Easy to use

Density: 1,04 g/cm³ | Addition: 0,1-3 %

Latex Thickener

Tip: Flow Talcum (item 60 627) prevents objects sticking

to the mould, see PAGE 24





19

Formaform – The Cost-Effective Material for Beginners

Formaform is the perfect material for all beginners to start mould making with. Melting

Formaform and liquid in a water bath creates a thin moulding compound which is an

ideal cost-effective alternative to silicone. The compound hardens as it cools, producing

a ready-to-use negative mould in only a short time.

It is possible to recycle a negative mould up to six times. To do so, cut up unsuccessful

moulds into small pieces with a pair of scissors, add a little Formaform liquid, melt

down and reuse to cast another mould.

Moulds made with Formaform can, however, only be used for casting once or twice,

since they are neither heat nor water-resistant. But that situation can be changed:

when cross-linked with Formaform Thermolan, moulds can be used up to 20 times.

The negative mould cannot, however, be melted down again, but it is now ideal for

filling with a wide range of casting compounds, such as ceramic casting compounds,

plaster, Polyester Casting Resin, Cold Glaze, wax, soap and concrete.


20

ARTIDEE | MOULDING TECHNIQUES | FORMAFORM RUBBER-ELASTIC CASTING COMPOUND – FORMAFORM LIQUID

❶

❷

❸

❹

Formaform – Rubber-elastic

casting compound

This rubber-elastic casting compound is ideal for making your first steps

in model making, since the finished moulds can be melted down again at

any time. It is possible to recycle a mould up to six times.

Cross-linking with Formaform Thermolan improves the heat resistance

of the mould, the rate of swelling is reduced and the mould becomes

stronger, thus less likely to lose its shape. Formaform that has been

cross-linked cannot be melted down again. Formaform is also excellent

for making rubber stamps.

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

❶ Fix the object which had been pre-treated with release agent into

the mould casting box.

9 For mouldings that are accurate in every detail

9 Multi-functional



10 4

30 - 60

❷ Mix Formaform Granulate and Formaform liquid, and melt in the

water bath.

❸ Pour melted Formaform onto the model to be moulded.

❹ Carefully pull off the cooled-down rubbery negative mould.

Pack Contains

Formaform Granulate

1 x 800 g / 4800 g

Formaform-Thermolan

1 x 125 g / 750 g

Formaform-Liquid

1 x 325 g / 1950 g

1 x Instruction

Density: 1,01 g/cm³ | Melting point: 48-56 °C | Addition of Thermolan:

10 % | Processing temperature: 58 - 65 °C | Setting time: 30 - 60 min |

Post cure time: 3-4 h

Formaform – Rubber-elastic casting compound



8000 g Plastic bucket 1 60 183

Formaform Liquid

In order to keep Formaform smooth and flexible when re-melting a used

mould, stir about 3% fresh Formaform Liquid into the hot, melted compound.

This maintains the original elasticity in the newly cast mould.

9 Enables used moulds to be recycled

9 Improves flowability

9 Ready to use

Addition

3 %

Density: 1,3 g/cm³ | Initial dosage: 40 % | Dosage for recycled material: 3 %

Formaform Liquid


325 g Plastic bottle 3 60 186



21

Silicone Moulding Compounds – The Specialists

The key premise for the CREARTEC mould making system is that it must be possible to produce the required mould fast

and with no major technical effort. In order to achieve this, the available moulding material and accessories must be

universally applicable, to ensure that they can be used to create a ready-to-use mould reliably and without any significant

prior knowledge.

The CREARTEC mould making system is based on these criteria. It comprises four different silicones, each of which is

customised to one application, but which can all be mixed together and combined with and among each other. This unique

range of materials is complemented by accessories which have been developed in a modular system to fulfil this purpose:

these can be used to tailor the prepared moulding compound and adjust it to make it ready for use for the appropriate

function for its intended application:

• the hardening time can be shortened or lengthened;

• the viscosity of the silicone can be changed. It can be made thinner, freer flowing or thicker, and it can also be thixotoped

(made non-drip or spreadable);

• the silicones can be mixed together. This produces an elastic, viscoplastic, hard, extremely dimensionally stable or

highly elastic moulding material;

• a flexible, elastic moulding material can be produced from a rigid, temperature-resistant silicone in order to produce

heat-resistant moulds into which metals with low melting points can be poured

NV

%

HB

%

HE

%

HV

%

Silicon

Öl %

Shore

hardness

Consistency

Vulcanisate

Properties

Instructions for use

100 30 medium viscous medium hard All-round mould

80 20 23 medium viscous soft-hard All-round mould

70 20 10 21 flowable medium soft Casting resin mould

60 40 16 flowable soft Synthetic resin mould

50 40 10 12 thin very soft Candle moulds

40 60 14 thin very soft Wax moulds


20 80 11 thin extremely soft Skin mould (thickened)

100 8 thin extremely soft Skin mould (thickened)

100 34 highly viscous hard Stucco mould (thickened)

20 80 26 highly viscous soft-hard Stucco mould (thickened)

20 75 5 22 highly viscous medium soft Coat mould

40 60 20 spatula-viscous medium soft Coat mould

60 40 22 spatula-viscous medium soft All-round mould

50 40 10 15 flowable very soft Wax mould

80 20 26 medium viscous soft-hard Stucco mould (thickened)

40 20 40 20 flowable medium soft Skin mould (thickened)

20 80 17 spatula-viscous soft Synthetic resin mould

15 70 15 9 medium viscous extremely soft Skin mould (thickened)

40 60 16 spatula-viscous soft PU-Mould

100 48 medium viscous hard - heat-resistant Pewter mould

80 20 26 medium viscous soft-hard (heat-resistant) Full pewter mould

70 20 10 18 flowable soft (heat-resistant) Full pewter mould

40 60 18 flowable soft (heat-resistant) Full pewter mould

20 80 14 thin very soft (heat-resistant) Full pewter mould

100 8 flowable soft Candle casting mould

80 20 23 medium viscous soft-hard Candle casting mould

22

ARTIDEE | MOULDING TECHNIQUES | SILICONE MOULDING COMPOUNDS – SILCOLAN NV SILICONE CASTING COMPOUND

❶

❷

❸

❹

Silicone Casting Compound

NV low viscosity - flowable HE highly elastic / highly tear-resistant

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

HB heat-resistant - flowable HV highly viscous - spatulatable

Silcolan NV Silicone Casting Compound

Universally applicable, low-viscosity Silicone Casting Compound for producing

single or multi-part negative moulds. Silcolan NV is characterised

by its ability to produce mouldings that are accurate in detail and by its excellent

fluidity. Because it is easy to use Silcolan NV is ideal for beginners,

but it is also used in professional craftwork mould making, as the moulds

can be used repeatedly.

❶ When producing a one-part mould, the pre-treated model is fixed

in the mould casting box. Be careful to leave a clearance of at least

6–9 mm around the model. When using lightweight models made

from wood or wax, place a thin layer of Mould Modelling Plasticine

(item 60632) on the underside of the model, then lay it on the base

of the mould casting box and press it down lightly. This sticks it to

the base and prevents it from floating up when the compound is

poured in.

9 Accurate mouldings

9 Can be poured

9 Self-venting

9 Can be poured multiple times

50 1

2 - 4 h

GHS - 02 | 07 | 08 Overview on PAGE 304

Pack Contains

Silcolan NV

1 x 490 g / 980 g / 4900 g /

24,5 kg

Silicone hardener

1 x 10 g / 20 g / 100 g /

5 x 100 g

Instruction

SILCOLAN NV: Pot life at 20°C: 40-100 min Temperature resistance:

180°C | Linear shrinkage: 0,4 % | Elongation at break: 250% | Tear

resistance: 4,5 N/mm² | Tear propagation strength: 32 N/mm | Shore

hardness: 30 | Viscosity at 23°C: 24.000 mPas | Density at 20°C:

1,24 g/cm³ | Setting time: 2-4 h

HARDENER: Density: 1,02 g/cm³ | Dosage: 1,5 - 2,5 %

Silcolan NV Silicone Casting Compound


500 g Tinplate can with

6 60 400

1000 g mixing bowl

3 60 401

5000 g

60 402

Tin bucket 1

25 kg 60 404

❷ Then pour a small amount of the mixed silicone, e.g. Silcolan NV,

directly over the model and carefully spread it out with a soft

brush. This must be done with great care, to ensure that any air

bubbles that have formed between the model and the silicone are

removed. After this, fill the mould casting box with the rest of the

silicone. When you do so, take care to cover the highest point of

the model with a layer of silicone at least 6 mm thick.

❸ Once it has hardened, loosen the negative mould from the sides of

the mould casting box with a knife and remove it.

❹ The mould is now complete, but it should be left to continue the

hardening, or vulcanising, process for a further 24 to 36 hours.



23

Silcotin HB Silicone Casting Compound

Universally usable, heat-resistant Silicone Casting Compound for producing

single or multi-part negative moulds. Silcotin HB is characterised by

very accurately detailed moulding and excellent flow properties. Because

it is so easy to use Silcotin HB is ideal for beginners, and it is also used

for professional hand-crafted mould-making as the moulds can be reused

many times.

9 Heat-resistant until max. 380 °C

9 Excellent flow property

9 Extremelyely versatile

9 Self-venting

50 1

0,5 - 3 h


Pack Contains

Silcotin HB

1 x 490 g / 980 g / 4900 g /

24,5 kg

Silicone hardener

1 x 10 g / 20 g / 100 g /

5 x 100 g

Instruction

SILCOTIN HB: Pot life at 20°C: 30-60 min | Temperature resistance:

300°C short-time 380°C | Linear shrinkage: 0,2 % | Elongation at break:

110 % | Tear resistance: 4,5 N/mm² | Shore hardness: 48 | Viscosity at

23°C: 25.000 mPas | Density at 20°C: 1,41 g/cm³ | Setting time: 0,5-3 h



Flow Talcum (Form Powder)

Preserving agent for PU, latex and silicone moulds. Prevents moulds becoming

brittle. Flow Talcum is spread into the mould with a soft brush.

The lycopodium powder it contains enhances the fluidity of liquid tin in

silicone moulds.

9 Prevents embrittlement

9 Improves pourability

Density: 2,75 g/cm³ | Miscibility with water: insoluble

Flow Talcum (Form Powder)


75 g Plastic cup 9 60 627

Silcotin HB Silicone Casting Compound


500 g

6 60 406

Tinplate can with

1000 g

mixing bowl

3 60 407

5000 g 1 60 408

25 kg Tin bucket 1 60 409

24

ARTIDEE | MOULDING TECHNIQUES | FLOW TALCUM FORM POWDER – SILCOFORM HV SILICONE CASTING COMPOUND

❶

❷

❸

❹

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

Silcoform HV Silicone Casting Compound

Silcoform HV’s thick, spreadable consistency makes it perfect for moulding

on vertical surfaces such as wall and ceiling reliefs, partial impressions

of large busts, or monuments. Mouldings made in this way are especially

strong and stable.

❶ Pre-treat the wall relief and surrounding wall surface with Casting

Compound Primer (item 56 801.99), water-based Varnish (item 78

021) or Mould Release Spray (item 60 616).

❷ Mix Silcoform HV and spread it onto the relief.

9 Can be painted or spread on

9 Self-venting


50 1

1,5 - 5 h

❸ Reinforce the hardened silicone mould by placing modelling fabric

on the object.

❹ Fill the finished silicone mould with the casting compound of your

choice, e.g. wax or Artestone.


Pack Contains

Silcoform HV

1 x 490 g / 980 g

Silicone hardener

1 x 10 g / 20 g

Instruction

SILCOFORM HV: Pot life: 1-10 min | Temperature resistance: max. 180°C

| Linear shrinkage: 0,3 % | Elongation at break: 350 % | Tear resistance:

4,5 N/mm² | Shore hardness: 34 | Viscosity at 23°C: 90.000 mPas |

Density at 20°C: 1,24 g/m³ | Setting time: 1,5-5 h


Silcoform HV Silicone Casting Compound



6 60 416

1000 g mixing bowl

3 60 417



25

❶

❷

❸

❹

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

Silcoflex HE Silicone Casting Compound

Universally usable flexible Silcone Casting Compound for making single

or multiple-part negative moulds with numerous indentations. Silcoflex

HE is characterised by high elasticity, very accurately detailed moulding

and excellent flow properties. Because it is so easy to use Silcoflex HE

is ideal for beginners, and it is also used for professional hand-crafted

mould making as the moulds can be reused many times.

9 Highly elastic

9 Self-venting


50 1

4 - 8 h

❶ To make a two-part silicone mould, place the model in the mould

casting box and embed it in Mould Modelling Plasticine up to the

halfway point. Press in the locking points.

❷ Paint the model with a thin layer of silicone moulding compound in

order to prevent air bubbles forming. Cover the model completely

with silicone and leave to harden.

❸ Rotate the model with the half mould by 180°, place it back in the

mould casting box and paint with Release Cream.

❹ You now have a ready-stabilised two-part negative mould, ready

to fill with ceramic casting compounds, wax, soap, concrete or

many other options.



Pack Contains

Silcoflex HE

1 x 490 g / 980 g

Silicone hardener

1 x 10 g / 20 g

Instruction

SILCOFLEX HE: Pot life at 20 °C: 60-120 min | Temperature resistance:

max. 180°C | Linear shrinkage: 0,2 % | Elongation at break: 650 % | Tear

resistance: 4,0 N/mm² | Shore hardness: 8 | Viscosity at 23°C: 16.000

mPas | Density at 20°C: 1,15 g/cm³ | Setting time: 4-8 h


Silcoflex HE Silicone Casting Compound



6 60 411

1000 g mixing bowl

3 60 412

You can find Form-Modelling

Putty (item 60 632) for embedding

the model in the mould

casting box on PAGE 28

26

ARTIDEE | MOULDING TECHNIQUES | SILCOFLEX HE SILICONE CASTING COMPOUND – SILICONE DEAERATOR

Silicone Hardener

No more silicone hardener? No problem. It is, of course, available separately.

The universal Silicone Hardener for Creartec Silicone is fitted with

a practical dropper cap to allow you to apply exactly the right amount.

Silicone Oil „Fluid“

In order to improve the flow of silicones, mix between 1 and 10% Silicone

oil „Fluid“. Do not add binding agent until after doing this. A negative

mould will become slightly more elastic when Silicone oil „Fluid“ is added.

9 Easy to measure out Addition

1,5 - 2,5 %

9 Improves the flow properties of silicones

9 Easy to use

9 Ready to use

Addition

1-10%


Density: 1,02 g/cm³ | Dosage: 1,5 - 2,5 %

Silicone Hardener


10 g

60 440

6

20 g Glass bottle

60 441

100 g 3 60 442

Density: 0,96 g/cm³ | Viscosity: 50 mPas | Addition: 1-10 % | Colorless

Silicone Oil „Fluid“ SS-Set


30 ml Pen bottle

60 604

6

100 ml Glass bottle 60 606

Quartz Flour

Silicone Deaerator

Quartz Flour is perfect for making a silicone mixture firmer and harder.

To achieve the required consistency, Quartz Flour can be combined at the

same time with Silicone Oil “Fluid”.

9 Extremelyely versatile

9 Easy to use

9 Ready to use

Addition

according

to material /

consistenc

Density: 2,65 g/cm³ | Addition: according to material and consistency |

Colour: white

Quartz Flour

Colour Content Packaging PU Item

white 900 g Plastic bucket 6 52 351.01

Adding Silicone Deaerator to a silicone mixture is the perfect way to ensure

that it is free of air bubbles. It binds any remaining air bubbles in

the silicone together and forces them to the surface, where they burst.

9 Effective deaeration

9 Easy to use

9 Economical to use

Density: 0,99 g/cm³ | pH value: 3-5 | Addition: 1-3 %

Silicone Deaerator


20 ml Wide-necked jar 6 60 461

Addition

1- 3 %



27

Vario Mould Casting-Box

This adjustable Mould Casting-Box is the ideal addition for all moulding enthusiasts. Adjusting the box exactly to the size of casting model is quick and easy

– which saves time and material!

9 Size-adjustable frame

9 Easy to use

60 590

60 591

Pack Contains

1 x Mould Casting-Box

Outdoor Varnish

1 x 60 ml

Form-Modeling Putty

1 x 250 g

Mould Release Wax Emulsion

1 x 60 ml

1 x Stirring spatula

Vario Mould Casting-Box

Mixing cup with scale

1 x 500 ml

1 x Brush 1 x Rubber band Instruction

Size Content Packaging PU Item

with accessories

60 590

310 x 200 x 70 mm

PP-Foil 1

without accessories 60 591

Form-Modeling Putty

Form Rubber Bands, assortment


This is a smooth modeling putty, which can be used frequently. Use it to

fill gaps and to encase your models in the form-casting container. Form

Modeling Putty turns soft if you knead it in your hands and does not harden

– it can be used over and over again.

9 Reusable

9 Easy to use

9 Ready to use

Density: 1,51 g/cm³ | Melting point: 55 - 80 °C | Colour: blue-green

Form-Modeling Putty



These stable 10 mm extra wide rubber bands are particularly well suited

for holding 2 or multi-part moulds tightly together during filling with the

casting material.

9 Available in different lengths

100 mm

120 mm

150 mm

Form Rubber Bands, assortment SS-Set


3 differerent pairs PP-Foil 6 42 653

10 mm 10 mm

10 mm

28

ARTIDEE | MOULDING TECHNIQUES | VARIO MOULD-CASTING BOX – SILICON-COMPOUND

Silicone Remover

Silicone Remover can be used to remove silicone residues that have not yet

hardened, not just from tools but also from textiles. Apply Silicone Remover

with a cloth, rub in and rinse out thoroughly with water. With textiles, test on

an inconspicuous area first to ensure compatibility.

9 Ideal for cleaning casting moulds

9 Extremely versatile

9 Very economical

GHS - 02 | 07 | 08 | 09 Overview on PAGE 304

Density: 0,775 g/cm³ | Odor: gasoline-like

Silicone Remover


100 ml Glass bottle 6 60 601

Silicon-Compound

Silicon-Compound is the ideal fast moulding compound for producing single or multi-part moulds. Silicon-Compound can be used on almost any surface without

a release agent or mould kit.

9 Exceptionally accurate mouldings

9 Can be used without releasing agents

1 : 1

9 Ideal for vertical moulding

9 Shape reusable

4 - 5

9 Easy to use

Pack Contains

Component A

1 x 150 g / 300 g / 500 g

Component B

1 x 150 g / 300 g / 500 g

Instruction

Processing temperature: 20 °C | Shore hardness: 35 | Tear resistance: 9 N/mm | Temperature resistance: max. 125 °C | Hardening time: 4-5 min

Silicon-Compound


300 g Box 3 60 445

600 g

60 446

Plastic jar 1

1000 g 60 447



29

Using Release Agents

Release agents are particularly important for moulding and for removing models

from moulds. They protect the mould from the constituents of the casting compound

and ensure that the mould will last longer.

Original model Pre-treatment Release agent

Moulding

compound

Release agent for

moulding

Suitable casting compounds

Plastic

(solventresistant)

No pre-treatment

Mould Release

Spray

all silicones Form Separating Agent Polyester, PU resins and Cold Glaze, wax,

ceramic casting compounds, plaster, concrete, soap

Formaform Mould Release Spray Ceramic casting compounds, polyester resin

Latex No release agent Ceramic casting compounds. polyester/PU resin,

Cold Glaze, wax soap, concrete

Creaform No release agent Hydrophobic casting compounds, concrete

Plastic

(not solventresistant)

No pre-treatment

Mould Release

Spray



Formaform Mould Release Spray Ceramic casting compounds, plaster, concrete, soap

Latex No release agent Ceramic casting compounds, polyester/PU resin,

Cold Glaze, wax, soap, concrete


Varnished wood No pre-treatment Mould Release

Spray



Creaform No release agent Ceramic casting compounds, polyester/PU resin, Cold

Glaze, wax, soap, concrete

Latex No release agent Hydrophobic casting compounds, concrete


Wood, raw,

unvarnished,

unwaxed

Wood, raw, with

cracks that need

to be filled in

before moulding

Painted object

(waterproof, not

solvent-resistant)

Painted object,

colour is watersoluble

Paint with waterbased

matt

varnish

Paint with waterbased

varnish or

Mould Release

Soap

No pre-treatment

No pre-treatment

Mould Release

Wax Emulsion

Mould Release

Wax Emulsion

Silicone Mould

Release Cream




Latex No release agent Ceramic casting compounds, polyester/PU resin, Cold





Latex No release agent Ceramic casting compounds, polyester resin, wax

No release agent all silicones Mould Release Spray Polyester-, PU-Harze und Kaltglasur, Wachs

Mould Release

Spray

Mould Release

Spray













30

ARTIDEE | MOULDING TECHNIQUES | RELEASE AGENTS TABEL

Original model Pre-treatment Release agent

Moulding

compound

Release agent for

moulding

Suitable casting compound

Object painted

(water-soluble

– not solventresistant)

No pre-treatment

Mould Release

Spray






Glass, fired and

glazed ceramics,

porcelain, metal

No pre-treatment

Mould Release

Spray

all silicones

Mould Release Wax

Emulsion

Polyester, PU resins and Cold Glaze, wax,






Raw ceramics

Pre-treat with

Casting Compound

Primer

Mould Release

Wax Emulsion




Mould Release

Spray



No pre-treatment

Mould Release

Soap


Silicone Form Separating Agent Ceramic casting compounds, polyester resin, wax

Stone, concrete,

brick, rock

Pre-treat with

Casting Compound

Primer

Mould Release

Wax Emulsion






Stone, cement,

plaster with open

structure and

absorbent

Candles, wax

models, wax

figures

Damp, unhardened

clay

Pre-treat with

Mould Release

Soap

No pre-treatment

Prime with Mould

Release Soap,

grout cracks and

pores

No pre-treatment

No release agent all silicones Mould Release Wax

Emulsion

Mould Release

Wax Emulsion

Polyester, PU resins and Cold Glaze, wax,






No release agent all silicones Form Separating Agent Polyester, PU resins and Cold Glaze, wax,


Mould Release

Spray

No pre-treatment No release agent Latex-

Modellfix

Silicone No pre-treatment Silicone Mould

Release Cream









No release agent

Ceramic casting compounds, polyester/PU resin,







31

Form Separating Spray with PTFE

Form Separating Spray is ideal for encasing detailed objects made from

non-absorbent materials, such as glass, metal or plastic, with an invisible

coat of mould release agent. At the same time, the PTFE contained in

the Form Separating Spray protects the objects that are to be moulded

from moisture, sweat from your skin, and dust.

9 High adhesive power

9 Dries fast

Silicone Mould Release Cream

Silicone Mould Release Cream is the perfect protective release agent for

use when making silicone moulds in two or more parts. When heated in

a water bath it becomes runny, making it easy to paint on. Also suitable

for use as a release agent for parts made from plaster. Clean brushes

with hot, soapy water.

9 Ready to use


9 Excellent bonding

20 cm


Density: 0,603 g/cm³ | Spraying distance: 15-20 cm | Drying time:

1 -2 min

Form Separating Spray with PTFE


300 ml Spray can 12 60 616

Density: 0,85 g/cm³ | Melting point: ca. 55 °C

Silicone Mould Release Cream



Form Separating Soap



Heat Form Separating Soap in a water bath until a creamy release emulsion

forms, and apply with a brush to objects made from wood, stone,

concrete, cement or similar materials. In the process, indentations and

irregularities in these objects are smoothed out perfectly. Once the object

has been removed from the mould, the Form Separating Soap can be

washed off with hot water.

9 Very economical

9 Ready to use

9 Water soluble

GHS - 07 Overview on PAGE 304

Density: 0,90 g/cm³ | Colour: transparent | Melting point: 60 °C

Form Separating Soap


Transparent 250 ml Plastic jar 3 60 647

Once the water has evaporated, this liquid emulsion produces a wafer-thin

wax film with excellent adhesion properties, which protects the

original model as it is removed from the mould when using silicone or

other casting compounds, and at the same time making demoulding

easy. Can also be used as a release agent for aqueous casting compounds,

wax or soap.

9 Solvent-free - Water-based

9 Easy to apply

9 Very economical

Density: 1,0 g/cm³ | pH value: 8




250 ml Tinplate pot 1 60 612

32

ARTIDEE | MOULDING TECHNIQUES | FORM SEPARATING SPRAY WITH PTFE – RELEASE AGENT FOR CASTING COMPOUNDS

Form Separating Agent

Paint a thin coat of Form Separating Agent on every surface when preparing

casting moulds. Once dried it forms a strong, micro-fine release

film. This can easily be washed off both the mould and the original with

water after use.

9 Optimum release effect

9 Solvent-resistant

9 Economical to use

9 Ideal for resins

20 - 30

Release Agent for Casting Compounds

Release Agent for Casting Compound is used for pre-treating plastic,

latex or silicone moulds, which can then filled with ceramic casting

compounds, cement, concrete, etc. It makes removal of the cast

item from the mould easy and prolongs the service life of moulds.

Keep away from frost and direct sunlight.

9 Economical to use

9 Easy to spread

9 Based on renewable raw materials

15 - 30


Material consumption: 50 - 80 g/m² | Density: 1 g/cm³ | Viscosity:

80 mPas | Colour: pale pink | Drying time: 20 - 30 min

Form Separating Agent



Consumption: 10 - 15 g/m² | Density: 0,97 g/cm³ | Drying time: 15 - 30 min

Release Agent for Casting Compounds



Make Your Own Moulds

From model to replica with liquid moulding compounds. Everything you

need to know about mould-making techniques is explained in detail in

this book. (Klaus-P. Lührs)

9 240 Pages

9 75 Graphics

9 Over 200 colored illustrations


Book Language PU Item

Softcover English 3 05 173



33

Moulding as a

PLANT RELIEF

The life of flowers and plants is transient, and the process of moulding

and casting is like capturing a moment in time to preserve them. You

can create a faithful impression by rolling plants into Silicone Compound

(see PAGE 29) with a rolling pin. Once the remains of the plant have

been removed from the negative mould, this can be filled with a casting

compound. The result is a very special work of art which can be hung on

the wall as a tile or placed on a shelf.


34

SYNTHETIC

RESINS

ARTIDEE | SYNTHETIC RESINS


35

For surface and object design

SYNTHETIC RESINS

Synthetic resins are excellent for coating or casting a huge range of materials. Unique

effects in totally individual colour combinations can be created using Resin Tint (resin

technique). Our range includes the perfect product to suit every application!

As a rule, synthetic resins are medium to high-viscosity substances that react with

each other after the particular components have been mixed together, forming glassy,

shiny coatings or solid moulded items. They can be anything from crystal clear to

opaque, and from very rigid to rubbery and elastic, meaning that it is possible to achieve

almost any desired property profile. Most synthetic resins comprise two components

(2-way) which are referred to as the resin and the hardener.


36

Creative Design with Epoxy Resin

Cold Glaze, which is transparent when it has hardened,

is an epoxy resin comprising two components (resin and

hardener) which are mixed at a ratio of 1:1. It is resistant

to numerous chemicals, acids and alkalis. Mixed lowviscosity

Cold Glaze changes its viscosity after a while,

becoming thicker, and is perfect for applying to your

own jewellery creations, for example, to which it gives

an effect of unique depth. When using the resin technique

and colouring with a transparent or opaque Resin

Tint, there are many creative possibilities, including

adding the effect of streaks, drips or colour graduations,

and much more.

Cold Glaze Epoxy Resin

Cold Glaze Epoxy Resin is excellent for coating pieces of jewellery and

useful or decorative objects. The transparent Cold Glaze can be coloured

with transparent or opaque Resin Tint according to preference. The

unique spreading properties of the glaze produce a mirror-like, highgloss

surface. Cold Glaze Epoxy Resin is based to a large extent on renewable

raw materials (renewable carbon) and is effectively protected

against aging caused by UV radiation. Not suitable for use on plastics.

Cold Glaze Epoxy Resin Starter Set

The Cold Glaze Epoxy Resin starter set contains everything you need to

coat transparent or colored decorative objects, jewellery or utensils. Cold

Glaze can be coloured with transparent or opaque Resin Tint according

to preference. The unique spreading properties of the glaze produce a

mirror-like, high-gloss surface. Cold Glaze Epoxy Resin is based to a large

extent on renewable raw materials (renewable carbon) and is effectively

protected against aging caused by UV radiation. Not suitable for use on

plastics.

9 Mirror-like surface

9 Air drying

9 Colourable

1 : 1

18 h

9 Mirror-like surface

9 Air drying

9 Colourable

1 : 1

18 h


Pack Contains

Resin

1 x 50 ml

Hardener

1 x 50 ml

Mixing cup

2 x 30 ml

Tinting paint (red, yellow, blue, white, black)

5 x 2 ml

gold pigment

powder 1 x 2 ml

Spatula

4 x

Toothpicks

6 x

Instructions

Resin › Consumption: 240 - 300 g/m² | Flexural strength: 65 MPa | DIN

53542 | Density Resin: 1,10 g/cm³ | Density Hardener: 0,98 g/cm³

Heat resistance: Max. 90°C | Curing time: 18 h | RESIN TINT › Pigment

amount: 12-15 % | Viscosity: 25 Pa.s | Dosage into resin: 1-2 %

Cold Glaze Starter Set SS-Set


118 ml Box 3 50 209


Pack Contains

Resin

1 x 50 ml / 100 ml /

250 ml / 2500 ml

Mixing cup

2 x 30 ml

Spatula

2 x

Hardener

1 x 50 ml / 100 ml /

250 ml / 2500 ml

Instructions

Consumption: 240 - 300 g/m² | Flexural strength: 65 MPa | DIN 53542

Density Resin: 1,10 g/cm³ | Density Hardener: 0,98 g/cm³

Heat resistance: Max. 90°C | Curing time: 18 h

Cold Glaze Set SS-Set


100 ml

50 200

3

200 ml 50 201

Box

500 ml

50 202

1

5000 ml 50 204



37

❶

❷

❸

❹

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

❶ Measure out cold glaze resin and hardener in equal parts by volume and mix.

❷ Mix cold glaze with resin tinting colors and spread on the dish.

❸ Swirl the dish so that the mixture is evenly distributed to the edge.

❹ Use a wooden skewer to draw patterns into the surface. If necessary, remove

bubbles with a brush or hot air blower. Let it dry.


38

ARTIDEE | SYNTHETIC RESINS | UV COLD GLAZE SET – RESIN TINT TRANSPARENT

Resin Tint opaque

Highly-pigmented Resin Tint for colouring casting, epoxy and polyurethane

resins. Add only small quantities of colour (1–2%).

Resin Tint transparent

Highly-pigmented Resin Tint for colouring casting, epoxy and polyurethane

resins. Add only small quantities of colour (1–2%).

9 Highly pigmented

9 Universal for water-free resins

9 Non-fade

Addition

1- 2 %

9 Highly pigmented

9 Universal for water-free resins

9 Non-fade

Addition

1- 2 %

Pigment amount: 12-15 % | Viscosity: 25 Pa.s | Dosage into resin: 1-2 %

Resin Tint opaque SS-Set


light red

50 116.08

vermilion 50 116.09

dark red 50 116.10

burgundy 50 116.12

pink 50 116.14

ultramarine 50 116.20

medium blue 50 116.23

Glass bottle in

aquamarine 10 ml

6 50 116.31

PP-Foil

leaf green 50 116.35

grass green 50 116.38

lemon 50 116.45

corn-yellow 50 116.47

brown 50 116.58

white 50 116.68

black 50 116.78

Pigment amount: 12-15 % | Viscosity: 25 Pa.s | Dosage into resin: 1-2 %

Resin Tint transparent SS-Set


cherry red

50 116.11

violet 50 116.13

dark blue Glass bottle in

50 116.21

10 ml

6

blue-green PP-Foil

50 116.29

golden yellow 50 116.46

orange 50 116.63



39

Resin Tint metallic

Stir the pigment powder thoroughly with the resin of your choice in the practical mixing cup and add to polyester, polyurethane or epoxy resin. Start with a small

quantity of pigment powder and add more until the desired intensity is achieved.

9 Suitable for polyester, polyurethane and epoxy resins

9 Very economical

9 Metallic look

Addition

1- 2 %

Pack Contains

1 x 8 ml Resin 1 x 1 g Pigment powder 1 x 30 ml Mixing cup 1 x Stirrer

Resin Tint metallic SS-Set


nacre

50 121.02

fire opal 50 121.09

antique-bronze 50 121.13

indigo 50 121.17

cosmos-blue 50 121.23

8 ml / 1 g PP-Foil 6

scarab green 50 121.39

oriental-gold 50 121.62

star-silver 50 121.81

gold 50 121.85

antique-copper 50 121.87

Cold Glaze Resin Thinner


To create a low-viscosity cold glaze with outstanding flow properties,

mix Cold Glaze Resin with Cold Glaze Resin Thinner. Then stir in Cold

Glaze Hardener at a ratio of 1:1 by weight (e.g. mix 50 g Resin + 5 g

Thinner with 55 g Hardener) and process as usual.

9 Improves flow properties

9 Easy to use

Addition

max.20%


Density: 0,86 g/cm³

Cold Glaze Resin Thinner



40

ARTIDEE | SYNTHETIC RESINS | RESIN TINT METALLIC – POLYESTER GLASS CASTING RESIN

Creative Design with Polyester Resins

Polyester resins are special in the world of resins. Not

only can they be moulded as desired and coloured

in unique ways, they are also ideal for embedding

objects in crystal-clear plastic surfaces. These

materials are extremely resistant to yellowing and the

formation of stress cracks, and are easy to cast in

multiple layers without the divides between the layers

showing in the object that is cast. There is no other

material yet available that can offer these benefits.

Polyester Glass Casting Resin

Polyester Glass Casting Resin is excellent for casting shells, stones, souvenirs,

electronic components or other small objects you have collected

into a decorative, crystal-clear block so that you can keep them for eternity.

The resin, which can be enhanced by adding opaque or transparent

colours, is also popular for wall paintings, jewellery and decorative items.

9 Ideal for technical items


100 1,5

9 Non-yellowing

9 Crystal clear

40 - 50

9 Colourable

MIXING TABLE

All data refers to a casting resin temperature

of approximately 20°C. It is therefore important

always to store the resin in a warm room.

Since resin is a poor conductor of heat, cold

resin needs at least 48 hours to adjust to a

change in temperature.

Polyester Glass Casting Resin:

Layer height Hardener addition Pot life* Setting time

Base layer 3 – 4 mm 2,5 % 12 min 90 min

2. Casting layer 5 – 6 mm 2,0 % 14 min 60 min


*Processing time


Pack Contains

Polyester Glass

Casting Resin

1 x 490 ml / 980 ml

Resin Hardener

1 x 10 ml / 20 ml

Instruction

Temperature resistance: -30°C / +130°C | Volumetric shrinkage: 4,5 % |

Refractive index at 20°C: 1,46 | Bending strength: 80 MPa | Barcol hardness:

35 | Heat distortion temperature: 52°C | Modulus (flexural): 33 GPa |

Density at 20°C: 1,1 g/cm³ | Hardening time at 20 °C: 40 - 50 min

Polyester Glass Casting Resin


500 ml Tinplate can 6 51 012

1000 ml with mixing tray 3 51 014



41

❶

❷

❸

❹

XOR-Crystal Polyester Resin

XOR Crystal Polyester Resin is a high-quality, brilliantly clear, light-stabilised

resin that is mixed with Resin Hardener. Because of its special

composition, XOR Crystal Polyester Resin is especially suitable for casting

prepared organic objects such as flower, grasses, animals, etc. Cast

objects retain their natural colouring, making them ideal as illustrative

material for schools, or to shine in their unparalleled beauty as stunning

decorations.

9 Ideal for organic objects


100 1,5

9 Completely transparent when hard

9 UV light-stabilised

40 - 50

9 Colourable

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

❶ Coat the dandelion clock several times with a thin layer of

lacquer, using hair spray.

❷ Paint the mould with release agent.

❸ Pour Casting Resin into the mixing cup. Add the hardener and mix.

❹ Embed the dandelion clock in the resin mixture in layers.



Pack Contains

Crystal Polyester Resin

1 x 490 ml / 980 ml

Resin hardener

1 x 10 ml / 20 ml

Instruction

Temperature resistance: -30°C / +130°C | Volumetric shrinkage: 6,6 % |

ReftactiPU index at 20°C: 1,52 |Bending strength: 90 MPa | Barcol hardness:

35 | Heat distortion temperature: 52°C | Modulus (flexural): 35 GPa

| Density at 20°C: 1,09 g/cm³ | Hardening time at 20 °C: 40 - 50 min

XOR-Crystal Polyester Resin


500 ml Tinplate can 6 51 022

1000 ml with mixing tray 3 51 024

XOR-Crystal-Polyester Resin:

Layer height Hardener addition Pot life* Setting time

Base layer 3 – 6 mm 2,5 % 12 min 90 min



*Processing time

MIXING TABLE

All data refers to a casting resin temperature

of approximately 20°C. It is therefore important

always to store the resin in a warm room.

Since resin is a poor conductor of heat, cold

resin needs at least 48 hours to adjust to a

change in temperature.

42

ARTIDEE | SYNTHETIC RESINS | XOR-CRYSTAL POLYESTER RESIN

Resin Tints on

PAGE 39



43

Resin Hardener

Polyester Glass Casting Resin or XOR Crystal Polyester Resin harden with

ease when Resin Hardener is added to them. The practical dropper cap

enables precise quantities to be measured out.

9 Easy to measure out

9 Universal for peroxide-cured resins

9 Excellent shelf life

Addition

1,5 - 2,5 %

Protective Foil Set

In order to achieve a mirror-smooth surface when casting with Casting

Resin, fill the mould completely with Casting Resin and lay the Protective

Foil over it. Make sure there are no pockets of air trapped under the Protective

Foil. Then weigh down the Protective Foil evenly with an object and

afterwards pull it off the hardened casting.

9 Mirror-smooth surface

9 Does not stick


Density at 20°C: 1,18 g/cm³ | Decomposition (SADT): > 60°C

Resin Hardener


10 ml

51 061

Glass bottle 6

20 ml 51 062

Protective Foil Set SS-Set

Content Size Packaging PU Item

6 Piece 140 x 220 mm PP-Foil 6 51 126

Wet and Dry Sandpaper

Polishing Cream


Wet and Dry Sandpaper is ideal for putting the finishing touches to castings

made with Cold Glaze, resin or ceramic casting compounds. Gently

sand the surface to smooth it off. After polishing with fine-grained green

Polishing Cream (item 51116) the surface of the object will have a unique

look, depending on the material used. Also perfect for rounding off edges

and corners. The sandpaper is waterproof, and if it is sprayed with water

regularly it will retain its abrasiveness for longer.

Wet and Dry Sandpaper SS-Set

Size Grain Packaging PU Item

115 x 280 mm 120 / 2 Bows PP-Foil 6 49 200

High-quality Polishing Cream with micro-fine abrasive granules, specially

for removing burrs from and high-gloss polishing of cast resin, metal,

precious metal, chrome, plastic and many other surfaces.

9 Wax-free

9 Water-based

9 Antistatic

Colour: pastel green | Density: 1,27 g/cm³

Polishing Cream



44

ARTIDEE | SYNTHETIC RESINS | RESIN HARDENER – SPATULAS

Resin Remover

Special solvent-based cleaner for removing remains or residues of resin

that have not hardened from the hands, clothing and tools. Drip Resin

Remover onto a cloth and rub over the area that needs cleaning. For textiles,

test colour-fastness on a concealed area and rinse out with plenty

of warm water.


Ideal for mixing small quantities of materials, such as metallic Resin Tints

(item 50121 et seq).

9 High solvent power

9 Very economical



Density: 0,79 g/cm³ | Viscosity: 32 mPas

Resin Remover




Colour Content Packaging Piece PU Art.Nr.

transparent 30 ml PP-Foil 6 6 49 103

Eco-Universal Cleaner

Spatulas

Eco-friendly cleaner made from agricultural waste-streams for dissolving

dried-up paints, adhesives, degreasing, removing label residues and

graffiti. It is also ideal for removing resin residues. Moisten surfaces with

Eco-Universal Cleaner, soak for 15 min, then rinse with clear water. For

heavily soiled brushes, soak bristles and ferrule for 12 h, rinse thoroughly.

Repeat if necessary.

Caution: Eco-Universal Cleaner can dissolve many types of plastic and

painted surfaces. Test in an inconspicuous place before use.

9 Very high cleaning power

9 Made from renewable raw materials

9 Readily degradable


Application time: approx. 15 min | Density: 0,96 g / cm³




49 004 49 005 49 006 49 008

Spatulas SS-Set

Length mm Width mm Properties Piece PU Item

114 6

60

made of splinterfree

Natural wood

49 004

140 6 60

150 18 20 6 49 005

with rounded

113 10 30 49 006

corners

240 18 6 49 008



45

Casting Moulds

Producing castings using these hard-wearing solid plastic moulds is child’s play. And when you pre-treat the mould with a coat of Form Separating Agent (item

51 101) it is easy to remove the finished casting, and the plastic moulds will remain stable for a long time.

9 Solvent resistant

9 Multi-functional

52 403 52 407

52 411 52 412

Casting Moulds

Shape Size Content Packaging PU Item

rectangular 100 x 67 x 40 mm 300 ml

52 403

rectangular 150 x 60 x 30 mm 270 ml 52 407

loosely 3

semi-round 120 x 80 x 40 mm 350 ml 52 411

half ball 95 mm Ø 125 ml 52 412

Glass Fibre Chips

Quartz Sand – medium fine


Glass Fibre Chips are stirred into Casting Resin (item 51012), Cold Glaze

(item 50100) or similar synthetic resins, resulting in a thick, spreadable

self-adhesive compound. This is ideal for use in artistic designs. Glass

Fibre Chips can also be mixed into plaster, ceramic or concrete compounds

to give stronger cohesion and a higher breaking strength.

9 Resistant to light and ageing

9 Semi-transparent

Density: 2,54 g/cm³ | Colour: white-ivory | Fibre length: ca. 0,5 mm |

Fibre thickness: 9-14 µm | Silane content: 0,5 - 1,5 %

Glass Fibre Chips


white 250 g Plastic cup 6 52 361

White Quartz Sand is used for mixing into fillers, ceramic casting

compounds, casting resins or adhesives. This can create rough-cast

surface layers, depending how much is added. This radiantly beautiful

natural sand is also frequently used as decorative sand.

9 Fine-grained

9 Heat-resistant

9 For mixing into many materials

Density: 2,64 g/cm³ | Colour: white

Quartz Sand – medium fine


1400 g Plastic bucket 3 52 356.01

46

ARTIDEE | SYNTHETIC RESINS | CASTING MOULDS – QUARTZ SAND

CASTING COMPOUNDS

AND MOULDS

ARTIDEE | CASTING COMPOUNDS AND MOULDS


47

CASTING COMPOUNDS

AND MOULDS

The term moulding refers to the creative process of giving a form,

or shape, to an object, thing or item.

Find your own “style” with CREARTEC’s versatile products. The

range includes a variety of filling compounds, metallic structure

pastes, casting and modelling compounds, and modelling fabrics.

It is very easy to individually design everyday objects and items

that you can create yourself.


48

Artebianco Casting Compound

Artebianco Casting Compound, made from the finest Carrara marble and

high-quality hydraulic binders, is perfect for projects needing excellent

surface quality. Ideal for jewellery, reliefs, decorative objects, and sculptures,

it offers high strength and weather resistance, suitable for outdoor

use. Additionally, it's non-labelled, making it safe for educational and

therapeutic purposes.

9 Pure white mineral casting compound

9 Weather and frost resistant

9 Very high strength

9 Colourable

5 1

8 h

Density: 2,3 g/cm³ | Colour: white | Maximum grit: 0,4 mm | Mixing

time: 2 min | Processing time: 20 min | Hardening time: 8 h | Full

hardening: 28 Days | Processing temperature: 6 - 24 °C

Artebianco Casting Compound

Content Packaging VE Item

1000 g

8 56 021

Doypack

3500 g 3 56 023

25 kg Plastic bucket 1 56 025

Artepur Marble Plaster

Artepur Marble Plaster is a high-quality natural plaster that is extremely strong when it has hardened. It is ready to use, economically priced, easy to work with

and easy to process mechanically, making it the ideal material for beginners.

9 Colourable



Mixing time: 1 min | Processing time: 5-7 min | Hardening time: 60-75 min | Full hardening: 10-12 h | Surface hardness: 25 N/mm² | Compressive strength:

25 MPa | Temperature resistance: max. 60°C | Setting expansion: 0,3% | Volume: 400g Water + 600g Powder = 660ml

Artepur Marble Plaster


1000 g Doypack 8 56 026

5000 g

56 027

Plastic bucket 1

25 kg 56 028

3 2

60 - 75



49

Artelin Relief Casting Compound

Artelin Relief Casting Compound is easy to use, economical, odourless, and contains no substances that are harmful to the environment, making it popular also

with beginners for their first attempts. After removing from the mould, cast objects can easily be reworked or painted. It is also possible to colour the compound

with water-soluble colour pigment. Artelin Relief Casting Compound is ideal for use in schools, workshops and rehab centres, and for professional handicrafts.

9 Very accurate moulding

9 Universal application

9 Easy to use

9 Colourable

3 1

30-60

Setting time: 8-10 min | Hardening time: 30-60 min | Full hardening: 10-12 h | Colour: ivory | Surface hardness: 160 MPa | Compressive strength: 40 MPa |

Temperature resistance: < 108°C (briefly) | Setting expansion: 0,3%

Artelin Relief Casting Compound



1000 g Doypack 8 56 006

5000 g

56 007

Plastic bucket

1

56 008

25 kg

Paper Sack 56 008.25

Artestone Figure Casting Compound

High-quality white ceramic casting powder for casting particularly detailed models. Artestone Figure Casting Compound is extremely strong when hardened and

is especially suitable for use in schools, workshops, rehab centres and for professional arts and crafts. Can be mechanically finished directly after removal from

the mould.

9 Accurate, finely detailed moulding

9 Very hard, waterproof surface

9 Odourless

9 Colourable

Processing time: 8-10 min | Hardening time: 30 min | Full hardening: 8 h | Surface hardness: 300 MPa | Compressive strength: 50 MPa |

Temperature resistance: max 80°C | Setting expansion: 0,3%

Artestone Figure Casting Compound


1000 g Doypack 8 56 011

5000 g Plastic bucket

56 012

25 kg Box 56 014

1

25 kg Paper Sack 56 014.25

250 kg palletized 56 015

4 1

30

50

ARTIDEE | CASTING COMPOUNDS AND MOULDS | ARTELIN RELIEF CASTING COMPOUND – CAST-IN HOOKS

Creaplast Modelling Plaster

The thick, slightly fibrous consistency of Creaplast Modelling Plaster

makes it easy for you to create your own sculptures and models, and

even landscape models. Creaplast is especially good for making vertical

designs, and once it has hardened it possesses the characteristics of

wood and can be sawn, milled, drilled and sanded.

9 Can be spread or modelled


9 Colourable

2 1

50 - 90

Kermolin Casting and Modelling

Compound

Kermolin is a high-quality, weather-resistant casting and modelling

compound which, after mixing with water, can be used as a thick, pulpy

casting material or, if the water-to-powder ratio is reduced, as a firm, creative

modelling compound. The silane chips it contains give dimensional

stability to even thin-walled moulded parts.

9 Can be cast or spread

9 Can be mechanically processed

9 Weather-resistant

9 Colourable

4 1

1,5 - 2,5 h

Pot life: 30-40 min | Hardening time: 50-90 min | Final strength:

72 h | Surface hardness: 190 MPa | Temperature resistance: 70°C

Creaplast Modelling Plaster


1000 g Doypack 8 56 037


Casting Compound Priming

Strengthener

Casting Compound Priming Strengthener is a transparent primer for

sealing the surfaces of all ceramic and chalky objects. It penetrates into

porous surfaces and strengthens them. Afterwards you can paint the

objects with any paint, lacquer or glaze. Also suitable for natural stone

and ceramics.

9 Optimises paint application

9 Strengthens plaster surfaces

9 Very economical

15 - 20

Density: 1,0 g/m³ | Consumption: 80-90 g/m 2 | Drying time: 15-20 min

Casting Paste Paint Base Hardener


100 ml

6 56 801.99

colourless

Plastic bottle

250 ml 3 56 802.99

Pot life: 40-50 min | Hardening time: 1,5 - 2,5 h | Full hardening:

10-12 h | Setting expansion: 0,16 % | Compressive strength: 46 MPa |

Surface hardness: 300 MPa | Temperature resistance: max. 70°C

Kermolin Casting and Modelling Compound


1000 g Doypack 8 56 086


Mixing Bowl - Rubber

Ideal for mixing water-soluble products such as concrete, and ceramic

casting compounds and fillers.

9 Reusable

9 Elastic

Mixing Bowl

Material Size Packaging PU Item

Hard rubber 125 mm Ø 95 mm h loosely 3 49 101

Cast-in hooks

The special hangers ensure that your creation always stays securely in

place. Simply press into the casting compound and leave to harden –

done!

9 For a secure hold

9 Easy to use

Cast-in hooks SS-Set

Quantity Size Packaging PU Item

6 pcs

6 56 651

25 x 20 mm PP-Foil

100 pcs 1 56 652



51


Crealin Laminate Powder

Crealin is self-adhesive and sticks very well to many absorbent surfaces.

Crealin obtains its characteristic creamy consistency once it is mixed

with water. Crealin is ideal for making plastic landscape models into

which rock and terrain structures are to be incorporated. The perfect

material for smoothing out baby bump models, collages or modelled surfaces

moulded with Modelling Tissue.

9 Can be moulded to any shape

9 Spreadable

9 Colourable

4 1

65 - 75

Processing time: 25 min | Hardening time: 65-75 min | Consumption:

300 g/m 2 Compressive strength: 46 MPa | Surface hardness: 160 N/mm²

Temperature resistance: max. 70°C | Setting expansion 0,3 %

Crealin Laminate Powder


1000 g Doypack 8 56 091

Woodstone Casting and Laminating

Compound

Woodstone is a high-quality white relief and figure casting compound

which is made by mixing together a polymer liquid and a mineral powder.

Woodstone is ideal for casting fine ornaments, figures, architectural models,

lamps and many other objects. Woodstone is also very versatile for

model making. Because Woodstone is so fine and flows so well, it moulds

every structure and contour accurately, guaranteeing excellent reproduction

of images.

9 Outstanding strength

9 Optimum level of detail

9 Weather-resistant

9 Colourable

Pack Contains

Woodstone Powder

750 g / 1500 g

Mixing bowl

1 x

Spatula

1 x

Woodstone Liquid A

250 g / 500 g

Instruction

3 1

90 - 180

Processing time: 12-18 min | Hardening time: 90-180 min | Final

strength: 72 h | Surface hardness: >165 MPa | Compressive strength:

>75 MPa | Temperature resistance: max. 75 °C | Setting expansion: 0,3%

Woodstone Casting and Laminating Compound


1000 g

56 046

Pastic tin 1

2000 g 56 047

52

ARTIDEE | CASTING COMPOUNDS AND MOULDS | CREALIN LAMINATE POWDER – CREASTONE CASTING CONCRETE

CONCRETE – ONE MATERIAL

OFFERING A THOUSAND

POSSIBILITIES

CREARTEC offers you an extensive range of different

modelling concretes – a range of products

based on raw materials that have been known for

centuries: lime, clay, sand and gravel, specially developed

for the needs of the creative sector. These

products can be used for making decorative items

such as candlesticks, bowls, flower containers,

door signs etc. – there are no limits to creativity.

But what differentiates these creative products

from similar, almost identical-looking, products

used by the building trade?

We would first like to explain some terminology.

Cement is the general term for hydraulic binders

that are obtained at very high temperatures, primarily

from lime, clay and other mineral substances,

initially as cement clinker. This is then ground

into a fine powder to produce cement. There are

different types of cement, familiar ones being, for

example, Portland cement, pozzolanic cement,

blast-furnace cement and alumina cement. Mixing

the cement powder with water creates cement

paste, and this causes a slow chemical reaction,

known as hydration, in which the cement hardens.

The cement reaction creates micro-fine, insoluble,

needle-shaped crystal structures which interlock

with each other, making the final product hard and

strong. If the cement paste is mixed with aggregates,

such as sand or gravel, this produces mortar

(sand) or concrete (gravel, perhaps with sand).

Special white cements are also used for plasters:

these are created from selected raw materials

which contain few additional ferrous, and thus

coloured, secondary constituents.



53

There are very many different types of concrete, and an

even larger number of products on the market. Although

they all contain the same basic constituents, some of

them differ from each other a great deal. Besides the

basic constituents that have already been mentioned,

modern formulations contain an entire range of concrete

additives aimed at modifying product properties and

customising them for a very specific application profile:

concrete retarders or accelerators; defoamers, deaerators

and pore generators; consistency enhancers; setting

regulators; concrete plasticisers; and many more.

So why not just buy the right product from a DIY store?

There is a great deal of pressure on prices for building

materials, which is why the raw mineral materials do not

undergo any special preparation before they are fired in

the cement kiln. This means that other substances, including

ores that contain chromium, find their way into the kiln

with them. When the cement is fired, significant quantities

of substances that are hazardous to health are produced.

These are predominantly compounds of hexavalent chromium,

known as chromates, which are classified as carcinogenic

and cause severe eczema (“bricklayer’s itch”).

For this reason, cement manufacturers in the EU add substances

known as chromate reducers to the fired cement

clinker during the grinding process. These do gradually

dissipate, but they keep the original cement powder free

of chromates for the time specified by the manufacturer;

commonly three to six months. Products that are opened

and then incorrectly stored can be problematic, and can

exhibit critical concentrations of chromates relatively

quickly.


54

The handicraft concretes sold by CREARTEC are make

from high-quality raw materials, and all the cements

and ready-mixed concrete mixtures are subject to intensive

analytical monitoring. Measurements are carried

out in the in-house laboratory in accordance with

standardised methods, and thus the threshold stipulated

by the legislator of 0.0002% chromate can reliably

be detected. Routine analysis for chromate regularly

detects values below the detection limit of the method.

Put simply, the handicraft cements sold by Creartec

are guaranteed to be free from chromates that are

harmful to health!

CREARTEC’s specific knowledge when it comes to

concrete admixtures and the formulation of our mixes

guarantees a permanently consistent quality which

produces a high surface finish and a product that is

easy to work with. CREARTEC offers top-class materials

to give your creativity the free space it needs!

Creastone Casting Concrete

The authentic concrete look of Creastone Casting Concrete makes it perfect

for casting decorative objects. Ideal for use at home, or in schools or

leisure facilities. Can be coloured by adding Colour Pigment Powder (item

71511) to the water used for mixing.

9 Weather-resistant

9 Frost-proof

9 Colourable

10 1


Density: 2,3 g/cm³ | Colour: lt. grey | Maximum grit: 4 mm | Mixing

time: 2 min | Processing temperature: 6-24°C | Hardening time: 24 h |

Full hardening: 28 Days

Creastone Casting Concrete


1000 g

8 56 071

Doypack

2500 g 4 56 072

8000 g

56 073

Plastic bucket 1

25 kg 56 074

24 h



55

❶

❷

❸

❹

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE


Fine Casting Concrete

Fine Casting Concrete is a specially-modified mixture of high-quality CA

cement and fine mineral aggregates. This material is ideal for any project

in which optimum surface quality is important.

Ideal for use at home or in schools or leisure facilities.

Can be coloured by adding Colour Pigment Powder (item 71511) to the

water used for mixing.

9 Optimum surface quality

9 Ideal for concrete Jewellery

9 Colourable


Density: 2,3 g/cm³ | Colour: lt. grey | Maximum grit: 0,8 mm | Mixing time:

3 min | Processing time: 15 min | Hardening time: 48 h | Full hardening:

28 Days | Processing temperature: 6 - 24 °C

Fine Casting Concrete



1500 g Doypack 8 56 057

3000 g

56 058


25 kg 56 059.25

5 1

24 h

❶ Select a template and stick it under the mould. Any lettering must

be displayed as a mirror image.

❷ Trace the contours of the picture in the mould with Concrete Art

Liner. Drying time: three hours.

❸ Mix Fine Casting Concrete according to the instructions and pour

into the mould. Drying time: 24 hours.

❹ Remove the object from the mould and remove the elastic contours.

Concrete Art Liner

Contour liner which hardens flexibly, with a fine nozzle for applying lettering

and images to plastic moulds.

9 3 D-Effekt

9 Easy to apply

9 Elastic contour

Density: 0,97 g/cm³ | Setting time: 3 h

Concrete Art Liner


40 ml Pen-bottle 6 56 078

white


Do you want to decorate the contours in colour?

We recommend Concrete Colour (item 71 302 et

seq) in white, black, silver and gold on PAGE 104

3 h

56

ARTIDEE | CASTING COMPOUNDS AND MOULDS | FINE CASTING CONCRETE – CONCRETE ADHESIVE, GREY

Real Kneading Concrete

Real Kneading Concrete is a special mineral compound for kneading and

modelling which has been developed to be as user-friendly as possible.

Using raw materials of the highest quality makes it possible to create an

extra lightweight, air-drying concrete formulation with a very low level

of alkalinity.

The material is suitable for free modelling, rolling and pinch pot techniques,

coating half moulds and filling moulds, as well as for producing

sheets for cutting out. Ideal for use at home, in schools or in leisure and

therapy facilities.

Can be coloured by adding Colour Pigment Powder (item 71511).

9 User-friendly, with low alkalinity

9 Supple to mould

9 Bonds to itself

9 Extra lightweight

10 3

48 h

Professional Kneading Concrete

This high-quality Professional Kneading Concrete allows you to individually

model and design bowls, figures and many other decorations in

the popular concrete look. The soft, pliable consistency makes it easy to

cover polystyrene and other objects.

9 Air drying

9 Easy to use

9 Weather-resistant

9 Colourable

3 1

72 h

Density: 1,68 g/cm³ | Colour: lt. grey | Maximum grit: 0,8 mm | Mixing

time: 3 min | Processing time: 75-180 min | Hardening time: 48 h | Full


Real Kneading Concrete



1000 g Doypack 8 56 112



Maximum grit: 0,8 mm | Mixing time: 3 min | Processing time: 60-75 min

Hardening time: 72 h | Processing temperature: 6 - 24 °C

Professional Kneading Concrete


500 g

6 56 116

lt. grey 1500 g Plastic bucket 3 56 117

3500 g 1 56 118

Concrete Adhesive, grey

Concrete Adhesive is ideal for sticking together parts made from concrete,

cement, marble or stone. Dampen the two surfaces that are to be

stuck together with water, apply the special adhesive to both surfaces

and press firmly together.

9 Excellent bonding

9 Very economical

Material consumption: 125-140 g/m² | Density: 1,07 g/cm³ | Initial

adhesion after: 10 min | Hardening time: 3-6 h



30 g Pen-bottle

56 901

6

100 g Plastic bottle 56 902

3 - 6 h



57

Lightweight Concrete

Lightweight Concrete casting concrete is based on microporous volcanic

rock, and its reduced density makes it ideally suited to casting large-size

decorative objects. The risk of warping during moulding, particularly with

latex moulds, is reduced. Ideal for use at home and in schools and leisure

facilities. Can be coloured by adding Colour Pigment Powder (item 71511)

to the water used for mixing.

Model when pouring into

a large latex mould with

conventional concrete.

9 Extra lightweight


9 Ideal for latex moulds

7 2

96 h

35%

less

weight



Density: 1,7 g/cm³ | Colour: lt. beige | Maximum grit: 1,0 mm | Mixing

time: 3 min | Processing time: 75-180 min | Hardening time: 96 h | Full


Lightweight Concrete


1500 g

3 56 146

Plastic bucket

5000 g 1 56 148

"Door Sign" Kneading Concrete-Set

Make your own individualised door signs – it’s not just fun but also very

trendy. You will find a number of tips and ideas in this set for turning this

handicraft concept into the highlight of any door.

9 User-friendly with low alkalinity

9 Flexible for modelling

9 Extra lightweight

Pack Contains

Kneading Concrete

1 x 500 g

Hanging tape

1 x 1 m

Density: 0,99 g/m³ | Hardening time: 48 h

Instruction

Door Sign Kneading Concrete-Set SS-Set


500 g Box 3 56 110

Story Stones

Model when pouring into

a large latex mould with

Lightweight Concrete.

What are Story Stones ? Storytelling stones are pieces with pictures that

children aged 4 and over can use to think up and tell stories. These stories

inspire children's imaginations, encourage them to tell more, develop their

language skills and boost their self-confi dence.

9 Craft set

9 Do it yourself and play

9 Three themes, many stories

Pack Contains

Plastic moulded story stones

1 x 12

40 x 40 mm

Artestone

1 x 250 g


Decoupage Adhesive

1 x 30 g

Template sheets 3 x 12 Motifs

(farm, vehicles, underwater world)

Story Stones SS-Set

Verpackung VE Art.Nr.

PP-Foil 3 88 050

58

ARTIDEE | CASTING COMPOUNDS AND MOULDS | LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE – DIPPING CONCRETE SET

❶

❷

❸

❹

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

Dipping Concrete Set

This set offers you the unique opportunity to coat very delicate objects

and even real flowers with Dipping Concrete. Dipping Concrete adheres

to any surface that has been pre-treated with Bonding Agent, thus offering

endless creative possibilities. Give everyday things a trendy new look

with Dipping Concrete!

9 Suitable for fresh flowers


9 Extremely economical

2 1


Pack Contains

Bonding Agent

1 x 50 g / 100 g

1 Pair

Disposable gloves

Concrete Stone-Powder

1 x 200 g / 500 g


Dipping Emulsifier

1 x 100 g / 250 g

1 x Spatula Instruction

Dipping Concrete Set SS-Set


350 g

56 062

Box 3

850 g 56 063

24 h

❶ Mix Concrete Stone powder and Dipping Emulsifier at a ratio of 2:1

(e.g. 100 g Concrete Stone Powder and 50 g Dipping Emulsifier)

to create a low viscosity dipping concrete. Non-absorbent objects

must first be coated with the adhesive agent supplied (approx. 60

minutes hardening time).

❷ After pre-treating it, dip the object in Dipping Concrete.

❸ Finish with a brush if necessary.

❹ Once it has been allowed to harden for 24 hours, the object can

be decorated as you wish.



59

Because our range is so extensive, our bulk packages

are ideal for schools and craft workshops.

Artex Modelling Fabric

Give free rein to your creativity and add that special flair to the ambience in your house and garden with unique and individual decorative objects made with our Artex

Modelling Fabric. Making sculptures, masks and collages is child’s play! Create theatre props, landscapes for model railways, dioramas, laminated decorative displays and

technical mouldings. Even faithful impressions of faces and body parts are no problem with Artex Modelling Fabric!


9 Extremely easy to mould and model

9 Hardens rapidly

9 No harmful substances

9 Skin-friendly (pH value from 5 to 7)

9 Ideal for schools and handicraft workshops

Processing time: 2-4 min | Drying time: 20 min

Artex Modelling Fabric SS-Set

Content Length Quantity Packaging PU Item

240 Box 1 56 722

2 m

6 Foil 6 56 723

60 mm

240 Box 1 56 725

3 m

6 Foil 6 56 727

240 Box 1 56 729

80 mm 3 m

1

56 731

Foil 6

6 56 733

120 Box 1 56 735

2 m

1

56 736

Foil 6

6 56 738

60 Box 1 56 741

100 mm

3 m

1 Foil 6 56 742

80 Box 1 56 745

5 m

1

6 56 746

Foil

5 3 56 748

120 mm

120 Box 1 56 751

120 Box 1 56 755

150 mm

3 m

1

56 756

Foil 6

1 56 757

200 mm

60 Box 1 56 759

20

60

ARTIDEE | CASTING COMPOUNDS AND MOULDS | ARTEX MODELLING FABRIC – CASTING PASTE PAINT BASE HARDENER

Artex Modelling Fabric sorted

Do you have even more ideas you would like to put into practice with our

Artex Modelling Fabric? Then our range of different modelling fabrics is

exactly what you need.

9 Extremely easy to mould and model

9 Ideal for schools and handicraft workshops

9 No harmful substances

Density: 2,59 g/cm³ | Processing time: 2-4 min | Drying time: 20 min

Artex Modelling Fabric sorted


1000 g / 1,8 m 2 56 784

3

2000 g / 3,6 m 2 Box

56 785

10 kg / 18 m 2 1 56 790

Casting Compound Primer



porous surfaces and strengthens them. Afterwards you can paint the

objects with any paint, lacquer or glaze. Also suitable for natural stone

and ceramics.



9 Very economical

15 - 20


Casting Compound Priming Strengthener


100 ml

6 56 801.99

colourless

Plastic bottle

250 ml 3 56 802.99



61

Baby Bump Plaster Cast Set

Produce a wonderful, lasting reminder of your pregnancy, not just for you

but for your partner too. Sculpt a 3D cast of your baby bump together and

then finish it by creating your own unique design. Ideal as a joint activity

with siblings or the father-to-be.

9 Complete set

9 Great gift idea

9 For individual designs

Fence Figure Set

You can find inspiration for awesome decorative objects in this set. Try

it out! Our Modelling Fabric is easy to mould, hardens fast, contains no

harmful substances and is pH-neutral; making it the ideal material for

schools, workshops and leisure.

9 Popular with all ages


Pack Contains

Plaster bandages - 3 m lang

Width: 1 x 60 mm / 4 x 80 mm / 2 x 150 mm

Vaseline

1 x 50 ml


Crealin

Laminate powder

1 x 250 g

Sandpaper, rough

1 x 115 × 280 mm

Mixing cup

1 x 100 ml

Casting Compound

Priming Strengthener

1 x 25 ml

3D Hydro Crystal

Lacquer

1 x 100 ml

1 x Lacquer brush 1 x Stirring spatula

1 Pair

Disposable gloves


Baby Bump Plaster Cast Set

Instruction

Packaging PU Item

Box 3 56 700

Pack Contains

Plaster bandages 3 x

8 cm x 3 m

Balloon


1 x 25 ml

Instruction


Fence Figure Set SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

Box 3 56 791

62

ARTIDEE | CASTING COMPOUNDS AND MOULDS | BABY BUMP PLASTER CAST SET – STRUCTURE CREAM WHITE-COARSE

Structure Pastes

Discover the wide range of uses to which

structure pastes can be put. On stretcher

frames, wooden boxes, or tiles; and, when

used together with stencils on pieces of

furniture, they can also make an effective

contribution to design. When the pastes are

combined with acrylic paints, artistic objects

become three-dimensional and colourful.

The end result is striking reliefs or collages

that can be coordinated with the interior

design of the room.

Structure Paste, white-fine

This versatile Structure Paste is ideal particularly for creating threedimensional

effects on many surfaces. The fine Structure Paste can also

be coloured as required, or painted over. It is extremely easy to produce

embossed and raised effects by spreading on the paste. We recommend

keeping layers to a maximum of 10 mm.

9 Hardens without forming cracks

9 Ready to use

9 Colourable

Hardening time: 2-3 h | Grain size: < 0,8 mm | Density: 1,88 g/cm 3

Structure Paste, white-fine


225 g

78 156

Pastic cup

500 g 6 78 157


2 - 3 h

Structure Paste, white-coarse

This versatile Structure Paste is ideal for creating especially rustic effects

on many surfaces. The coarse-grained Structure Paste can also be

coloured or painted over. It is extremely easy to produce embossed and

raised effects by spreading on the cream. We recommend keeping layers

to a maximum of 8 mm in thickness.


9 Ready to use

9 Colourable

Hardening time: 2-3 h | Grain size: < 1,1 mm | Density: 1,93 g/cm 3

Structure Paste, white-coarse


225 g

78 161

Pastic cup 6

500 g 78 162

2 - 3 h



63

Elastic Modelling Putty

This self-adhesive modelling putty, which hardens to an elastic consistency,

is ideal for two-dimensional application to a wide variety of surfaces.

Because it is so elastic and malleable it can also be used to coat textiles

or to create three-dimensional surfaces on canvas screens. The Elastic

Modelling Putty is water-based and can be coloured with Colour Pigment

and painted over. The surface is water-resistant once it is dry.

9 Highly elastic

9 Water-resistant

9 Self-adhesive

9 Colourable

2 - 3 h

Hardening time: 2-3 h | Density: 1,64 g/cm 3


Elastic Modelling Putty


white 500 g Plastic cup 6 78 187

Putty Cream, creamy-white

This versatile modelling putty cream is perfect for creating special

three-dimensional design effects on many surfaces. The fine Putty Cream

creamy-white, can also be coloured or painted over. It is really easy to

apply effects with depths and texture. We recommend that layers should

be a maximum of 10 mm.


9 Ready to use

9 Colourable


Putty Cream, creamy-white


225 g

78 151

Pastic cup 6

500 g 78 152

2 - 3 h

Modelling Putty Cream, extra light

This extra lightweight white modelling putty cream can be used anywhere

conventional fillers are too heavy and solid. Modelling Putty Cream extra

light, can be coloured as desired with Universal Colour Concentrate (item

71501). In order to prevent cracks forming, we recommend application in

layers no thicker than 10 mm.

9 Extra lightweight

9 Ready to use

9 Colourable

Drying time: 2-4 h | Density: 1,14 g/cm 3

Modelling Putty Cream, extra light

Type Content Packaging PU Item

extra lightweight 500 g Plastic bucket 6 78 147

2 - 3 h

64

ARTIDEE | CASTING COMPOUNDS AND MOULDS | ELASTIC MODELLING PUTTY – QUARTZ SAND – MEDIUM FINE

Metallic Structure Paste

This creamy, self-adhesive filling compound gives a trendy metallic look to objects you have designed yourself. It can be painted on thinly with a brush or applied

with a spatula to form patterns in relief – anything is possible. Clean tools with water.


9 Highly pigmented

9 Classy metallic look

2 - 3 h

Hardening time: 2-3 h

Metallic Structure Paste


silver glossy

78 231.81

silver satin-finished 78 236.81

gold glossy 78 231.84

gold satin-finished 78 236.84

150 g Pastic cup 6

ducat gold glossy 78 231.85

ducat gold satin-finished 78 236.85

copper glossy 78 231.87

copper satin-finished 78 236.87

White Wall Plaster

This fine, authentic plaster is perfect for two-dimensional application on

architectural models, or for individual model making and crib building.

Can be coloured with Universal Colour Concentrate (item 71501).

9 Ready to use

9 Self-adhesive

9 Colourable

9 Elastic


White Wall Plaster


150 ml Pastic cup 6 65 221

2 - 3 h

Quartz Sand, medium fine

This beautiful, sparkling, pure white natural sand is really easy to use as

decorative sand, or for mixing into fillers, ceramic casting compounds,

concrete, casting resins or adhesives as a bulking agent. If the correct

quantity is added you can also create rough, plaster-like surfaces.

9 Fine-grained

9 Heat-resistant

9 For mixing into many materials

Density: 2,64 g/cm³ | Colour: white

Quartz Sand, medium fine





65

Crackle Paste, rustic-white

You can create rustic-style cracks on any surface quickly and easily

with this unusual filling compound. Pre-treat the frame with Gesso (item

78136) and heavily absorbent surfaces with Universal Adhesive Primer

(item 71801). Crackle Paste can also be coloured with Colour Pigment

Powder (item 71511). Clean tools with water.

Tip: thinner coat = fine cracks, thicker coat = wide cracks.

Gesso

Gesso is used to produce a smooth surface with good adhesive properties

for nearly all paints on many absorbent surfaces, while at the same time

impregnating the surface. Gesso can be diluted with water, and it can be

applied in several layers; it is flexible, does not yellow, and is waterproof

once dry. Gesso provides the ideal conditions for successful painting.

9 Authentic formation of cracks

9 For all surfaces

9 Colourable

3 h

9 Primer for textiles

9 Water-resistant

9 Non-fade

1- 2 h

Hardening time: 3 h | Density: 1,60 g/cm³

Density: 1,60 g/cm³ | Consumption: 80-100 g/m² | Drying time: 1-2 h


Crackle Paste, rustic-white


225 g

78 171

Pastic cup

500 g 6 78 172

950 g

78 173

Plastic bucket

4500 g 1 78 174

Gesso


500 ml

3 78 137.99

colorless

1000 ml 1 78 138.99

Pastic tin

500 ml 3 78 137.68

white

1000 ml 1 78 138.68

66

ARTIDEE | CASTING COMPOUNDS AND MOULDS | CRACKLE PASTE, RUSTIC-WHITE – PAPER PASTE

❶

❷

❸

❹

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

Our silicone moulds and

silicone mats for this

application technique can

be found on the following

double page.

❶ Add a small amount of Universal Dye Concentrate (item 71 501 et

seq) to the Paper Paste (item 78 223.68).

Paper Paste

Decorative features made with Paper Paste are the perfect complement

to creative card design. Simply work Paper Paste carefully into a Silicone

Mat (item 45561 ff), smooth off with a spatula and remove carefully once

it has hardened. Paper Paste can be coloured, painted or patinated with

Universal Colour Concentrate. Also suitable for lanterns, Christmas baubles,

table decorations…

9 Paper-like structure

9 Very economical

9 Elastic

9 Colourable

Hardening time in Silicone Mats: 5 h Air drying | Setting time in oven:

30 min at 50°C | Density: 1,1 g/cm 3

Paper Paste white SS-Set


100 g Pastic cup 6 78 223.68

5 h

❷ Then stir the coloured compound thoroughly with the wooden

stirrer until the desired colour is achieved.

❸ Spread the compound evenly into the Silicone Mould Roses (item

53 245) and leave to dry for at least five hours. When using moulds

with a larger volume, leave to dry for a little longer.

❹ Once they have dried, remove the roses carefully from the mould

and use them to decorate the desired object.



67

SILICONE AND

CASTING MOULDS

Do you still need some other product to complete your creation?

Universal silicone and casting moulds can be used for many of our casting

compounds and fillers. You will be sure to find the right products on the

following pages – or maybe even an idea for your next project.


68

45 561

Ornament

45 562

Butterflies

45 563

Flower

45 564

Hearts

45 570

Christmas

45 571

Winter

45 575

Mandala

45 580

Floral band

45 579

Easter

45 576

Lace

Silicone Moulds

45 585

Blossoms and leaves

45 581

Oriental

All-purpose silicone form for the creation of decorations made of Paper

Paste (item 7822368) to be used for decorating cards or scrapbooking.

The mould fits perfectly for casting objects with wax, soap, ceramic compounds

or concrete as well.

9 Easy to use


9 Elastic

Silicone Mould SS-Set

Type Size ø Packaging PU Item

Roses

75 mm

53 245

Leaves 70 mm PP-Foil 6 53 247

Feathers 90 mm 53 248

Silicone Mats

Universal Silicone Mat for making decorations and borders when designing

cards with Paper Paste (item 7822368). Also perfect for soap decorating,

Metallic Structure Paste (item 78231), Metallic Cream (item 78258

et seq.), for candle design with Wax Designer (item 80561) or as an inset

when using Fine Casting Concrete (item 56056).

9 Easy to use


9 Elastic

Silicone Mat SS-Set

Type Size Packaging PU Item

Ornament

82 x 103 mm

45 561

Butterflies 113 x 90 mm 45 562

Flower 100 mm ø 45 563

Hearts 190 x 70 mm 45 564

Christmas 190 x 70 mm 45 570

Winter 260 x 70 mm 45 571

PP-Foil 6

Mandala 210 x 65 mm 45 575

Lace 390 x 70 mm 45 576

Easter 390 x 70 mm 45 579

Floral band 310 x 110 mm 45 580

Oriental 395 x 110 mm 45 581

Blossoms and leaves 400 x 127 mm 45 585



69

Mosaic Silicone Mould

Silicone moulds are the perfect tool for making white, coloured or transparent

(Colouraplast, item 53 010) mosaic stones using casting compounds

(Artelin Relief Casting Compound, item 56 006). Pour the casting

compound over the mosaic mould, spread evenly with a spatula and remove.

This makes it possible to create many mosaic stones at once.

Silicone Mould Stars

These delicate stars for casting are just beautiful! You can make a lovely,

simple decoration using Fine Concrete, ceramic casting compounds or

beeswax. Pouring transparent Cold Glaze into them enables you to create

sparkling stars that look like they are made of ice crystals.

9 Suitable for many casting compounds

9 Reusable

9 Elastic

max.

230°C


9 Easy to clean

9 Elastic

max.

230°C

Mosaic Silicone Mould SS-Set

Silicone Mould Stars SS-Set


Content Mould Size Packaging PU Item

108-fold 150 x 200 mm PP-Foil 3 53 220

Silicone Moulds

Because they are heat resistant, these silicone jewellery moulds are perfect

for making your own trendy pendants from Colouraplast (item 53 010). You

can also create real works of art with Fine Concrete (item 56 056), ceramic

Casting Compound (item 56 011) or Cold Glaze (item 50 100).

9 Temperature-resistant up to 230°C

9 Reusable

9 Elastic

53 243

Jewellery Designs

53 241

Costume Jewellery

53 244

Fashion Jewellery

max.

230°C


Type Mould Size Packaging PU Item

Costume Jewellery 20 130 x 140 mm

53 241

Jewellery Designs 8 105 x 190 mm PP-Foil 3 53 243

Fashion Jewellery 13 150 x 205 mm 53 244


6-fold 155 x 240 mm PP-Foil 3 53 256

Silicone Frames, Set of 3

Ideal for filling with Colouraplast (item 53010) and numerous other viscous

casting compounds. Place the Silicone Frame on a suitable surface

depending on the intended use, e.g. metal melting mould, baking paper,

plastic foil or similar, and fill. Make sure that the Silicone Frame is sitting

level on all sides.


9 Multi-functional

9 Elastic

max.

230°C

Silicone Frames, Set of 3 SS-Set

Type Size Ø Packaging PU Item

Butterfly

57 mm

Shamrock

45 mm PP-Foil 3 53 226

Maple Leaf

50 mm

70

ARTIDEE | CASTING COMPOUNDS AND MOULDS | MOSAIC SILICONE MOULD – LATEX MOULD BEAR

Latex Mould Rabbit

Casting decorative objects is right on trend. You can create amazing figures

from concrete, ceramic casting compounds, casting resin and much

more for the home and garden in next to no time with flexible latex moulds.

9 Easy to use

9 Ready to use

9 Elastic

Silicone Mould Gnome

Our silicone gnome mould is a popular decoration that can be customized.

Thanks to its elasticity, it is easy to handle and mould using concrete,

resin and other materials.

9 Easy to use

9 Ready to use

9 Elastic

suitable for concrete and ceramic casting compounds


Latex Mould Rabbit

SS-Set

Silicone Mould Gnome

SS-Set

Height Content Packaging PU Item

190 mm 1130 ml PP-Foil 3 90 108

King Arthur Chess Figures

It is really easy to produce your own chess figures and give them individual

colour schemes with these flexible latex moulds. A wonderful decoration

for all chess fans, that also makes a perfect gift idea.


9 Trendy gift idea

9 Ready to use

9 Reusable

13,5 cm

Pack Contains

9 cm

Moud set (7 different moulds – 1 of each and 2 pawns) + Colour palette

Latex Moulds King Arthur Chess Figures

SS-Set

Height max. Content Packaging PU Item

135 mm 800 ml Box 1 90 201


100 mm 70 ml PP-Foil 3 90 102

Latex Mould Bear

Casting decorative objects is right on trend. You can create amazing figures

from concrete, ceramic casting compounds, casting resin and much

more for the home and garden in next to no time with flexible latex moulds.

9 Easy to use

9 Ready to use

9 Elastic


Latex Mould Bear

SS-Set


70 mm 90 ml Blister 3 90 104



71

Silicone Moulds

These universal silicone moulds are heat resistant, making them perfect for filling with soap or wax. You can also use them to create works of art made with

Concretes (items 56 056 + 56 071), Ceramic Casting Compound (item 56 011) or Cold Glaze (item 50 100).



9 Reusable

9 Elastic



rectangular 6 205 x 225 mm

53 224

Dinos 12 110 x 210 mm 53 225

PP-Foil 3

A - Z 26 220 x 330 mm 53 228

0 - 9 10 225 x 130 mm 53 229

max.

230°C

72

ARTIDEE | CASTING COMPOUNDS AND MOULDS | SILICONE MOULDS – SOAP DISHES GROOVED AND ROUND

Casting Moulds

Producing castings using these hard-wearing solid plastic moulds is child’s play. And when you pre-treat the mould with a coat of Form Separating Agent (item

51 101) it is easy to remove the finished casting, and the plastic moulds will remain stable for a long time.

9 Solvent resistant

9 Multi-functional

52 403 52 407

Casting Mould

52 411 52 412

Shape Size Content Packaging PU Item

rectangular 100 x 67 x 40 mm 300 ml

52 403

rectangular 150 x 60 x 30 mm 270 ml 52 407

loosely 3

semi-round 120 x 80 x 40 mm 350 ml 52 411

half ball 95 mm Ø 125 ml 52 412

Soap Dishes – Plastic Mould

These soap dishes are the ideal complement to your homemade soap

bars. You can fill the mould with, for instance, Fine Concrete (item 56

056) or Artestone (item 56 011) and create a beautiful accessory for

your home.

9 Easy to use

9 Ready to use

Soap Dish round

ø 9,5 cm / 2,7 cm h

Soap Dish grooved

7,5 cm b / 9,7 cm l / 2,5 cm h

Soap Dishes – Plastic Mould SS-Set

Type Content PU Item

grooved 100 ml

57 919

3

round 170 ml 57 920



73

Casting Mould – Round block

The individual block moulds made of plastic offer a wide range of possible

applications. For example, create coasters, tiles, garden stakes or write on

the block mould with our Concrete Art Liner (item 56 078) before pouring

with a casting compond - let your imagination inspire you!


9 Reusable

9 Easy to demould


Casting pendants

Beautiful, timeless items of jewellery made from trendy fine concrete are

the perfect complement to any outfit. Decorate the elegant concrete jewellery

with gold leaf or sparkling decorative stones, or enjoy the natural

beauty of the object you designed yourself. Colouring with colour pigment

powder provides you with an endless variety of individual shades for any

occasion.

9 Numerous design options


9 Easy to demould

88 430

Jewellery mould 6-fold


Casting pendants

88 431

Jewellery mould 12-fold

SS-Set

Quantity Mould Size PU Item

6-fold

150 x 190 mm

88 430

3

12-fold 190 x 240 mm 88 431


Casting Mould

SS-Set

Type / Size Ø Content PU Item

Round block 105 mm 270 ml 3 88 514

74

ARTIDEE | CASTING COMPOUNDS AND MOULDS | MOULDS FOR JEWELLERY PENDANT – CASTING MOULDS - HALF- AND HEART-BOWLS

Concrete bowls you can eat out of? Our food safe

Clear Varnish (item 78532) makes that possible –

see PAGE 103.

Casting Moulds – Candle holder

Casting Moulds – Half-/ Heart-Bowls

These robust plastic moulds are perfect for casting original candle

holders made from concrete or ceramic casting compounds. The simple,

timeless design goes with any colour of candle, fitting into any cosy

home.


9 Easy to demould

9 Easy to clean


Candle holder

88 238

Candle holder round

88 240

Candle holder Yin Yang

SS-Set


round 130 mm Ø 250 ml

88 238

3

Yin Yang 115 mm Ø 250 ml 88 240

With this 2‐piece plastic half‐bowl set, you can easily create decorative

bowls in a trendy concrete look. Fill the large mold approx. 10 mm high

with Creastone (item 56 071), wait 30 minutes, then place the smaller

mould in the center and weigh it down. Fill the gap with Creastone or

another casting compound up to about 3 mm below the rim. Remove the

moulds after 2–3 days and decorate as desired.


9 Reusable

Casting Mould

SS-Set

Type / Size Ø Content PU Item

100 / 140 mm 260 / 600 ml

88 401

Half-Bowls 120 / 160 mm 360 / 900 ml 88 402

2 parts 140 / 180 mm 600 / 1400 ml 88 403

160 / 200 mm 900 / 1800 ml 88 404

3

Half-Bowl 100 / 120 / 140 / 260 / 360 / 600 /

88 407

Set 4 parts 160 mm 900 ml

Heart-Bowls

2 parts

88 401 / 88 402 /

88 403 / 88 402

Half-Bowls

88 411 / 88 412

Heart-Bowls


88 407

Half-Bowl Set

60 / 100 mm 35 / 130 ml 88 411

100 / 140 mm 130 / 320 ml 88 412



75

Casting Moulds – Decorative

These unique casting moulds are perfect for casting and designing fascinating

decorations made from many trendy casting materials.

9 Easy to clean

9 Reusable

Casting Moulds – Soap Products

This special plastic mould is perfect for popular creative soap moulding.

The durability of these moulds guarantees lots of fun making soaps.

9 Easy to clean

9 Reusable

88 140* 1

Heart

88 143* 1

Deco-heart


Casting Mould

Type Mould Size Content PU Item

Heart 230 x 290 mm 1300 ml

SS-Set

88 140

Deco-heart 200 x 300 mm 700 ml 88 143

3

Stones 3-fold 240 x 350 mm 400 ml 88 147

Hearts 2-fold 200 x 230 mm 450 ml 88 148

Snail mould

"Ammonite"

88 147 * 1

Stones

88 293* 2

Casting chalk mould „hearts“

* 1 suitable for concrete and ceramic casting compounds

* 2 suitable for chalk / soap / wax

Casting chalk mould

"hearts" 4-fold

88 148* 1

Hearts

88 219* 1

Snail mould „Ammonite“

230 x 380 mm 850 ml 1 88 219

155 x 190 mm 130 ml 3 88 293

Casting Mould

SS-Set

Type Mould Size Content PU Item

Soap Mould Dish 9-fold 190 x 245 mm 1200 ml

57 912

Soap Mould Ball 20-35 mm 230 x 380 mm 120 ml 3 57 913

Hearts 4-fold 155 x 190 mm 130 ml 57 924

Cast individual hemispheres (item

57912), allow to dry, and lay on foil.

Then stick together with a few drops

of Cold Glaze.

76

ARTIDEE | CASTING COMPOUNDS AND MOULDS | CASTING MOULDS - DECORATIVE – CAST-IN HOOKS

Casting Moulds – Bowls 2-parts

You can see the selection of different moulds in various sizes and designs

for yourself. There is something for everyone. Plant your favourite flowers

in homemade bowls, or put candle wicks in a bowl and fill with candle wax.

Wonderfully versatile!

Tip: seal with food-safe Clear Varnish (item 78 532) and use, for instance,

as a fruit bowl.


9 Reusable

88 415 / 88 416

Round dish

88 427 / 88 428

Star dish

88 436

Ellipse


Casting Mould 2-parts

88 421 / 88 422

Square dish

88 435

Flower

88 437

Small ship

SS-Set

Art Size Content PU Item

Round dish

105 / 145 mm Ø 300 ml

88 415

145 / 185 mm Ø 450 / 800 ml 88 416

Square dish

105 / 145 mm 350 ml 88 421

145 / 185 mm 450 ml 88 422

Star dish

170 / 240 mm 470 / 800 ml 3 88 427

240 / 310 mm 800 / 1400 ml 88 428

Flower 180 / 270 mm 650 / 1650 ml 88 435

Ellipse 140 x 285 / 95 x 235 mm 1000 / 500 ml 88 436

Small ship 150 x 275 / 107 x 195 mm 950 / 450 ml 88 437

Cast-in hooks

The special hangers ensure that your creation always stays securely in

place. Simply press into the casting compound and leave to harden –

done!

9 For a secure hold

9 Easy to use

Cast-in hooks SS-Set

Quantity Size Packaging PU Item

6 pcs

6 56 651

25 x 20 mm PP-Foil

100 pcs 1 56 652



77

Embellish Casting Compound with

GOLD AND SILVER GRAVEL

Do you need something else to complete your creation?

Just give it a little sparkle.

For instance, with our Gold and Silver Gravel.


You can find more information

on our Gold and Silver Gravel on

PAGE 157.

78

MOSAIC

TECHNIQUES

ARTIDEE | MOSAIC TECHNIQUES


79

Creative Decoration with

MOSAIC TECHNIQUES

One of the creative techniques that is most steeped in tradition is that of designing

and making a mosaic. A mosaic can be individually produced from different materials,

using any one of numerous techniques. In this range we have put together not just the

most common and popular products, but also new products for moulding, bonding and

grouting, so that both handicraft enthusiasts and professional craftsmen can turn their

ideas into reality.


80


Silicone moulds are the perfect tool for making white, coloured or transparent

(Colouraplast, item 53 010) mosaic stones using casting compounds

(Artelin Relief Casting Compound, item 56 006). Pour the casting compound

over the mosaic mould, spread evenly with a spatula and remove.

This makes it possible to create many mosaic stones at once.


9 Reusable

9 Elastic

max.

230°C



108-fold 150 x 200 mm PP-Foil 3 53 220

Mineral Adhesive Powder

Mosaic Cement

This self-adhesive Mineral Adhesive Powder is used especially for professional

bonding of mosaic tiles onto a wide variety of surfaces. Despite the

fact that initial adhesion is fast, it is easy to adjust and position the mosaic

tiles. If you wish to colour the adhesive, simply dissolve Colour Pigment

Powder (item 71511) in the water used for mixing. Clean tools with water.

9 Fast initial adhesion

9 Secure bonding

9 Colourable

6 - 8 h


Processing time: 15-20 min | Hardening time: 6-8 h

Consumption: 120-150 g/m²

Mineral Adhesive Powder



White Mosaic Cement in powder form, for sticking mosaic tiles and for

levelling out uneven surfaces; suitable for many surfaces. Moisten highly

absorbent surfaces with water. Mix Mosaic Cement with water to make

a smooth paste, apply with a brush or spatula and press on mosaic tiles.

Recommended application: 1-2 mm

Low alkalinity, no GHS-labelling, therefore ideal for schools and rehab

centre.

9 Bonds fast

9 Easy to use

9 For mosaics made of glass,

ceramics or natural stone


Material consumption: 140 g/m²

Mosaic Cement


500 g

6 56 827

Doypack

1000 g 8 56 828

2 1

6 - 8 h



81

White Mosaic Glue

White Mosaic Glue is ideal for sticking all types of mosaic tiles onto adsorbent

and non-absorbent surfaces. Because it adheres very fast, it is

perfect for attaching mosaic tiles to vertical surfaces. Apply Mosaic Glue

evenly and press the mosaic tiles down firmly. Mosaic Glue is white when

it is dry.


9 Economical to use


5 - 6 h

Transparent Mosaic Glue

Ideal for sticking mosaic tiles or Mineral Sand and many other materials

to hard, non-absorbent surfaces and even to vertical planes. Exceptionally

well-suited for scrapbooking. Apply with a spatula or brush and press on

the mosaic tiles. Clean tools with water.

9 Fast adhesion

9 Perfect for vertical surfaces

9 Transparent when dry

9 Water-based

4 - 12 h


Consumption: 160-180 g/m² | Density: 1,25 g/m²

White Mosaic Glue



250 g Plastic-tin 3 56 853

Processing time: 6 min | Initial bonding: 20-40 min | Hardening time:

4-12 h | Density: 1,06 g/m 3 | Material consumption: 140 g/m 2



50 g

56 861

Plastic bottle 6

100 g 56 862

Transparent Mosaic Glue Rapido

Mosaic stone adhesive that is transparent when dry, for fast, secure

adhesion of mosaic stones to many surfaces, especially for decorating

vertical surfaces. Paint over the surface to be bonded, leave to dry for 30

minutes, then press on the stones – finished.


9 Easy to use

9 Permanently adhesive

9 Excellent bonding

Hardening time: 4-6 h | Consumption: 120 g/m 2

Transparent Mosaic Glue Rapido


50 g

56 881

Plastic bottle 6

100 g 56 882

4 - 6 h

82

ARTIDEE | MOSAIKTECHNIK | WHITE MOSAIC GLUE – GLUE FOR SYNTHETIC TESSERAE

Glass-Mosaic-Stone-Glue

Glue for Synthetic Tesserae

This special adhesive is crystal clear when it hardens, making it perfect

for sticking transparent mosaic tiles to glass, plastic and many other

surfaces. Paint a thin layer onto the surface to be glued, leave to air dry

for 10 minutes, then press the mosaic tiles firmly down. Ideal for vertical

surfaces.



9 Secure bonding

80°C

30 min

or

6 - 8 h


Hardening time: 6-8 h | Setting time in oven: 30 min at 80°C

Consumption: 120 g/m²



50 g

56 857

Plastic bottle 6

100 g 56 858

Special transparent adhesive for sticking plastic mosaic tiles onto mirrors,

glass plates or decorative glass. Paint the glass surface evenly with

the adhesive and leave to air dry for 10 minutes. Push the plastic mosaic

tiles into the layer of adhesive and leave the finished mosaic to dry, or

bake in the oven. Also perfect for many other surfaces (including wood,

metal, plaster).

9 Bonds plastic to glass

9 Bonds fast

9 Long processing time


Hardening time: 3-4 h | Setting time in oven: 30 min at 80°C

Material consumption: 180-200 g/m² h | Density: 1,09 g/cm³



50 g

56 876

Plastic bottle 6

100 g 56 877

80°C

30 min

or

3 - 4 h



83

Mosaic Joint Filler

The powdery Mosaic Joint Filler is the ideal material for grouting selfmade

mosaics. The creamy consistency makes it easy to spread into the

joints of the mosaic. Can be colored with universal color concentrate

(item 71 501). Mosaic Joint Filler is not subject to labelling in accordance

with the CLP regulation, so it is also ideal for use in schools or therapeutic

areas.

9 Easy to spread

9 Very efficient, colourable

9 Easily portionable

2 1

6 - 10 h

Mosaic Joint Filler weatherproof

Mix this high-quality Mosaic Joint Filler with water to create a thick pulp

and then spread into the joints in the mosaic with a soft brush. After

approximately 20 minutes residues should be removed from the mosaic

tiles with a damp sponge. Mosaic Joint Filler is weather-resistant, making

it ideal for outdoor use, and it can be coloured as required by stirring

Universal Dye Concentrate (item 71501) into the water used for mixing.

Mosaic Joint Filler is not subject to labelling in accordance with the CLP

regulation, so it is also ideal for use in schools or therapeutic areas.

9 Excellent bonding

9 Very economical

9 Colourable

4 1

6 - 10 h

Setting time: 10-15 min | Hardening time: 6-10 h | Colour: white

Consumption: 180-200 g/m 2

Mosaic Joint Filler


white 500 g Doypack 6 56 813

Setting time: 10-15 min | Hardening time: 6-10 h | Colour: white Consumption:

180-200 g/m 2

Mosaic Joint Filler weatherproof


200 g

9 56 866.68

white

Doypack

500 g 6 56 867.68

Mosaic Seam Filler (fluid)

Mosaic Joint Finish


Opaque joints in lanterns and glass mosaics can often be an irritation. The

transparent Mosaic Seam Filler offers a simple solution for this – it makes

your mosaic shine in a whole new light! Work the seam filler evenly into

the joints between the mosaic stones. This product is also ideal as an

adhesive for mosaic stones.


9 For all surfaces

9 Ready to use

Hardening time: 4-6 h | Material consumption: 160-220 g/m 2

Density: 1,05 g/m 3

Mosaic Seam Filler


transparent 88 ml Plastic bottle 6 56 872

4 - 6 h

Mosaic Joint Finish forms a wafer-thin protective film and is therefore

dirt and water-repellent. Apply a thin coat of Mosaic Joint Finish with

a soft brush over the entire surface of the grouted mosaic after it has

completely dried out. Leave for 10 minutes to soak in and add another

coat if necessary.

9 Protects against dirt

9 Easy to clean

9 Water-repellent

9 Weather-resistant

Hardening time: 6 h | Degree of gloss: semi-gloss | Consumption:

100 g/m 2

Mosaic Joint Finish


100 ml

6 70 002

transparent

Plastic bottle

250 ml 3 70 003

6 h

84

ARTIDEE | MOSAIKTECHNIK | MOSAIC SEAM FILLER – MOSAIC JOINT FINISH

SURFACE DESIGN

PAINTS, VARNISHES

FURTHER PRODUCTS

ARTIDEE | | SURFACE OBERFLÄCHENGESTALTUNG DESIGN | PAINTS AND VARNISHES | FARBEN, LACKE | FURTHER | WEITERE PRODUCTS PRODUKTE

CREARTEC 85

® trend-design-gmbh | www.creartec.de | Tel.: +49 (0) 8381 80740-0

85

ARTIDEE | | SURFACE OBERFLÄCHENGESTALTUNG DESIGN | PAINTS AND | VARNISHES FARBEN, LACKE | FURTHER | WEITERE PRODUCTS PRODUKTE

SURFACES, PAINTS AND

VARNISHES

Are you on the lookout for the right paint or the appropriate varnish for your handicraft project?

CREARTEC offers you a large selection for many different techniques, for instance designing with

Ecological Natural Paint, Chalk Paint, Wood Stain or Leather Paint. Our range also includes on-trend

paints such as Pouring Colour, Pearl Maker, and Luminous Paint.

And you can find a large selection of special lacquers to provide the perfect protection against dirt

and yellowing to your successful project.

The surface properties, for instance colour, level of gloss and roughness, determine the appearance

of objects. The properties of the surface are important with respect to an object’s resistance to light,

which can contribute to yellowing or greying; or water damage, discolouration, leaching, swelling,

cracking from frost, etc.

There is often a requirement to coat surfaces with the aim of changing their properties. There are

many different options available to you to help achieve this.

Have you not found the right product, or do you have questions about a particular product? Give us a

call, and we will be happy to help.

Add individual touches of colour

with Pearl Maker. You can find a

large selection of colours offered

by our popular product on PAGE 93.

86 86

Ecological Natural Paint

Shabby Chic Chalk Paint

Ecological Natural Paint is a casein-based powder – the classic natural paint

– made from natural raw materials such as milk protein (casein), which

forms a binding agent, chalk and kaolin as filler materials, and with a high

pigment content which guarantees excellent covering power. Painting with

casein is a traditional technique which has been used since ancient times.

Although casein, unlike synthetic binders, is a completely biodegradable

compound, many works of art have survived for centuries. The viscosity of

this versatile paint can be tailored to your exact requirements by varying the

amount of water you add. Ideal for painting objects made from Papier Maché

(item 55125), Modelling Fabric (item 56722ff) and many other surfaces.

9 Natural constituents

9 Excellent covering power

9 Easy to work with

9 Very economical

Mixing table Paint powder Water

Smooth-on cream paint

50 - 80 g

Tempera paint

100 g

per 100 g

Poster paint

150 g

Watercolour paint

300 g

Preparation time: 12 h | Swelling time: 3 h | Pot life of mixed colour:

3 Days | Drying time: 40 min

Ecological Natural Paint


red

71 855.07

violet 71 855.16

purple 71 855.18

blue 71 855.20

green 71 855.35

yolk yellow 71 855.47

150 g Plastic jar 6

brown 71 855.54

orange 71 855.63

white 71 855.68

grey 71 855.75

black 71 855.78

neutral (transparent) 71 855.99

40

This high-quality chalky dispersion comes in a range of wonderful pastel

shades and coordinated darker base colours to create a special shabby

chic look.

9 Ready to use

9 Easy to apply

9 Colours can be mixed together

30 - 40

Density: 1,40 g/cm³ | Consumption: 110 - 140 g/m² | Drying time: 30 - 40 min

Shabby Chic Chalk Paint


pastel pink

71 841.01

apricot 71 841.03

bordeaux 71 841.11

pastel violet 71 841.13

aubergine 71 841.16

pastel lilac 71 841.17

125 ml Plastic jar 6

pastel blue 71 841.25

green 71 841.32

pastel green 71 841.38

white 71 841.68

ivory 71 841.69

grey 71 841.72

Special effects with Crackle Lacquer

(item 70 062) on PAGE 111.


CREARTEC 87


87

Wood Glaze

Wood-Varnish-Set


Transparent, coloured wood varnish that can be lightened by adding water

and is ideal for varnishing and impregnating wood, wicker bamboo or

straw. Apply with a brush to make decorative and everyday objects shine

with a new silky sheen.

9 Ready to use

9 Easy to apply

9 Can be mixed together

9 Water-based

Pure Natural Shellac

Shellac is a natural product that is ideal for sealing home-produced encaustic

pictures. This varnish provides high-quality protection against

abrasion and a slight 3D effect.

Shellac has traditionally been used as a protective coating for musical instruments

for decades, and it is ideally suited for varnishing and restoring

furniture, decorations or everyday objects.

9 Dirt-repellent

9 Dries fast

9 Very economical


Density: 0,91 g/cm³ | Consumption: 80 g/m² | Hardening time: 15 min

Final setting: 12 h




40 - 60

Density: 1,03 -1,07 g/cm³ | Consumption: 80 ml/m² | Drying time: 40-60 min

Wood Glaze


pink

72 151.05

light red 72 151.08

dark red 72 151.10

violet 72 151.14

dark blue 72 151.20

light blue 72 151.26

turquoise 72 151.31

dark green Wide-necked

72 151.36

50 ml

6

light green jar

72 151.38

lemon 72 151.45

yolk yellow 72 151.47

medium brown 72 151.54

reddish brown 72 151.56

orange 72 151.63

white 72 151.68

black 72 151.78

15

PASTELL

STANDARD

Wood-Varnish-Set SS-Set


Pastell

Wide-necked

72 150.10

6 x 50 ml

4

Standard jar in Box

72 150.20

Shellac Primer

Shellac Primer is a naturally-based agent which protects the surface of fine

woods. A thin coat of Primer is applied to the dry surface of the wood and

then left to soak in completely and to dry for 24 h. It penetrates deep into the

pores of the wood and seals it. Using Shellac Primer significantly reduces the

amount of Natural Wood Oil (item 73003) or Natural Wood Wax (item 73053)

consumed when these are used to give a final finish to wooden objects. Any

shiny spots on the surface of the wood indicate that too much primer, or multiple

coats, have been applied. These spots should be sanded down again.

9 The ideal primer for highly absorbent woods

9 Reduces consumption of Natural Wood Oil/

Natural Wood Wax

9 Natural constituents


Consumption: 80 g/m² | Density at 20 °C: 0,826 g/cm³ | Drying time: 24 h

Shellac Primer

light blue, light green,

reddish brown, light red,

yolk yellow, white

lemon yellow, orange,

dark red, violet, dark

green, dark blue



24 h

88 88

ARTIDEE | PAINTS AND VARNISHES | WOOD GLAZE – NATURAL WOOD WAX

Wood Protection Sealing Varnish

Natural Wood Oil

This special colourless lacquer is particularly well suited for impregnating

and sealing wood, bamboo or wicker. Objects coated with this product

are resistant to weathering as well as to many household cleaning

agents. Wood Protection Sealing Varnish diluted with 10% water acts as

a primer for a later application of paint. Because it is extremely hard and

resistant to wear, this Sealing Varnish is also perfect for use on parquet.

Clean tools with water.

9 Water-based

9 Weather-resistant


9 Also suitable for parquet

Density: 0,92 g/cm³ | Consumption: 70 - 80 g/m² | Hardening time:

40 - 60 min

Wood Protection Sealing Varnish


350 ml

3 70 032.98

satin-finished

1000 ml 1 70 033.98

Plastic jar

350 ml 3 70 032.99

glossy

1000ml 1 70 033.99

Basket and Wicker Varnish

40 - 60

Basket and Wicker Varnish is a high-quality, elastic waterproofing medium

for all basketwork made from willow, poplar, hornbeam and wicker.

Coating with Basket and Wicker Varnish gives surfaces a protective coating

against dirt, moisture, yellowing and rot.

9 Easy to apply

9 Weather-resistant


30- 40 min

Basket and Wicker Varnish

Art Content Packaging PU Item

mat / transparent 100 ml

6 69 896.97

glossy / transp.

100 ml Plastic jar 6 69 896.99

350 ml 3 69 897.99

30 - 40

This high-quality Natural Wood Oil was specially developed for initial treatment,

care and freshening up of wooden objects in indoor areas and for

wooden toys. The natural oil penetrates deep into the wood, brings out its

unique grain, and repels water and dirt.

9 Long-lasting protection and care

9 Water and dirt-resistant

9 Brings out the natural grain of the wood

9 For wooden toys in accordance with EN 71-3

Consumption: 20 - 150 g/m² | Drying time: mind. 12 h

Natural Wood Oil


250 ml

73 003

Tinplate can 3

1000 ml 73 006

Natural Wood Wax

If you love the unique feel of waxed wood surfaces, but at the same time

you want them to be extremely resilient, then this specially developed Natural

Wood Wax is the right choice for you. The ideal combination of oil and

wax penetrates deep into the pores of the wood and seals it with a hard

wax coat.

9 Exquisite silky gloss




Consumption: 20 - 150 g/m² | Drying time: mind. 12 h

Natural Wood Wax


250 ml

73 053

Tinplate can 3

1000 ml 73 056

12 h

12 h


CREARTEC 89


89


Pouring Medium

❶

❷

This medium optimises the qualities of the colours for the pouring technique.

The cracking during the drying time will be reduced considerably

and you can look forward to a great result.

9 Excellent flow quality

9 Reduces the formation of cracks

9 Dilutable with water

Density: 1,05 g/cm³ | pH value: 6,5 | Hardening time: 2-4 h

Pouring Medium


250 ml

6 71 402

Plastic bottle

1000 ml 1 71 408

Silicone Oil "Fluid"

2 - 4 h

The secret of the unique cell structures seen in the poured pictures of this

technique is the choice of the right silicone oil. Normally, only a few drops

of the Silicone oil fluid are enough to attain the desired effect. Get excited

and get lost in the colourful world of fantasy.

9 Shaping of cell structures

9 Ready to use

Density: 0,96 g/cm³ | Viscosity: 50 mPas

Silicone Oil "Fluid"

Silicon oil addition:

3-4 drops to

100 ml Pouring Colour


30 ml Pen-bottle

60 604

6

100 ml Glass bottle 60 606

❸

Pouring Colour

❹

❶ Prime the painting board with Pouring Medium.

❷ Cut the bottom off a PET bottle, place it on the painting boards,

and apply Pouring Colour to the centre.

❸ The Pouring Colour will spread out.

❹ Distribute the Pouring Colour over the painting board by swirling it

around

Use Pouring Colour to conjure up unique works of art that are impossible

to achieve with any other painting technique. Whether you use it neat or

mixed with a few drops of silicone oil, you will be amazed by the results.



9 Ready to use

Density: 1,05 g/cm³ | Drying time: bis zu 3 Tage

Pouring Colour

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

Silicon oil addition:

3-4 drops to

100 ml Pouring Colour


pink

71 422.02

red 71 422.07

lilac 71 422.13


blue 71 422.26

petrol 71 422.28

88 ml Pen-bottle 6

light green 71 422.34

green 71 422.38

yellow 71 422.47

orange 71 422.63

white 71 422.68

black 71 422.78

90 90

ARTIDEE | PAINTS AND VARNISHES | POURING MEDIUM – PEARL MAKER PEN

Sales Display

Pearl Maker Pen

We offer sales displays upon request. These can be filled with 30 ml bottles,

and labelled with the appropriate topper.

9 Ideal advertising space

Sales Display

Content for 30 ml Packaging PU Item

for 60 x 30 ml

Bottles

2-part display with

attachable topper

PP-Foil

72 330

1

Label (Topper) Pearl Maker 60 Bottles loosely 72 330.11

for 36 x 30 ml

Bottles

2-part display with

attachable topper

PP-Foil

77 600

1

Label (Topper) Pearl Maker 36 Bottles loosely 72 330.12

Pearl Maker Set

MARITIM

SPRING

ADVENT

Pearl Maker Set

dark blue, pastel turquoise,

silver, pastel white

pastel green, pastel yellow,

pastel blue, pastel rose

gold, dark green,

ruby-red, iridescent


Maritim

72 332.01

Pen-bottles

Spring 4 x 30 ml

3 72 332.02

in PP-Foil

Advent 72 332.03

The coloured pearls are applied directly from the pen’s reservoir using a

greater or lesser degree of pressure. To wash and iron (30°C) textiles, always

turn inside out.

9 Decorative 3D coloured pearls

9 Choose the size for yourself

Density: 1,01 g/cm³ | Drying time: 60 min

Pearl Maker Pen


neon pink

72 326.05

neon green 72 326.36

neon yellow 72 326.45

neon orange 72 326.63

pastel rose 72 331.03

pastel pink 72 331.05



pastel turquoise 72 331.31


pastel mint 72 331.39

pastel yellow 72 331.45

pastel amber 72 331.50

pastel corall 72 331.64

pastel cream 72 331.66

pastel white 72 331.68

champagne 72 331.69

30 ml Pen-bottle 6

ruby-red 72 336.10

burgundy 72 336.11

dark blue 72 336.22

dark green 72 336.36

orange 72 336.63

black 72 336.78

silver 72 336.81

gold 72 336.84

crystall 72 336.99

pearly fuchsia 72 321.14

pearly aubergine 72 321.15

pearly lilac 72 321.17

pearly sky blue 72 321.26

pearly ice blue 72 321.29

pearly petrol 72 321.31

pearly old silver 72 321.81

pearly copper gold 72 321.86

60


CREARTEC 91


91


Mosaic Colour

With Mosaic Colour it is extremely easy to create your own really effective

mosaic look. Prime even surfaces with a layer of Filling Agent (item 72 352)

approximately 1 mm thick Add Mosaic Colour a drop at a time to the coat

of liquid primer and watch the way an amazing mosaic-like effect spontaneously

develops. Clean tools with water as soon as you have finished.

9 Easy to use


9 Waterproof

❶

Density: 1,01 g/cm³ | Degree of gloss: opaque / mat | Consumption:

90 - 100 g/m² | Drying time: 6-8 h

Mosaic Colour

❷


rose

72 371.04

red 72 371.08

lilac 72 371.13

violet 72 371.14



30 ml Pen-bottle 6

sunny yellow 72 371.47

brown 72 371.56

orange 72 371.63

white 72 371.68

black 72 371.78

gold 72 371.84

6- 8 h

❸

❶ Prime the object with coloured acrylic paint.

Filling Agent

This special medium serves as a base coat for our popular Mosaic Colour.

If the colour is dripped into this special primer, it spreads out into

small or large "mosaic stones", with mosaic joints made of Filling Agent

delimiting the colored areas. Mosaic has never been so easy!


9 Easy to use

9 Ready to use

❹

❷ Once it is dry, apply a layer of Filling Agent 1–2 mm thick.

❸ Drip Mosaic Colour onto the wet Filling Agent. Create a design by

connecting dots and patterns of colour.

❹ Leave the mosaic look to dry.

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

Density: 1,05 g/cm³ | Consumption: 110 - 130 g/m² | Dyring time

mosaic technique: 6-8 h

Filling Agent


Colourless 100 ml Plastic bottle 6 72 352

6- 8 h

92 92

ARTIDEE | PAINTS AND VARNISHES | MOSAIC COLOUR – METALLIC-EFFECT-COLOUR

Metallic-Effect-Colour

The effect paint, enriched with fine metallic pigments, embellishes surfaces

with a shimmering colour effect. Can be applied with a brush or a

sponge. Clean tools with water.

9 Brilliant shine

9 Suitable for many surfaces

9 Intense colour

Density: 1,06 g/cm³ | Consumption: 80 - 90 g/m² | Degree of gloss:

metallic | Drying time: 30 - 40 min

Metallic-Effect-Colour

30 - 40


rose

74 186.02

red 74 186.11

pink 74 186.14

lilac 74 186.16

blue 74 186.27

turquoise 74 186.31

30 ml Pen-bottle 6

green 74 186.34


yellow 74 186.46

orange 74 186.62

pearl 74 186.69

silver 74 186.81

Apply metallic paint to the palm

of the gloved hand, and then

add a stripe in a second colour

next to it.

Roll the egg over the painted surface until it is

completely covered in colour. Each time you

turn it, a different pattern of coloured streaks

forms, creating a typical marble effect.

Tip: do not roll the egg in the paint too many times, or the colours will mix themselves too much.

Use a maximum of two or three colours.


CREARTEC 93


93


Metallic Cream

❶

The fine, shimmering metallic paste is excellent for giving many objects

a new, enhanced look. Applying direct from the paint bottle with a brush,

sponge or putty knife always produces an impressive effect. Create trims

and borders for vases, canvas stretchers and cards – incorporate the paste

into Silicone Mats (item 45 561), smooth down with a spatula, leave to dry,

remove carefully, done!

9 Brilliant shine


9 Specially designed for creating borders in

Silicone Mats

Density: 1,06 g/cm³ | Consumption: 80 - 90 g/m² | Degree of gloss:

metallic | Drying time: 30 - 40 min | Drying time in lace mat: 12 h

Metallic Cream

❷


rose

78 258.02

red 78 258.11

pink 78 258.14

purple 78 258.16

blue 78 258.27

turquoise 78 258.31

green 30 ml Pen-bottle 6 78 258.34


yellow 78 258.46

orange 78 258.62

pearl 78 258.69

silver 78 258.81

gold 78 258.84

30 - 40

❸

❶ Spread Glitter Cream, Metallic Cream,

Wax Designer or Paper Paste into the

Silicone Mat (item 45 561 ff).

❷ Leave to dry.

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

❸ Remove the cured paste carefully from the form.

❹ Design your object with the result.

Paper Paste

❹

Decorative features made with Paper Paste are the perfect complement

to creative card design. Simply work Paper Paste carefully into a Silicone

Mat (item 45 561 ff), smooth off with a spatula and remove carefully once

it has hardened. Paper Paste can be coloured, painted or patinated with

Universal Colour Concentrate. Also suitable for lanterns, Christmas baubles,

table decorations…

9 Paper-like structure

9 Very economical

9 Elastic

9 Colourable

Hardening time in Silicone Mats: 5 h Air drying | Setting time in oven:

30 min at 50°C | Density: 1,1 g/cm 3

Paper Paste white SS-Set


100 g Plastic cup 6 78 223.68

5 h

94 94

ARTIDEE | PAINTS AND VARNISHES | METALLIC CREAM – FARBPIGMENTPULVER

Examples of recommended additions:

71 501.08

medium red

2 % 5 % 8 %

Universal Dye Concentrate

Binder-free preparation for mixing with water-soluble varnishes, glues,

casting compounds, or diluted with water as paint. Colors are intermixable.

9 Intense colour

9 Very economical



Density: 1,05 - 1,15 g/cm³

Universal Dye Concentrate

Addition

2- 8 %


medium red

71 501.08

red 71 501.09

violet 71 501.13

purple 71 501.14

blue 71 501.20

blue green 71 501.31

green 71 501.37

lemon yellow 25 ml Plastic bottle 6 71 501.45

sunny yellow 71 501.46

ochre 71 501.48

terracotta 71 501.56

brown 71 501.58

orange 71 501.63

white 71 501.68

black 71 501.78

Colour Pigment Powder

This universally usable Colour Pigment Powder can be mixed into paints,

lacquers, adhesives, silicone, concrete, fillers and casting compounds according

to the desired colour intensity. Different Colour Pigments can be

mixed together, allowing many different colours to be produced.

9 Natural

9 Intense colour

9 Non-fade

1 % 4 % 7 %

Colour Pigment Powder

71 511.20

ultramarine blue


peach

71 511.02

brick red 71 511.07

medium red 71 511.08

ruby red 71 511.09

dark red 71 511.10

ultramarine blue 71 511.20

blue green 71 511.31

lemon yellow Plastic jar with 71 511.45

100 ml

6

sunny yellow Strainer

71 511.47

ochre 71 511.50

rust brown 71 511.55

oxyd red 71 511.57

terracotta 71 511.60

white 71 511.68

cement grey 71 511.72

black 71 511.78

Addition

1- 7 %


CREARTEC 95


95

Magnetic Paint, super-fine


Design your very own magnetic board with super-fine Magnetic Paint. The ideal place to keep your magnet collection. This Magnetic Paint, made with

super-fine iron powder, is easy to paint on, and its fine, smooth surface will grace any room, whether it is used in a children’s bedroom or on glass or as a

decoration in the kitchen. Two coats painted on crosswise are sufficient to ensure good magnetic adhesion.

9 Ready to use

9 Very fine grain

9 Suitable for all surfaces

Density: 2,1 g/cm³ | Grain size: < 10 µm | Consumption: 160 - 220 g/m² Drying time: 60 - 80 min

Magnetic Paint, super-fine


grey

74 803.72


black 74 803.78

Stain Extract Powder

Stain Extract Powder dissolved in hot water is the perfect solution when you need an

effective dye for wooden surfaces. The stain can be made lighter or darker according

to requirements by adding more or less water. Apply generously and uniformly

with a brush or sponge. The final colour depends on the type of wood, the preliminary

treatment and the amount applied, so a stain test should always be carried out!

Stain Extract Powder can also be used to colour lacquers and glues.

9 Very economical

9 Easy to use


9 Water-based

Consumption: 10 - 15 g/m² | Drying time: 40 - 60 min | Post dyring time: 8 h

Stain Extract Powder

1 : 25

40 - 60

SS-Set


red

75 616.08

turquoise 75 616.31

green 75 616.36

old oak 20 g PP-Foil 6 75 616.51

cherry tree 75 616.58

orange 75 616.63

black 75 616.78

60 - 80

96 96

ARTIDEE | PAINTS AND VARNISHES | MAGNETIC PAINT, SUPER-FINE – CRYSTALLINE GLASS PASTE

Frost Effect

Crystalline Glass Paste

Crystalline Glass Paste shows dull glass and decorative objects in an

entirely new light. Whether you apply them using a stencil or a spatula,

there will be thousands of tiny, seductively sparkling crystals. And if the

design gets damaged in any way, or you decide you no longer like it, it is

easy to remove Crystalline Glass Paste with a ceramic hob scraper.

9 Unique crystal effect

9 Suitable for stencilling

9 Can be removed at any time

9 Solvent-free

frosted

glass

effect

Crystal size: 0,2-0,3 mm | Consumption: 150 g/m² | Density: 1,33 g/cm³

Hardening time: 4 h




4 h

The perfect frost effect on glass, ceramics, plastic and many other

surfaces. Can be applied with the sponge, brush or stencil to give an

opaque or slightly transparent look as required. Also perfect for wedding

decorations.

Coated objects are hand-washable after optional baking, but not suitable

for dishwashers.

9 Genuine frost effect

9 Very economical

9 Waterproof

Consumption: 80-120 g/m² | Density: 1,09 g/cm³ | Hardening time: 24 h

Burn-in at 160 °C: 20 min

Frost Effect


50 ml Plastic bottle 6 31 111.68

24 h


CREARTEC 97


97


Intense afterglow effects with

LUMINOUS PIGMENT / PAINT

Amazing lighting effects in the darkness – intense and

long-lasting with phosphorescent pigments.

98 98

ARTIDEE | LUMINOUS PAINT /- PIGMENT

Luminous Paint

This Luminous Paint stores light and is recharged repeatedly by sunlight

or artificial light sources. Create your own phosphorescent patterns and

shapes on cardboard, wood, canvas, stone, concrete, polystyrene, glass,

plastic and many other backgrounds. Shake the paint well and apply

thickly or in several coats with the brush. Ideal for designing fairy lights,

calming jars for children’s bedrooms, and spooky Halloween decorations.


9 Stays luminous for an extra-long time max. 12 h

9 Suitable for bright backgrounds

9 Perfect for orientation at night

30 - 40

Density: 1,0 g/cm³ | Consumption depends on layer thickness: 100 - 150

g/cm³ | Drying time: 30 - 40 min

Luminous Paint


Aqua

72 083.23

50 ml Plastic bottle 6

Luna 72 083.36

Luminous Pigment

As darkness falls, these unique Luminous Pigments display their true

radiant beauty and colours. The Luminous Pigments store light and are

recharged repeatedly by sunlight or artificial light sources. They are wonderfully

intense and their afterglow lasts an impressively long time.

9 Intensive, long-lasting luminescent effect max. 12 h

9 Suitable for colourless carrier fluids


Density at 20 °C: 4,1 g/cm³ | Addition: 10 - 20 %

Luminous Pigment SS-Set


Aqua

71 520.23

10 g PP-Foil 6

Luna 71 520.36


CREARTEC 99


99


❶

After application of Tex Wax:

9 Dirt-resistant

❷

❶

After application of Tex Wax

and heat treatment:

9 Breathable

❷

Without

TexWax

TexWax Impregnating Fluid

With

TexWax

If you only apply the TexWax with a brush or a sponge and let it dry

afterwards, you receive a waxy protective film on the textile making it

stain-resistant. After this treatment, the fabric parts can be wiped off

with a damp cloth.

In case of a heat treatment with a hairdryer or a pressing iron, the TexWax

permeates the cloth and makes it a re-usable and breathable cover sheet.

This can be formed by the warmth of your hands e.g. to put it over a pot or

a glass and you have a decorative and re-usable wrapping film. However,

now the microporous textile absorbs liquids.

9 Elastic

9 Water-based

9 Food safe

Melting point: 65°C | Solids: 40 % | Drying time per layer: mind. 2 h |

Iron at low temperature

TexWax Impregnating Fluid


250 ml

86 012

Plastic jar 3

1000 ml 86 015

2 h

100

ARTIDEE | SURFACE DESIGN | TEXWAX IMPREGNATING FLUID – BEESWAX PASTILLES E 901

Clear Varnish – food safe

You can use this unique surface covering to add a food-safe coating to

objects you have made yourself, to allow them to be put to everyday use

in contact with foodstuffs. The resulting glossy, silky surface provides a

particularly impressive effect on trendy concrete bowls. We recommend

applying two coats with a soft brush. Clean tools with water.

9 Certified for direct contact with foodstuffs until 40 °C

9 Not suitable for hot drinks


9 Odorless

9 Water-resistant

Density: 1,25 g/m³ | Consumption: 300 g/m² | Drying time: 1-2 h

Clear Varnish – food safe

Content Packaging PU Item.


Beeswax Pastilles E 901 (food-safe)

1 - 2 h

Packaging sustainably and without using any plastics is really easy using a fabric and these food-safe, pure Beeswax Pastilles. Simply iron the pastilles into the

fabric between two layers of baking paper. The finished wrap can be shaped with the warmth of the hands and is great for wrapping round fruit or bread, or for

covering bowls. Clean with warm water.

9 Ideal for making beeswax wraps

9 100% pure beeswax

9 Food safe

Melting point: 50 - 80 °C

Beeswax Pastilles E 901 (food safe)


70 g Pastic cup 6 80 025


101

CREARTEC 101


Deco-late Picture Transfer Lacquer


The versatile water-based transfer varnish is particularly suitable for the

production of image foils. The flexible lacquer film that dries transparently

combines perfectly with the paint application of the selected picture.

Once it has dried out, moisten the paper and carefully rub off the back.

You will be left with a flexible lacquer film which can be stuck to the

selected object, also using Deco-late Picture Transfer Lacquer. Ideal, too,

for napkin decoupage.

9 Dries fast

9 Water-based

9 Very economical

40 - 60

Density: 1,1 g/m³ | Consumption: 80 - 100 g/m² | Drying time: 40 -60 min

Deco-late Picture Transfer Lacquer

Art Content Packaging PU Item

satin-finished 100 ml

78 021.98

Plastic bottle 6

glossy 100 ml 78 021.99

102

ARTIDEE | SURFACE DESIGN | DECO-LATE PICTURE TRANSFER VARNISH – MEGA-TRANSFER

❶

❷

❸

Mega-Transfer

Mega-Transfer quickly and easily transfers personal motifs, photos or

script onto fabric or other absorbent surfaces. Print a template with a

laser printer, place it on the object, apply Mega-Transfer, rub, pull off

– done!

9 Transfers printed motifs

9 Very economical

9 Easy to use

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

❹

❶ After printing the motif (note: use a laser printer) lay it on the

textile with the picture side facing down and fix in place.

❷ Apply Mega-Transfer to the paper with a brush, taking care not to

allow puddles to form. The paper will quickly soak up the liquid

and the motif will become visible.

❸ Rub the rounded side of a folding stick over the back of the motif,

applying a little pressure.

❹ Remove the template. The textile will be dry after approximately

30 minutes; after this, iron it on the back without using steam.


Density: 0,96 g/cm³ | Consumption: 300 ml/m² | Drying time: 30 min

Mega-Transfer SS-Set


60 ml Wide-necked jar in PP-Foil 6 78 026

30


103

CREARTEC 103


Concrete Primer


Concrete Colour

This special paint is ideal for painting the motif grooves created with Concrete

Art Liner (item 56079) in concrete pieces you have made yourself,

or for decorating entire surfaces. The practical painting nozzle cap allows

you to apply the Concrete Colour in precisely the places you want it. Remove

any paint residues with a damp cloth. Also suitable for ceramic

casting compounds.

9 Intense colour


9 Water-based

Density: 1,01 g/cm³ | Drying time: 2-3 h

Concrete Colour


white

71 302.68

black 30 ml Pen-bottle 6 71 302.78

silver 71 302.81

2 - 3 h

This colourless surface sealant is perfect for priming objects made from

ceramic casting compounds and concrete. Apply a thin coat with a brush

and then finish with paints or Cold Glaze (item 50100). Clean tools with

water.


9 Easy to spread

9 Very economical


Concrete Primer



Concrete Art Liner

Contour liner which hardens flexibly, with a fine nozzle for applying lettering

and images to plastic moulds. The applied motifs then stand out,

indentations in the hardened concrete become visible.

9 3 D-Effect

9 Easy to apply

9 Elastic contour

Density: 0,97 g/cm³ | Setting time: 3 h

Concrete Art Liner SS-Set


Pen-bottle in

56 079

white 88 ml

1

PP-Foil + Instr.

45

3 h

104

ARTIDEE | SURFACE DESIGN | CONCRETE COLOUR – UNIVERSAL PRIMER

Modeling Adhesive Primer

Glass and Plastic Primer

Brush Modeling Adhesive Primer on reverse side of newly modeled decoration

parts made of airdryed modeling pastes or papier mâché and glue

immediately onto any desired object made of stone, ceramic, metal etc.,

they will adhere immediately and dry.

9 Bonding of air-drying modeling clay

9 Good adhesion

Density: 1,03 g/cm 3 | Hardening time: 2 h

Modeling Adhesive Primer



Casting Compound Primer



porous surfaces and strengthens them. Afterwards you can paint the objects

with any paint, lacquer or glaze. Also suitable for natural stone and

ceramics.



9 Very economical

2 h

15 - 20




100 ml

6 56 801.99

colourless

Plastic bottle

250 ml 3 56 802.99

Glass and Plastic Primer is the ideal base coat for surfaces such as glass,

metal and plastic, to which paints and fillers do not adhere well. Apply

a thin coat of Glass and Plastic Primer with a brush, leave to dry then

finish as desired.


9 Very good adhesion

9 Suitable for smooth surfaces

20-40

Density: 1,06 g/cm³ | Consumption: 140 g/m² | Hardening time: 20 - 40 min

Glass and Plastic Primer


colourless 100 ml Plastic bottle 6 71 757

Universal Adhesive Primer

Surfaces pre-treated with Universal Adhesive Primer provide the perfect

foundation for optimum adhesion. Apply a thin coat of Universal Adhesive

Primer with a brush and finish surfaces as desired. Clean brushes with

water.


9 Excellent bonding

9 Water-based

Density: 1,06 g/cm³ | Consumption: 140 g/m² | Drying time: 40 min



125 ml

6 71 801.99

colourless

Plastic jar

250 ml 3 71 802.99

40


105

CREARTEC 105


Opaque White



Creamy, paste-like Opaque White is ideal as a primer, for painting over or

mixing with water-based paints. The highly pigmented Opaque White is

extremely easy to use and has great covering power.

9 Covers very well

9 Water-based

9 Non-yellowing

30-40

Density: 1,54 g/cm³ | Consumption: 150 g/m² | Drying time: 30 - 40 min

Opaque White


100 ml

6 71 742


1000 ml 1 71 744

















Graffiti Remover

Graffiti Remover dissolves and removes dried paint and varnish from glass,

metal, ceramics, tiles and concrete. Apply sufficient Graffiti Remover to a

cloth and rub the contaminated surface (use protective gloves). Repeat the

process if necessary.

9 Removes dried paint contamination

9 Short application time



Density: 0,91 g/cm³ | Colour: transparent

Graffiti Remover



106

ARTIDEE | PAINTS AND VARNISHES | OPAQUE WHITE – BRUSH CLEANER FOR OILS PAINTS

Brush Cleaning Balsam

Biological Brush Cleaner

Rub Brush Cleaning Balsam into the dirty brush then leave for 12 hours to

soak. Rinse out the brush thoroughly with plenty of warm water.

9 Ecological intensive cleaning agent

9 Optimum cleaning without solvents

9 Keeps brushes soft

9 Also for dried-up paint


Density: 1,02 g/cm³ | pH value: 10,5 | Application time: 12 h



50 ml

6 76 611

Plastic jar

250 ml 3 76 613

Stamp Cleaner

Dampen the surface of the stamp with Stamp Cleaner, clean with a soft

brush or a cloth, then rinse with warm water.

9 Optimum cleaning with no solvents

9 Made from renewable sources

9 Very efficient


Density: 1,02 g/cm³ | pH value: 10,5

Stamp Cleaner

treated with the


untreated,

dirty brush



12 h

Ideal for cleaning dirty brushes, tools and hands. It also effortlessly removes

residues left by sticky labels. Moisten dirty surfaces with Brush

Cleaner, rub out the dirt and then rinse off with water and a little washingup

liquid. Brush cleaner based on sucrose esters and grain alcohol:

renewable sources – not hazardous to water – environmentally friendly.

9 Ideal for removing adhesive residue


9 Environmentally friendly

9 For all colours (wet)

Density: 1,08 g/cm³ | Colour: yellowish


Overview on PAGE 304


100 ml

6 75 686

Plastic bottle

250 ml 3 75 687

Brush Cleaner for Oil Paints

Brushes and tools contaminated with oil paints are no problem for this

special brush cleaner. Immerse the bristles of the brush in the cleaner.

Leave to soak for 10 – 20 minutes to allow the cleaner to penetrate

between the bristles. Rinse out with plenty of warm water. Repeat if

necessary.


9 Ready to use

9 Reusable

9 Only for oil brushes

Application time: 10 - 20 min




10 - 20


107

CREARTEC 107


Universal Decor Varnish Spray

Outdoor Wood Oil


Transparent Universal Decorative Varnish Spray adheres to many surfaces

and provides an excellent, even, protective finish. After application the

treated surface is waterproof and will not yellow. We recommend priming

ceramic objects first with Casting Paste Paint Base Hardener (item

56801.99).

Surfaces must be dry and free from rust or grease.

9 Weather-resistant




Density: 0,67 g/cm³ | Consumption: 400 ml for 1,5 m² | Spraying

distance: 30 cm | Temperature resistance: max. 180 °C | Drying time:

5 -10 min

Universal Decor Varnish Spray


mat

70 026.97

satin-finished 400 ml Spray can 12 70 026.98

glossy 70 026.99

Weather-proof Impregnation

This solvent-free, weather-resistant transparent lacquer is ideal for giving

an invisible finish to all absorbent surfaces. It provides them with a

long-lasting seal which protects from dirt and moisture. There is no need

for pre-treatment; simply apply Weatherproof Impregnation to all sides

with a brush. In the case of highly absorbent surfaces we recommend a

second application.

9 Invisible protection

9 Very economical

9 Solvent-free

9 Geruchlos

40 - 60

Density: 1,06 g/cm³ | Consumption: 60 - 90 g/m² | Drying time: 40 -60 min

Weather-proof Impregnation


100 ml

69 876

satin-finished

Plastic jar 6

250 ml 69 877

5 - 10

High‐quality oil for initial treatment, care, and refreshing of outdoor wood

surfaces. It penetrates deeply, enhances the natural grain, and provides

water, dirt, and UV protection. Apply generously to sanded surfaces, rewet

highly absorbent areas, and remove excess after 30 minutes. Repeat

until the wood absorbs little to no oil. Allow at least 12 hours drying time

per coat. For very absorbent woods, we recommend a Shellac Primer (Art.

69842). Depending on wood type and weather exposure, reapplication

every 12–24 months is recommended.

CAUTION! Fire hazard – do not leave oily cloths unattended; dispose of

them in an airtight container!

9 Sustainable care for woods in outdoor areas

9 Excellent weather and UV protection

9 Water and dirt resistant


Consumption: 20 - 150 g/m² | Drying time: at least 12 h

Outdoor Wood Oil


250 ml

73 013

Weißblechkanne 3

1000 ml 73 016

Outdoor Varnish

Outdoor Varnish flows evenly and forms a smooth surface to provide

long-lasting protection against dust and dirt. It is waterproof, weatherresistant

and resistant to abrasion, making it ideal for use outside. Clean

brushes with Biological Brush Cleaner (item 75686).

9 Weather-resistant



30 - 40


Density silky mat: 0,98 g/cm³ | Density glossy: 0,93 g/cm³

Consumption: 80 - 100 g/m² | Hardening time: 30- 40 min

Outdoor Varnish


satin-finished

70 022.98

100 ml Tinplate can 6

glossy 70 022.99

12 h

108

ARTIDEE | PAINTS AND VARNISHES | UNIVERSAL DECOR VARNISH – CLEAR VARNISH - FOOD SAFE

Metal Protection Zapon-Lacquer

Crackle Lacquer

This nitrocellulose Lacquer gives metal objects a brilliantly shiny or an

exquisite satin-finished look and at the same time offers perfect protection

against oxidisation, moisture and the weather.

9 Weather-resistant

9 Non-oxidising

9 Dries fast


Density: 0,82 g/cm³ | Consumption: 70 - 80 g/m² | Hardening time: 40 min



60 ml Wide-necked jar

70 086.98

6

satin-finished 125 ml Plastic jar 70 087.98

500 ml Tinplate can 1 70 088.98


70 086.99

6

glossy 125 ml Plastic jar 70 087.99


3D Hydro Crystal Lacquer

This special water-based thick-layer varnish can be applied to paper,

cardboard, class, ceramics or wood with a brush or spatula in a single

layer of up to 1 mm-thickness. 3 D Hydro Crystal Lacquer is also ideally

suited to sticking napkins to porcelain before burning them in for 90

minutes in an oven at 130°C. Clean tools with water.

9 Super 3D-Effect

9 Perfect for paper mosaics



60- 180 min

3D Hydro Crystal Lacquer


glossy 50 ml Plastic bottle 6 70 017

40

60 - 180

A special water-based lacquer for creating a covering of antique cracks

on an object. Apply Crackle Lacquer with a brush. Once it has dried out,

apply a thin layer of Shabby Chic Chalk Colour (item 71841) or your favourite

acrylic paint. In just a few minutes unique cracks will be visible,

and the original colour of the painted object will emerge under these. The

way the cracks form depends on the thickness of the layer of Crackle

Lacquer that is applied. A thin application creates fine cracks, while a

thicker one produces wide, rustic-looking cracks.

Clean brushes with warm water.

9 Unique cracking

9 Adheres to all surfaces

9 Water-based

Density: 1,1 g/m³ | Consumption: 120 - 180 g/m² | Drying time: 2-3 h

Crackle Lacquer


100 ml

6 70 062

colourless

Plastic bottle

250 ml 3 70 063

Clear Varnish – Food Safe

2 - 3 h

You can use this unique surface covering to add a food-safe coating to

objects you have made yourself, to allow them to be put to everyday use

in contact with foodstuffs. The resulting glossy, silky surface provides a

particularly impressive effect on trendy concrete bowls. We recommend

applying two coats with a soft brush. Clean tools with water.

9 Certified for direct contact with foodstuffs until 40 °C

9 Not suitable for hot drinks


9 Odorless

9 Water-resistant

Density: 1,25 g/m³ | Consumption: 300 g/m² | Drying time: 1-2 h

Clear Varnish – Food Safe

Content Packaging PU Item.


1 - 2 h


109

CREARTEC 109


Candle Varnish – mat / glossy


Candle Napkin Varnish

This special flame-retardant Candle Varnish is perfect for fixing napkin

motifs to wax. At the same time, Candle Napkin Varnish forms a protective

satin-finished layer on the surface of the candle, which burns away

with the candle without producing smoke. Pull away the printed layer of

the napkin, place it on the candle and apply Candle Napkin Varnish with

a brush.

9 Flame retardant

9 Secure adhesion

9 Can also be used as candle varnish

Consumption: 80 g/m² | Density: 1,08 g/cm³ | Drying time: 40-60 min



satin-finished 100 ml Plastic jar 6 80 587

40 - 60

This special candle varnish protects wax surfaces from dirt and abrasion.

Apply a thin, even coat of Candle varnish with a brush. Also perfect for

attaching dried petals and for napkin decoupage on candles.

9 Excellent bonding

9 Optimum protection

9 Easy to spread

40 - 60


Consumption: 90-100 g/m² | Drying time: 40-60 min

Candle Varnish


mat

50 ml

80 591.98

glossy


100ml 80 592.99

Encaustic Varnish Coating

Encaustic Varnish Coating safely protects the delicate surfaces of encaustic

pictures and decorations against wear and tear, scrapes and dirt. This

prolongs the life of your work of art and enhances the unique 3-D effect of

this special painting technique.

9 Water-repellent seal

9 Lasting protection

9 Non-yellowing

40 - 60




satin-finished

81 641.98

50 ml Plastic jar 6

glossy 81 641.99

110

ARTIDEE | SURFACE DESIGN | CANDLE NAPKIN VARNISH – PLASTER SEALANT

Protective Sealants

Clay Sealant

Clay Sealant is ideal for sealing unfired ceramic surfaces. Simply rinse

unglazed pots with Clay Sealant, drain off the excess and leave to dry

– done!

9 Waterproof seal

9 Easy to use

9 For raw pottery

9 Solvent-free

8 - 12 h


Density: 1,0 g/cm³ | Colour after dyring: transparent-yellowish |


Clay Sealant


100 ml

6 78 501

Plastic bottle

250 ml 3 78 502

Terracotta Sealant

Terracotta Sealant is ideal for sealing ceramic, stoneware and terracotta

objects. Simply rinse objects with Terracotta Sealant for around one

minute. By doing this the Terracotta Sealant penetrates into fine pores

and cracks, providing a waterproof seal. Terracotta Sealant may also be

applied with a brush.

9 Seals fine cracks

9 Waterproof

9 Very economical

9 Easy to use

20 - 24 h


Density: 1,04 g/cm³ | Consumption: 50-60 g/m² | Hardening time: 20-24 h

Terracotta Sealant

swing out,

let dry,

finished


100 ml

6 78 511

Plastic bottle

250 ml 3 78 512

Plaster Sealant

Plaster Sealant is ideal for sealing objects made from plaster, concrete,

limestone and natural stone. Simply rinse objects with Plaster Sealant for

around one minute. By doing this the Plaster Sealant penetrates into fine

pores and cracks, providing a waterproof seal. Plaster Sealant can also

be applied with a brush.

9 Waterproof

9 Very economical

9 Easy to use

7-10 D


Density: 1,04 g/cm³ | Consumption: 50-60 g/m² | Hardening time: 7-10 D

Plaster Sealant

Seal your vessels to protect them against moisture,

dirt and other environmental influences, and

you will be able to enjoy them for many years.



250 ml Aluminum jug 3 78 522


111

CREARTEC 111



Oxidation Methods for

RUST AND PATINA EFFECTS

Since the beginning of the post-industrial era, orange-brown rust on iron objects

and verdigris on copper objects have increasingly been used not simply as a motif

but also as artistic design techniques.

112

Under normal atmospheric conditions, the underlying

processes of corrosion take place very slowly, so it can

take many years before a copper church roof is covered

in a thick layer of verdigris. Although there are processes

used in electroplating to significantly accelerate changes

to the surface of metal objects, these processes require

the handling of hazardous chemical substances, and the

conditions for application are sometimes quite harsh.

Galvanising processes are also limited to metallic or

metallised objects.

The process that Creartec has developed makes it not

just possible, but also easy, to apply the effect of corrosion

to practically any surface: in addition to metals,

for instance, this stylistic device can be applied to cardboard,

paper, wood, canvas, mineral substrates, glass

and many plastics. The technique comprises four steps:

The upper part of the canvas is painted with acrylics, while the lower

part is covered with a thick layer of Iron Primer and then textured. This

gives the picture an impressive three-dimensional appearance. You can

find products for decorative metallic coatings on the following pages.

preparation of the surface with Universal Primer; application

of Iron Metal Primer; oxidation/patination; and,

finally, sealing.

It is only possible to control the oxidation process itself

to a limited extent, as it is determined by many factors,

but if you feel like experimenting you can achieve many

impressive effects. Enjoy Creativity!


113

CREARTEC 113


Iron Ground



Create authentic rust effects with next to no effort. Apply the Iron Primer

thinly with a brush, leave to dry for 2-3 minutes and then cover with another

coat. Once it is dry, paint over the Iron Primer with Oxidising Agent (item

18601). The characteristic rust effect develops in a short time. To ensure

optimum adhesion of the Iron Primer, pre-treat glass, metal or plastic objects

with Universal Adhesive Primer (item 71801).


9 Genuine rust effect

9 Water-based

9 Solvent-free

60 - 80

Density: 2,13 g/m³ | Consumption: 160 g/m² | Hardening time: 60 - 80 min

Iron Ground


super fine 250 ml

3 18 497

medium fine


250 ml 3 18 502

Iron Powder

Super-fine Iron Powder is excellent as an a supplementary material for fast,

easy production of rustic, rusted objects. Iron Powder is mixed into Iron

Primer (item 18501) to make it more viscous and spreadable. By simply

sprinkling it on or working it into the surface that has been covered with Iron

Primer you can deliberately create unique rust marks.

9 Very economical

9 Ready to use

9 Easy to use

Consumption: 90 -100 g/m² | Grain size super-fine: 100 µm | Grain size

medium-fine: 140 µm | Density: 7,86 g/cm³

Iron Powder


super fine

350 g

18 521

medium fine


800 g 18 517

Surfaces pre-treated with Universal Adhesive Primer provide the perfect

foundation for optimum adhesion. Apply a thin coat of Universal Adhesive

Primer with a brush and finish surfaces as desired. Clean brushes with water.


9 Excellent bonding

9 Water-based

Density: 1,06 g/cm³ | Consumption: 140 g/m² | Drying time: 40 min



125 ml

6 71 801.99

colourless

Plastic jar

250 ml 3 71 802.99

Metal Primer

Metal Primer based on super-fine, high-quality gold, silver and copper

bronzes. Suitable for surface treatment and especially for use with numerous

oxidising agents. It is advisable to pre-treat the surface with

Universal Adhesive Primer (item 71801); this also improves adhesion on

difficult surfaces. Apply 1-2 thin layers of Metal Primer with a brush.

9 Highly pigmented

9 Sophisticated metal look

9 Very versatile

40

40 - 60

* 1 GHS - 09 Overview on PAGE 304


40 - 60 min

Metal Primer


125 ml

6 18 511.81

silver

250 ml 3 18 512.81

125 ml 6 18 511.83

gold* 1 250 ml 3 18 512.83

125 ml 6 18 511.84

ducat gold* 1 Plastic jar

250 ml 3 18 512.84

125 ml 6 18 511.86

oriental gold

250 ml 3 18 512.86

125 ml 6 18 511.87

copper* 1 250 ml 3 18 512.87

114

ARTIDEE | SURFACE DESIGN | IRON GROUND – OXIDATION MEDIUM

Oxidation Medium

Surfaces pre-treated with Iron Primer or Metal Primer should be painted over with a thin coat of Oxidation

Medium. The first discoloration will be visible after only a short time. Oxidation Medium can also

be used on Metal Leaf and many other metals. The colour effect may differ slightly depending on the

background surface, amount used and exposure time. Stir thoroughly before use!

9 Speeds up the natural oxidation process

9 Dual-purpose – for Iron and Metal Primer

9 Also suitable for Metal Leaf and many other metals

8 - 10 h

* 1 GHS - 07 | 09 / * 2 GHS - 05 | 09 Overview on PAGE 304

Density: 1,08 - 1,12 g/m² | Consumption: 60 - 80 g/m² | Application time: 8-10 h

Oxidation Medium

❶


medium brown

125 ml Plastic jar

18 606.15

Verdigris-effect* 2 250 ml Plastic bottle 18 607.15

rust brown

125 ml Plastic jar 18 606.19


red brown



ochre brown


6


dark brown



rustic brown



blue green

125 ml Plastic Jar 18 606.35


❷

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

❸

❹

❶ Pre-treat the surface with Casting Compound Paint Base Hardener.

❷ Apply the desired thickness of Iron Primer with a brush or spatula.

❸ Apply two coats of Oxidation Medium over the dried-out Iron Primer.

❹ The trendy decorative piece is finished.

Colour examples with Iron Ground

and Metal Primer as starting colour

medium brown - Verdigris-effect 18 606.15

Eisengrund

18 501

rust brown - Verdigris-effect

Eisengrund

18 501

red brown - Verdigris-effect

Eisengrund

18 501

ochre brown - Verdigris-effect

Eisengrund

18 501

dark brown - Verdigris-effect

Eisengrund

18 501

rustic brown - Verdigris-effect

Eisengrund

18 501

blue green - Verdigris-effect

Eisengrund

18 501

Metallgrund

silver

18 511.81

Metallgrund

silver

18 511.81

Metallgrund

silver

18 511.81

Metallgrund

silver

18 511.81

Metallgrund

silver

18 511.81

Metallgrund

silver

18 511.81

Metallgrund

silver

18 511.81

Metallgrund

gold

18 511.83

Metallgrund

gold

18 511.83

Metallgrund

gold

18 511.83

Metallgrund

gold

18 511.83

Metallgrund

gold

18 511.83

Metallgrund

gold

18 511.83

Metallgrund

gold

18 511.83

Metallgrund

ducat gold

18 511.84

Metallgrund

ducat gold

18 511.84

Metallgrund

ducat gold

18 511.84

Metallgrund

ducat gold

18 511.84

Metallgrund

ducat gold

18 511.84

Metallgrund

ducat gold

18 511.84

Metallgrund

ducat gold

18 511.84

Metallgrund

orientalgold

18 511.86

Metallgrund

orientalgold

18 511.86

Metallgrund

orientalgold

18 511.86

Metallgrund

orientalgold

18 511.86

Metallgrund

orientalgold

18 511.86

Metallgrund

orientalgold

18 511.86

Metallgrund

orientalgold

18 511.86

Metallgrund

copper

18 511.87

18 606.19

Metallgrund

copper

18 511.87

18 606.21

Metallgrund

copper

18 511.87

18 606.23

Metallgrund

copper

18 511.87

18 606.27

Metallgrund

copper

18 511.87

18 606.29

Metallgrund

copper

18 511.87

18 606.35

Metallgrund

copper

18 511.87


115

CREARTEC 115


Rust Effect Set


Verdigris Effect Set

This pack contains everything that is needed to give numerous types of

surfaces a realistic aged appearance. Apply a coat of gold Metal Primer

over a layer of Universal Adhesive Primer. The specially developed oxidising

agents produce a characteristic blue-green patina effect on the

metallic shine of the gold surface after just a short time. Sealing with

Metal Protection Lacquer provides objects with optimum protection.

9 Exquisite aging effect

9 Very versatile

9 User-friendly


Pack Contains

Universal adhesive

primer (colourless)

1 x 125 ml

Metal-protection

Zapon-varnish

1 x 60 ml

2 x Stirring

spatula

Metal Primer,

copper

1 x 125 ml


Protective gloves

1 Pair

Oxidation Medium

1 x 125 ml

Instructions

Verdigris Effect Set SS-Set


blue green 435 ml Box 3 18 581.83

This pack contains everything needed to embellish a wide variety of

surface types with an authentic coat of rust. Apply a coat of Iron Primer

over a layer of Universal Adhesive Primer. The specially developed

oxidising agents produce a characteristic rust effect after just a short

time. Sealing with Metal Protection Lacquer provides objects with

optimum protection.


9 Very versatile

9 User-friendly


Pack Contains

Universal adhesive primer

(colourless)

1 x 125 ml

Metal-protection

Zapon-varnish

1 x 60 ml

2 x Stirring

spatula

Iron Ground,

medium-fine

1 x 125 ml


Protective

gloves 1 Pair

Oxidation Medium

1 x 125 ml

Instructions

Rust Effect Set SS-Set


medium-/

redbrown 435 ml Box 3

18 586.27

ochre brown 18 586.51

116

ARTIDEE | SURFACE DESIGN | VERDIGRIS EFFECT SET – DIPPING METAL SET

Dipping Metal

Immerse yourself in the world of creative design with classy Dipping Metal.

Anything can be dipped – from live or dried flowers to natural materials,

polystyrene, cork, plastic or glass. Simply dip the object in the Dipping

Metal, leave to drain, then hang up to dry. When applied with a brush,

Dipping Metal gives a flawless metallic appearance to numerous materials.

In order to guarantee optimal adhesion when covering any material with

Dipping Metal, we recommend priming with a coat of Adhesive Medium

(item 18571).

9 Highly pigmented

9 Very economical


9 Water-based

40 - 60


Density: 1,19 - 1,20 g/cm³ | Material consumption: 80 -100 g/m² |

Hardening time: 40 - 60 min

Dipping Metal


silver

18 467.81

gold* 1 250 ml Plastic jar 3 18 467.84

red-gold* 1 18 467.85

Dipping Metal Set

Highly fluid and flowable metal dispersion mixed with micro-fine particles.

Used to dip items previously treated with adhesive medium. Suitable for

use with fresh or dried real flowers, grasses or leaves, or those made from

plastic; items made from wood, cork, rigid foam and polystyrene; and impregnated,

stiffened textile fabrics.

9 Highly pigmented

9 Very economical


9 Water-based


Pack Contains

Dipping Metal

1 x 250 ml

Protective gloves

1 Pair


Adhesive medium

1 x 50 g

Instructions

Dipping Metal Set SS-Set


silver

18 477.81

gold* 1 18 477.84

300 g Box 3

red-gold* 1 18 477.85

copper* 1 18 477.87


117

CREARTEC 117



Fast rust decoration with

DIPPING RUST

Dipping Rust Set

In addition to the super-fine dipping rust, this pack contains an Adhesive Medium for pre-treating the

objects. The real rust effect sets in quickly and transforms your decoration into unique objects in no time.


9 Easy to use

9 Extra-fine

VIDEO

INSTRUCTIONS

Pack Contains

Dipping Rust

1 x 500 g

Adhesive medium

1 x 100 g


Protective gloves

1 Pair

Instructions

Dipping Rust Set SS-Set


600 g Box 3 18 561

4 h

118

ARTIDEE | SURFACE DESIGN | DIPPING RUST SET – ADHESIVE MEDIUM

suitable

for fresh

flowers

❶

Dipping Rust, super-fine

❷

Super-fine Dipping Rust for coating delicate objects (Rose petals, decorative

items, polystyrene…). After dipping, a thin layer of real rust, which

changes colour as it dries, forms.


9 Easy to use

9 Extra-fine

Material consumption: 90 -100 g/m² | Grain size super-fine: 100 µm

Density: 1,9 - 2,0 g/cm³ | Colour: grey-brownish | Drying time: 4 h

Dipping Rust, super-fine



4 h

❸

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

❹

❶ The object to be dipped must first be pre-treated with Adhesive

Medium, which will enable the Dipping Rust to stick.

❷ Allow the object to dry. We recommend pre-treating/stabilising

absorbent textiles with Fabric Stiffener (item 77 867).

❸ Once the object is dry, dip it in the Dipping Rust. Large objects can

be coated using the brush. Dipping Rust contains no solvents or

harmful substances, and it dries hard within approximately 60 to

80 minutes.

❹ The colour of the rust can be changed by painting over it afterwards

with Oxidation Medium (item 18 606).

Adhesive Medium

Adhesive Medium is ideal for pre-treating all objects which are to be

finished with Dipping Rust, Dipping Metal or Dipping Concrete.

9 Water-based


9 Excellent bonding

Consumption: 50 g/m² | Colour: transparent | Setting time: 60 min

Adhesive Medium



60


119

CREARTEC 119



Metal Surface Patina Set

This practical set contains all the materials you need to give objects made

of copper, bronze or brass an aged appearance. You can choose for yourself

how faint or intense to make the colouring. Clean the object before

applying the Metal Surface Finish with a soft brush, and the colouring

effect will start immediately. Once the required colour has been achieved,

stop the patination process by holding the object under running water.

9 Complete set

9 Instantly visible effect

9 For patination of metallic surfaces


Pack Contains

Metal Surface

Patina

1 x 100 ml

Mixing cup

1 x 30 ml

Metal Surface

Cleaner

1 x 20 ml

Patina brush

1 x

❶

Steel wool, extra

fine 1 x

Instructions

Density: 1,08 g/cm³ | Consumption: 80 - 100 ml/m²

Gloves

1 pair

❷

18 363.57

copper-brown

18 363.78

copper-black

Metal Surface Patina Set SS-Set


copper-brown

18 363.57

120 ml Box 3

copper-black 18 363.78

❸

Metal Surface Patina

Patina for Metal Surfaces is used to change the colour of copper, bronze

and brass metal surfaces. Clean the surface and roughen slightly with

steel wool. Apply the Patina evenly with a soft brush, or dip the object in

the Patina. The colour will immediately start to change: once the desires

intensity has been achieved you can stop the process under running water.

9 Instantly visible effect

9 For patination of metallic surfaces


Density: 1,08 g/cm³ | Colour: blue

Metal Surface Patina

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

❹

❶ Use the steel wool supplied followed by the Metal Surface Cleaner

to remove impurities and skin fat from the object.

❷ Apply multiple thin coats of Metal Surface Patina.

❸ After desired colouration wipe thoroughly with wet sponge

❹ Optional: Polish raised details with steel wool

18 364.57

brown

18 364.78

black


brown

18 364.57


black 18 364.78

120

ARTIDEE | SURFACE DESIGN | METAL SURFACE PATINA SET – PATINA EFFECT CREAM

Patina Effect Cream

Wax-based Patina Cream for application to wood, metal, ceramics, plastic

and much more. Ideal for modelling and foil relief art.

Spread Patina Cream with a soft brush, leave to dry for approximately 10

minutes, and then polish off any surplus patina with a cloth.

The patina will cling to indentations and highlight the unique pattern of the

surface. A coat of Universal Decor Varnish Spray (item 70026) is recommended

to provide a final protective finish.

9 Emphasises patterns

9 Artificial ageing effect

9 Ideal for foil relief art

Density: 1,0 g/cm³ | Drying time: 24 h

Patina Effect Cream

❶

❷


dark brown

Wide-necked

75 607.58

50 ml

6

black jar

75 607.78

24 h

❸

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

❹

❶ Paint the object with 3D Decoliner (item 77 881), then leave to air

dry.

❷ Stick down the leaf with the veining facing upwards and paint over

with 3D Decoliner, leave to air dry.

❸ Apply the aluminium foil and press down with a soft brush.

❹ Apply Patina Effect Cream (item 75 607.78) with a brush and allow

the surface to dry. If you wish, remove any excess Patina Effect

Cream with a soft cloth. Seal the surface with Universal Decor

Varnish Spray (item 70 026).


121

CREARTEC 121


Soldering Fluid, acid-free

Soldering Fluid, fruit acid


This acid-free Soldering Fluid contains no corrosive mineral acids.

The flux enables solder to flow better and more evenly; apply thinly with a

brush to the exact area that is to be soldered. Remove residues thoroughly

with warm water. Not suitable for aluminium or stainless steel.

9 Suitable for delicate surfaces

9 Free from corrosive mineral acids

9 Easy to use



Soldering Fluid, acid-free



Tiffany Patina

Tiffany Patina is applied directly to the pewter seam with a brush, and

then rubbed in until the desired colour is achieved. Wash the object afterwards

under running water. Protect against subsequent oxidation with

Anti-Oxidation Spray (item 18258).

9 Very economical

9 Easy to use

9 Ready to use

* 1 GHS - 07 | 09 / * 2 GHS - 05 | 09 / * 3 GHS - 09 Overview on PAGE 304

Density: 1,1 g/cm 3 | Colour: blue

Tiffany Patina


antique


copper* 1 20 L Plastic canister 1 18 215.58


black* 2 20 L Plastic canister 1 18 215.78

gold* 3 100 ml Plastic bottle 6 18 210.84

Flux for general soldering work on all metallic surfaces except aluminium

or stainless steel. Ensures that the solder flows evenly.

9 Ideal for Tiffany technique

9 Easy to use

9 Very economical



Soldering Fluid, fruit acid



122

ARTIDEE | SURFACE DESIGN | SOLDERING FLUID, ACID-FREE – ANTIOXIDANT SPRAY

The Oxidation Process

Useful products for protective

sealing

Oxidation is the reason that materials age in the

air. With metals, the process is usually referred

to as corrosion. We offer you a range of products

suitable for helping to slow down or prevent the

oxidation process on objects. These can be applied

in a number of different ways.

Antioxidant

Antioxidant protects metal surfaces that have been chemically altered

with Metal Surface Patina (item 18 363), Tiffany Patina (item 18 210) or

Oxidation Agent (item 18 606) against progressive oxidation. The special

protective coating should be renewed every six months.

9 Effective protection against oxidation


Antioxidant



2 - 3 h

Antioxidant Matt Finish Spray

High-quality Antioxidant Matt Finish Spray is excellent as a final protective

finish for gilded or patinated objects, or those refined with rust

or verdigris. Simply spray on to provide effective protection against the

weather, discolouration or unwanted post-oxidation. This will also ensure

that the appearance of the object treated is fully preserved. Application

of the spray gives pieces a natural-looking, silk-matt surface finish.

9 Transparent protective film

9 Dries fast

9 Non-fade


Density: 0,74 g/cm³ | Consumption: 80 - 100 ml/m² | Processing

temperature: > 10 °C | Drying time: 5 -10 min

Antioxidant Matt Finish Spray


200 ml Spray can 12 18 266.98

Antioxidant Spray

Antioxidant Spray contains extremely water-repellent silicone which protects

surfaces treated with Patina for Metal Surfaces (item 18364), Tiffany

Patina (item 18210) or other colour-changing oxidising agents from

moisture and unwanted oxidation. Spray on a thin layer of Antioxidant

Spray, leave to dry, then polish with a soft cloth. Apply a new protective

coating every 4-6 months.

9 Optimum protection for

metallic surfaces

9 Easy to use


Density: 0,67 g/cm³ | Spraying distance: 30 cm | Drying time: 5 -10 min

Antioxidant Spray


300 ml Spray can 12 18 258

30 cm

5 - 10

30 cm

5 - 10


123

CREARTEC 123


Alabaster


Alabaster is a fine-grained, semi-transparent natural material that has

been prized for centuries for its excellent workability and elegant, translucent

appearance. Sawing, filing, grinding, and carving create unique

forms that, after polishing, exhibit a beautifully silky surface. Alabaster is

particularly well-suited for sculptures, reliefs, bowls, candlesticks, and

jewelry.

Alabaster is a natural product and may vary in grain, shape, and color.

9 Easy to work with

9 Fine structure

9 Translucent

Density: 2,1- 2,3 kg/dm³ | Origin: Italy | Mohs hardness: 1,5-2

Colour: white - grey | Structure: homogenous, semi-crystalline

Alabaster


1500 g

82 210

Cardboard box 1

8000 g 82 250

Alabaster Glue

The Alabaster Glue dries clear and is also suitable for bonding many

other types of natural stone. Simply apply it to both broken pieces, press

firmly together, wipe off any excess, and it will be invisible and look as

good as new.

9 Easy to use


9 Secure bonding

2 - 3 h


Alabaster Glue



124

ARTIDEE | SURFACE DESIGN | STEATOL POLISHING AGENT – STEACOLL SOAPSTONE GLUE

Colour Enhancer For Natural Stone

The Colour Enhancer penetrates the cleaned surface, making it water-repellent

and deepening its natural color and texture. This water-repellent

effect reduces the surface's tendency to attract dirt and makes cleaning

easier. A thin coat leaves the surface matte, while multiple coats create

an almost wet-looking, silky sheen. Remove any excess product with a

dry cloth after approximately 10 minutes of dwell time. Allow each coat

to dry for 24 hours.

9 Individual level of shine

9 Surface protection

9 UV-stable, also suitable for outdoor use


Density: 0,9 g/cm³ | Consumption: 50-150 ml/m² | Drying time: 24h

Colour enhancer for natural stone



250 ml

3 82 268

Aluminum jug

1l 1 82 269

Steatol Polishing Agent

This solvent-based polishing agent is perfect for polishing marble, granite,

soapstone, alabaster and other types of natural stone. Apply the Polishing

Agent with a brush, leave to react, work in with a brush, then polish with

a cloth to allow the natural beauty of the stone’s structure to be shown

to its full effect.

9 Suitable for natural stone surfaces

9 Short reaction time


Density: 0,83 g/cm³ | Consumption (substrate dependant): 90 - 140 g/m² |

Application time: 3-5 min

Steatol Polishing Agent



3 - 5


125

CREARTEC 125



Product

Steatol

Polishing Agent

Soapstone

Polishing Oil

Soapstone

Polishing Wax

Color Enhancer

For Natural Stone

The perfect finish for every natural

stone project!

A little help in making your decision.

High gloss

Lasting high gloss after a single application.

Forms a hard wax layer that can be polished to a high gloss.

Satin finish

Forms a satin-matte oil film that hardens in the air.

Soaks into the stone.

Regular reapplication required.

Satin finish

Forms a hard wax layer that can be polished to a satin

finish.

Matte to satin finish

Intensifies and revitalizes color and texture.

For outdoor use, easy-clean.

Water-repellent yet breathable.

126

ARTIDEE | SURFACE DESIGN | STEATOL POLISHING AGENT – STEACOLL SOAPSTONE GLUE

Soapstone Polishing Oil

Soapstone Polishing Wax

Apply several coats of this high-quality Polishing Oil to objects made

from soapstone, alabaster or marble, until the stone is saturated. After

polishing with a soft cloth the natural beauty of the surface is displayed.

This process should be repeated every 3-4 months.

Caution: Fire hazard – oily cloths should not be left unattended. Seal

them in airtight packaging for disposal.


9 Silky sheen

9 Solvent-free

2 - 3 D


Density: 0,895 g/cm³ | Consumption: 80-120 g/m² | Drying time: 2-3 Days

Soapstone Polishing Oil



250 ml Aluminum jug 3 82 184

Steacoll Soapstone Glue

This special adhesive, which is transparent when it dries, is ideal for

sticking back pieces of soapstone that have broken off. Simply apply to

both of the pieces and press firmly together - there is already nothing to

be seen and it all looks like new.

9 Easy to use


9 Secure bonding

2 - 3 h






The creamy Soapstone Polishing Wax consists of a mixture of natural

oils and waxes, and is popular for refreshing and treating finished soap

stone and natural stone sculptures. In order to accentuate the unique

beauty of the stone, apply Soapstone Polishing Wax with a brush or cloth

and then polish, and repeat until the stone cannot absorb any more of

the Polishing Wax.

9 Natural base

9 Very economical

9 Ready to use

9 Easy to use

4 - 6 D

Consistency: creamy | Colour: beige | Density: 0,99 g/cm³ | Consumption:

60 - 80 g/m² | Drying time: 4-6 Tage

Soapstone Polishing Wax



82 191

6

100 ml

82 192

Plastic jar

250 ml 3 82 193

Steacoll Soapstone Glue is ideal

for repairing broken alabaster

and semi-precious stones.


127

CREARTEC 127



72 232.21

blue marine

72 232.31

turquoise

72 232.10

wine-red

72 232.36

grass green

72 232.08

flame red

72 232.38

papillon

72 232.68

white

72 232.78

black

72 232.56

dark brown

72 232.81

silver

72 232.45

sun yellow

72 232.84

gold

Leather Paint

This special, high-quality paint is perfect for painting leather and rubbery

materials. First clean the surface that is to be decorated using Leather

Cleaner (item 72227), then apply Leather Paint and cover with a protective

coat of Leather Varnish (item 72246). Not suitable for suede.

9 Resistant to moisture

9 Permanently elastic


9 Water-based

Consumption: 80 - 90 g/m² | Density: 1,06 g/cm³ | Hardening time: 2 h

Full hardening: 48 h

Leather Paint


flame red

72 232.08

wine-red 72 232.10

blue marine 72 232.21

turquoise 72 232.31


spring green Wide-necked

72 232.38

20 ml

6

sun yellow jar

72 232.45

dark brown 72 232.56

white 72 232.68

black 72 232.78

silver 72 232.81

gold 72 232.84

2 h

128

ARTIDEE | LEATHER | LEATHER PAINTING COLOUR – LEATHER CLEANER – LEATHER RESTS

Leather Rests

Leather Varnish

These leather off-cuts in different natural tones give you plenty of opportunity

to work creatively.

9 Made in Europe

9 Real leather

Leather Rests (Size 2-3 Hd.) SS-Set


500 g

10 65 549

1000 g Bag

5 65 550

10 kg 1 65 554

With this transparent Leather Varnish you can protect objects decorated

with leather paint from damp, grease and wear. The special lacquer seals

the surface and preserves the brilliant colours of painted motifs.

9 Easy to apply

9 Invisible protection

9 Ready to use

Leather Cleaner

Special cleaner for removing many types of impurities from leather objects.

Ideal for pre-treating leather that is to be painted with Leather Paint (item

72232). Cleaning allows better adhesion of the Leather Paint to the surface.

Before use, test the product for suitability on an inconspicuous area of the

material.


9 Dries fast

9 Very economical

20 - 30



Leather Cleaner



2 - 3 h

Consumption: 90 - 120 g/m² | Density: 1,06 g/cm³ | Drying time: 2-3 h

Leather Varnish


mat

50 ml

72 246.98

Plastic jar 6

glossy 50 ml 72 246.99


129

CREARTEC 129


Metallic Effect Foil


Metallic Transfer Foil

Used together with our Metallic Transfer Pen (item 48 001) you can embellish

unprepossessing decorative and useful items. You can individually

spice up cardboard, leather, wood, plastic etc. in gold or silver, or with a

coloured sheen, Metallic Transfer Foils.

Important: before use, check whether the foils stick to the object. Not all

materials are equally suitable!

Metallic Transfer Foil SS-Set

Colour Size Packaging PU Item

4 gold, 2 silver

48 005.01

6 diff. colours 220 x 100

48 005.02

PP-Foil 6

6 x colour reflection mm

48 005.91

6 x bunt metallic col. 48 005.92

Wafer-thin, super-glossy Metallic Effect Foil is ideal for creating your own

objects from scratch or for embellishing them. The wide variety of design

options provided by Metallic Effect Foil knows practically no bounds. Also

perfect for card making.


9 Wafer-thin

Metallic Effect Foil SS-Set


4 gold, 2 silver 220 x 100 mm PP-Foil 6 77 895.01

3D Decoliner

You can use this special glue to create exquisite three-dimensional motifs,

or large-scale motifs, which can be finished off with effect film,

decorated with Diamond Dots, or onto which decorative confetti can be

stuck. Apply 3D Decoliner, leave to set, then add the decorative effect of

your choice – done!

9 Ideal for diamond painting



Consumption: 60 - 70 g/m² | Density: 1,03 g/cm³ | Setting time: 30 min

3 D Decoliner


30 g Pen-bottle

77 881

6


30

130

ARTIDEE | SURFACE DESIGN | METALLIC TRANSFER FOIL – METALLIC-TRANSFER-PEN

Candle Inscription Set

Design your own candles with unique, individual motifs and personalised lettering for a wide variety of occasions, to give as presents or to keep for yourself.

You can achieve amazing results which will be the envy of everyone in just a few steps. You can even give greetings cards and other decorative objects a brand

new metallic sparkle with this set.



9 Sophisticated metal look

Pack Contains

3 D-Decoliner

1 × 30 ml

Metallic Effect Foil silver

2 × 80 x 220 mm

Density: 1,03 g/cm³ | Consumption: 60-70 g/m² | Setting time: 30 min

Metallic Effect Foil gold

4 × 80 x 220 mm

Candle Inscription Set SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

PP-Foil 3 80 626

Metallic Transfer-Pen

With this Metallic Transfer-Pen and with the fantastic brilliant Metallic

Transfer Foils you can give a completely new and shiny look to many

different decoration or leather items. Use it for mobile-phone-covers, for

bags or cards. The new design will always be an eye-catcher. A perfect

and easy tool for this great dazzling trend.



Pack Contains

1 x Metallic Transfer-Pen

230 V – 6 W

5 x Drawing tips

12 x Metallic-Transfer foils Instructions

Metallic Transfer-Pen SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

Blister 3 48 001

30


131

CREARTEC 131



Pyrography-Profi-Set

In addition to the Pyrography Pen, this set also contains 20 other pyrography

tools which can be used to burn fantastically beautiful decorations

into wood. The assortment box has been designed so that each tool, pen

tip and stamp always has its own place, even after use.

9 Complete set

Pack Contains

1 x Pyrographic-Pen

230 V – 30 W

9 x Pyrography stamps

PYROGRAPHY

Pyrography is using a heated, pencil-like implement

to “paint” onto a surface made of wood, leather, woven

straw or cork. When the hot tip of the pen makes

contact with the surface, it scorches it.

1 x Pen-tray 10 x Pyrography nibs

1 x Cutter with

holder

Instructions

Pyrography-Profi-Set SS-Set

Type Packaging PU Item

Schuko plug Plastic Box 3 38 001

Woodburning Loops Set

For using burning loops, there is a special pyrography pen into which the

two tips of the loop can be inserted. The special design not only allows

you to produce sophisticated results with your pyrography, it also ensures

a longer burning time.

Pyrographic Pen „ Primus 1“

This easy to handle Pyrography Pen is perfect for starting out in the wonderful

hobby of pyrography. It offers the pyrographer the opportunity to

pursue his or her creativity in many ways. The nibs supplied can be used

to write, draw, and decorate with lines of different thicknesses, as well as

burn thin lines and decorations onto wood, leather and cork.

9 Suitable for wood, leather and cork

9 Including tool stand

9 Ideal for beginner

Pack Contains

1 x Pyrographic-Pen

with Pen-tray

230 V – 30 W

narrow medium wide

Woodburning Loops Set SS-Set


3 different PP-Foil 3 38 034

6 x Pyrography nibs Instructions

Pyrographic Pen „ Primus 1“ SS-Set


Swiss plug Blister 3 38 002.01

132

ARTIDEE | SURFACE DESIGN | PYROGRAPHY-PROFI-SET – PYROGRAPHIC PEN „ PRIMUS 1“

WINTER

RANGE

ARTIDEE | WINTER RANGE


133

Winter Range

SNOWTIME

Bring the unique enchantment of winter, with its icy sparkle, into your cosy home. Our range of

products offers you the perfect foundation for many creative possibilities, and for you to skilfully

stage scenes featuring crystal-clear icicles, glittering snowy landscapes, snowy nativity scene

decorations, and frosty lanterns. Have fun producing magical winter decorations that will never

melt away.


134

Snow Powder

It is incredibly easy to create magical landscapes or impressive lanterns

with Powder Snow. The handy container with its strainer is ideal for scattering

the Powder Snow onto surfaces pre-treated with adhesive. Once

it is dry, any surplus Snow Powder can be shaken off and used for your

next project.

Snow Powder Set

This Snow Powder Set transforms any landscape model into a realistic

winter scene. Pine trees, fences, roofs and even decorative objects such

as lanterns can be covered with a delicate layer of snow. Simply paint the

object with a thin coat of adhesive and sprinkle on the brilliant white Snow

Powder. Once the surface is dry the surplus Snow Powder can be shaken

off and used to create your next project.

9 Ready to use


9 Easy to use

9 Genuine snow look

9 For all surfaces

9 Economical to use

9 Easy to use

30-40

Consumption: 300 g/m² | Colour: white | Density: 2,2 - 2,6 g/cm³

Snow Powder


100 g Plastic jar with strainer

78 266

6

600 g Plastic cup 78 267

Pack Contains

Snow Powder

100 g

Sponge for application

1 x

Brush

1 x

Model Landscape Glue

100 g

Mixing cup

1 x

Material consumption Powder: 300 g/m² | Material consumption Glue:

75-90 g/m² | Hardening time: 30-40 min

Snow Powder Set SS-Set


200 g Blister 6 78 270



135

Glitter Snow Powder

Fantastic Glitter Snow Powder is a must have for all winter decorations.

When building models or cribs, creating floral decorations, or making

your own Christmas cards, then sprinkle on the fine-grained powder.

The crystal glitter particles will turn your work into a shimmering winter

wonderland.

9 Ideal for all winter decorations

9 Indispensable when building models and cribs

9 Produces wonderful effects

Consumption: 300 g/m² | Colour: white | Density: 2,2 - 2,5 g/cm³

Glitter Snow Powder, extra fine


100 g Plastic jar with strainer 6 78 286

Icicle Medium

The crystal-clear icicles will amaze you – the ideal addition to all winter

handicraft work.

Apply Icicle Medium directly from the applicator bottle to the object to be

decorated. By squeezing the bottle and pulling it down at the same time

you can create beautiful long or short icicles as required.


9 For all surfaces

9 Crystal clear

9 Ready to use

Density: 1,03 g/cm³ | Hardening time: 3-5 h

Icicle Medium



3 - 5 h

136

ARTIDEE | WINTER RANGE | GLITTER SNOW POWDER – FROST EFFECT

Frost Effect Liner

It is super easy to apply this white Frost Effect Liner directly from the

bottle to window panes, Christmas tree baubles or decorative glass. Frost

Effect Liner can effortlessly be removed from any non-absorbent surface.

Ideal for creating a realistic snowy world.

9 Realistic snow effect

9 Ready to use

9 No getting lost

9 Easily removable

1 - 1,5 h

Consumption: 70-110 g/m² | Density: 1,13 g/cm³ | Colour: white

Setting time: 1 - 1,5 h

Frost Effect Liner



Frost Effect

The perfect frost effect on glass, ceramics, plastic and many other

surfaces. Can be applied with the sponge, brush or template to give an


decorations. Coated objects are hand-washable after optional baking,

but not suitable for dishwashers.


9 Very economical

9 Waterproof


Burn-in at 160 °C: 20 min

Frost Effect



24 h



137

Deco Snow Paste, extra fine

This extra-fine, white snow paste is self-adhesive and offers a wide variety

of options for designs on decorations or cards, or in model-making.

The deceptively real 3 D effect is very popular and is always a great hit.

Can be coloured with Universal Colour Concentrate (item 71501).


9 Ready to use

9 Extra-fine

9 Colourable

9 Self-adhesive

1 - 2 h


Deco Snow Paste, extra fine


150 g

78 166

Plastic cup 6

300 g 78 167

Snow Paste with glitter effect

This semi-transparent, delightfully glittery Snow Paste is perfect for winter

decorations. The beautiful glitter particles create a highlight anywhere,

whether you use them for model making or to decorate a twig. Apply Snow

Paste with a brush or spatula, leave to dry, done!

9 Wonderful glitter effect

9 Also for stencilling

9 Water-based

2 - 3 h


Consumption: 90-120 g/m² | Density: 0,93 g/cm³ | Hardening time: 2-3 h

Snow Paste with Glitter Effect


150 ml

78 196

Plastic cup 6

350 ml 78 197

138

ARTIDEE | WINTER RANGE | DECO SNOW PASTE – GLITTERING SNOW

Crystal Snow Paste

For creating natural snowscapes and nativity scenes authentically as well

as decorating houses, branches, cards, glasses and christmas baubles etc.

winterly. Can be applied with a spatula or with a brush and is mixable with

water. After drying it sparkles like real snow!

9 Easy to use


60

Consumption: (substrate dependant ): 100-130 g/m² | Density:

0,95 g/cm³ | Hardening time: 60 min

Crystal Snow Paste


150 ml Plastic cup 6 78 306

Glittering Snow (fluid)

Ideal for adding a wonderful, glittering snow-look to delicate objects

straight from the bottle. Glittering Snow (fluid) is particularly popular with

florists and for building cribs and models. Perfect for wintery decorations

with a festive sparkle.

Modelable Snow Paste

With the frosty, glittering snow paste you can achieve deceptively real 3D effects.

Snowballs, snowmen, snowdrifts on roofs and realistic footprints or vehicle

tracks can be easily modeled or impressed. A “must have” for creative

minds!

9 With glitter crystals


9 Easy to use

60

9 Easy to use

9 Knead and malleable

9 Air-drying

Consumption: 80-110 g/m² | Density: 1,07 g/cm³ | Hardening time: 60 min

Glittering Snow (fluid)



Form: Pasty | Density: 1,1 g/cm³ | pH-Value: 8-9

Modelable Snow Paste


300 g Small plastic bucket 6 78 198



139


Crystalline Glass Paste shows dull glass and decorative objects in an

entirely new light. Whether you apply them using a stencil or a spatula,

there will be thousands of tiny, seductively sparkling crystals. And if the

design gets damaged in any way, or you decide you no longer like it, it is

easy to remove Crystalline Glass Paste with a ceramic hob scraper.




9 Solvent-free

4 h


Hardening time: 4 h




Fluid Water

Fluid Water is perfect for imitating naturalistic areas of water. Paint the

background with acrylic paint in the colour of your choice, or stick sand

and gravel onto it. Then apply one or more layers of Fluid Water; the

layers should not be more than 2 mm thick. Each layer must harden completely

before a further layer is poured over it. Step by step a shiny, hard

water surface emerges. You can create a textured surface after the Fluid

Water has been allowed to dry for between 5 and 6 hours.




9 Solvent-free

Fluid Water

Layer thickness: max. 2 mm | Density: 1,00 g/cm³ | Hardening time: 48 h



140

ARTIDEE | WINTER RANGE | CRYSTALLINE GLASS PASTE – FLUID WATER

THE CREATIVE

WORKSHOP

ARTIDEE | THE CREATIVE WORKSHOP


141

Versatile Design

THE CREATIVE WORKSHOP

In this section you will find lots of material to help with free design of beautiful

decorations with natural materials. There is a wide variety of ways to give rein to your

creativity. Try them out!

The History of

PAPER


Evidence of papyrus having been used as a writing

material in Egypt can be traced as far back as

the beginning of the 3rd millennium. It was made

from the papyrus plant (Cyperus papyrus), which

grew along the banks of the Nile in Egypt and Africa.

Paper was developed in China sometime around

200 BC. This was made from fibres, mainly of

plant origin, and water. The papermaking process

spread further, following the Silk Road to North

Africa and Europe. The choice of raw materials

and production methods were influenced by the

particular climatic conditions.

Paper production in Europe began in southern

Spain and Italy in the 11th century. The first paper

mill in Germany was Ulrich Stromer’s Gleismühle

in Nuremberg, which was founded in 1390.

The raw materials used were scraps of cloth.

From the 17th century onwards, in order to cover

the increasing demand for paper, more and more

production steps in fibre preparation and papermaking

were taken over by machines.

Cellulose (wood) started to be used as a raw material

around 1840. Since then, it has been possible

to produce paper more cheaply and in larger

quantities. The introduction of computers, word

processing systems and electronic storage media

has led to lasting changes – for both manufacturers

and consumers.

The art of papermaking is not just a lot of fun, it

also creates an understanding and an appreciation

of paper; an item that nowadays is commonplace

and often overlooked.

142

The Material Science of

PAPERMAKING

Papermaking as most handicraft enthusiasts

know it is based on using shredded newspaper

as the raw material. Paper produced using this

method is grey-brown in colour and has a low

tear strength. Creartec, however, offers a broad

range of celluloses and additives that you can

use to create your very own individual pulp, and

which allow you to produce beautifully white paper

with different surface structures.

Pulp is the technical term for the raw material that

is used in the production of paper. While you are

familiarising yourself with the art of papermaking,

you can use the practical Pulp Sheets, which

only need to be soaked in water and shredded to

make a thick fibre paste. This results in a readyto-use

pulp which requires no further additives.

Celluloses of different lengths are combined to

produce a uniformly textured paper with good

strength. Make up your own mixture for your individual

project. If you don’t like the result, simply

turn the paper sheets you have made back into

pulp so you can try again.

You can produce paper that is even whiter, and

heavier, by mixing additives such as chalk powder

or kaolin into the pulp. If the paper has been

coloured, for example with Dye Concentrate (item

71 501), either of these additives can be used to

lighten the colour. Chalk improves the resistance

of the paper to aging by intercepting acids that

have formed as the paper has aged/yellowed. To

help the cellulose fibres to bond firmly, use a little

potato starch: because it is sticky, it increases the

strength of the paper.

If you prefer your paper to be shiny and smooth,

coat the dried sheets of paper with gelatine powder

dissolved in water.

Use the paper you have made yourself as thoughtful

gift paper, for decorating small presents, or as

the canvas for your own works of art.

Have fun and we wish you every success!



143

Making your own paper

General guidance on papermaking


Material required:

• Different cellulose fibres (items 55 401, 55 411, 55 421, 55 426)

• Kaolin (item 55 326)

• Chalk powder (item 52 337)

• Cellcoll (item 77 945)

• Water

• Scales

• Hand mixer or hand blender

• Bucket or large measuring cup for mixing the pulp

• 2-piece deckle frame (you could also use a ladle splash frame for your first

attempts)

• Deckle tub (suitable size for the deckle frame)

• Wooden stirrer or cooking spoon

• Cleaning cloths

Optional: rolling pin, dried flowers, herbs, newspaper pictures, napkins, wool

fibres Dye Concentrate

(item 71501 et seq)

144

Basic recipe for the pulp

(paper pulp):

• 80% Cellulose (single variety or mixed)

(items 55 401, 55 411, 55 421, 55 426)

• 10% Kaolin white (item 55 326)

• 5% White Chalk Powder (item 52 337)

• 5% Cellcoll powder (item 77 945)

❶

❷

❸

For 1 sheet of A4 paper, you need

approx. 30–50 g pulp.

Tip: Pulp Sheets pressed from plant fibres

(item 55 441) are suitable for beginners, as

they are easy to use and do not need any

additional materials for the pulp.

❹

❺

❻

❶ Weigh out the basic materials for the pulp, mix them carefully in the mixing cup, add water and allow to swell, depending

on the cellulose and additives used.

Tip: warm water speeds up the swelling process.

Now take the hand mixer or blender and mix the ingredients with the water until they form a uniform pulp. Add more

water if necessary.

Tip: the pulp can be coloured as desired with Universal Dye Concentrate (item 71 501), or enhanced with dried flowers.

❷ Half fill the deckle tub with cold water. Spread out the pulp in the water and stir with a stirring stick to ensure that

everything is well distributed. Dip the deckle frame in the water, moving it from the back to the front, and then lift it

horizontally out of the deckle tub.

❸ When you lift the deckle frame out, hold it straight so that the pulp is spread evenly over the sieve. If you don’t manage

to do this at once, simply tip the pulp back into the water and try again. Let the water drip off.

Caution: the pulp must be stirred each time before you scoop it out.

❹ Remove the top part of the deckle frame and decorate the pulp as you wish with dried flowers, herbs, tea mixtures,

newspaper pictures, napkins or similar decorations.

Tip: pour a thin layer of pulp over the flowers to make them stick better to the paper. Scatter flower seeds onto the

paper: you can then plant small scraps of paper in soil and, after a while, you will have a little flower meadow. Also

makes a great gift idea!

❺ Using a fine absorbent cloth, carefully dab off excess water from underneath. The more water that is absorbed, the

more easily the sheet of paper will come away from the frame. Lay the couching felt or an absorbent cloth on the work

surface. Turn the frame with the sheet of paper over and place it on the cloth. Press down on the mesh of the deckle

frame with a cleaning cloth to absorb any remaining water. Lift up the deckle frame on one side and carefully loosen

the sheet of paper, starting at one corner.

Tip: if the paper does not come loose, use the cloth to remove the water a few more times.

❻ Lay the sheet of paper between two pieces of couching felt or cloths, and use a rolling pin to squeeze more water out of

the paper, applying light pressure. Leave the paper lying down to dry.

Tip: once it is dry, the paper can be smoothed down with an iron and finished with dissolved gelatine.



145

Cellulose Fibres, short (Cotton)

These short, white fibres quickly become soft and malleable when stirred

into paper pulp. You can create individually textured paper surfaces by

combining these fibres with other cellulose fibres. Can also be used neat.

Cotton Cellulose, pulverulent

Super-fine natural Cotton Cellulose. Mixed into paper pulp, the short,

white fibres quickly become soft and malleable. When used together

with other cellulose fibres, individually structured paper surfaces are

created. Can also be used alone.

9 100% natural

9 Easy to use

9 Can be mixed with other cellulose products

6 - 10 h

A4

30 - 50 g

9 100% natural

9 Lightly bleached

9 Easy to use

6 - 10 h

A4

30 - 50 g

Swelling time: 6 -10 h | Consumption: 30 - 50 g per sheet DIN A4


Cellulose Fibres, short (Cotton)


white 750 g Poly-Bag 3 55 401

Cotton Cellulose, pulverulent



Birch Cellulose, medium long

Eucalyptus Cellulose, long


Fine, natural cellulose fibres made from birch. Mixed into paper pulp, the

medium-length, white fibres quickly become soft and malleable. When

used together with other cellulose fibres, individually structured paper

surfaces are created. Can also be used alone.

9 100% natural

9 Lightly bleached

9 Easy to use


Birch Cellulose, medium long



6 - 10 h

A4

30 - 50 g

Natural eucalyptus cellulose fibres. When mixed into paper pulp these

long, white fibres rapidly become soft and pliable. When used together

with other cellulose fibres, individually structured paper surfaces are

created. Can also be used alone.

9 100% natural

9 For textured paper surfaces

9 Easy to use


Eucalyptus Cellulose, long



6 - 10 h

A4

30 - 50 g

146

ARTIDEE | THE CREATIVE WORKSHOP | CELLULOSE FIBRES SHORT – POTATO STARCH

Pulp Sheets, white

Make your own paper! It is really easy to do with these practical Pulp

Sheets, which are made from pressed plant fibres. Soak the sheets in

water then mix either as they are, or with cellulose fibres and other additives

as desired. This allows you to make the perfect basic product for

traditional paper making.

Potato Starch

This special, particularly glutinous Potato Starch enables the cellulose

fibres to bond better when making paper. Adding this product significantly

improves the quality of the paper, making the dried sheets of

paper stronger.

9 Basic product for paper making

9 Very economical

9 Easy to use

9 Suitable for papermaking

9 Ensures a firm connection

9 Improves paper quality

Addition

0,3-3 %

1 plate yields 2 - 3 sheets A4

Pulp Sheets, white


21 x 20 cm 1000 g PP-Foil 6 55 441

Density: 1,5 g/cm³ | Swelling time in Pulp: 30 min | Addition: 0,3 - 3 %

Potato Starch





147

Instant Gelatine

Apply the dissolved gelatine with a soft brush in order to size dry

sheets of handmade paper. To give the paper strength and a slightly

shiny finish, the gelatine can also be mixed directly into the pulp.

9 For sizing handmade paper

9 Quick-dissolving

9 Colourable

10 - 20

Mixture: 10 g Gelatine › 250 g hot Water | Swelling time: 10 - 20 min

Instant Gelatine



White Chalk Powder

Kaolin white


White Chalk Powder for use as an additive when making particularly

bright and durable paper. For making your own amazing sheets of paper

in beautiful, brilliant white.

Add at a recommended ratio of between 3 and 4% of the dry weight.

9 Extends the durability of paper

9 For bright white paper

9 Easy to use

Density: 2,7 g/cm³ | Addition: 3 - 4 %

White Chalk Powder


1000 g Doypack 8 52 337

Addition

3 - 4 %

Kaolin has a wide range of applications as a filler or pigment in matt-drying

paints and adhesives, and is also a popular additive for paper making.

9 Thickener for adhesives and paints

9 Additive for paper making

9 Filler for synthetic resins

Papermaking, Addition: 15-20 % to the pulp › Paper surface becomes

uniformly white and smooth | Thickening of water based paints and adhesives,

Addition: 3-12 % › changes viscosity. Colours are brightened and

more opaque | Filler for resins, Addition: 15-20 % › changes viscosity.

Kaolin white


600 g

55 326

Plastic bucket 6

1250 g 55 327

148

ARTIDEE | THE CREATIVE WORKSHOP | WHITE CHALK POWDER – FLORA PREPARATORY SALT

Flora Preparatory Salt

Fresh plants can be gently dried in Flora Preparatory Salt without losing

their shape or their colour, so they are permanently preserved. Ideal

for casting in XOR Crystal Polyester Resin (item 51 022) and Cold Glaze

(item 50 100). Design a realistic, natural landscape when making models

or nativity scenes with plants you have preserved yourself.

9 With colour indicator

9 Reusable

9 Easy to use

Grain size: 1 mm Ø | Colour indicator dry: yellow-orange |

Colour indicator wet: green | Bulk density: 0,75 g/cm³

Flora Preparatory Salt


800 g Plastic box 3 51 314

Water Pearls

These fascinating Water Pearls are a highly original way of watering your

plants. Simply leave them to soak in warm water – you will be amazed.

The pearls swell to a size of approximately 10 to 12 mm, acting as water

reservoirs, to provide your plants with moisture little by little. They make

wonderful decorations for glass vases with fresh flowers and are a real

eye-catcher in lanterns. Clean with water after use, leave to dry and reuse.

Can be coloured with Soap Dye (item 58 031).

9 Very economical

9 High swelling capacity

9 Reusable

9 Colourable

Water Pearls


transparent 25 g Blister 3 57 211

8 - 10 h

0,9 L - 10 g



149


Press Flowers and Leaves with the

FLORA PLANT PRESS

150

❶

❷

❸

❹

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

Flora Plant Press

Using the Flora Plant Press is an easy, failsafe way to preserve plants for

your studies or your hobby. Creating your own herbarium ensures that

both adults and children have fun learning lots of interesting facts about

local flora. Or you can use your imagination and make unique tree journals,

pictures or greeting cards with pressed flowers and leaves.

9 Press in multiple layers

9 Easy to use

9 Robust construction

Pack Contains

2 x Sturdy plywood boards

250 x 140 mm

14 x Gel paper

245 x 135 mm

8 x Sheets corrugated cardboard

245 x 135 mm

4 x Fixing screws with Wing nuts

Drying time dependant on plant species: 1-2 Weeks

Flora Plant Press

Size Packaging PU Item

250 x 140 mm PP-Foil 3 51 410

1-2 W

SS-Set

❶ Push the wing nuts through a wooden board from underneath and

place it on the table. Put first the corrugated cardboard and then

the gel paper on this.

Place flowers, leaves, grasses, herbs etc. on the gel paper, with a

little space between each.

❷ Put more gel paper then corrugated cardboard, gel paper, etc.

on top. Continue this sequence as required, and finally place the

second wooden board on top before fastening it evenly with the

wing nuts.

❸ The drying process takes between one and two weeks, depending

on the type of plants. During this period, tighten the wing

nuts again every so often.

Tip: lay out the corrugated cardboard and the gel paper to dry

separately after each use.

❹ Have fun with your creative designs!



151

Better Safe than Sorry

NON-SLIP SOLES

Use our latex products to make your home-knitted

or felted, or shop-bought, socks non-slip.

Sales Display

We offer sales displays upon request. These can be filled with 30 ml bottles,

and labelled with the appropriate topper.



Sales Display


for 60 x 30 ml

Bottles

2-piece Display with

attachable Topper

PP-Foil

72 330

1

Label for Topper loosely 60 141.11

for 36 x 30 ml

Bottles

2-piece Display with

attachable Topper

PP-Foil

77 600

1


152

❶

❷

❸

❹

At your request, we can produce Sole Latex

with your own label in different pack sizes,

e.g. 30 ml. 50 ml and 100 ml, as well as in

different colour options.

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

Soles Nap Latex

Conjure up colourful dots, stars, hearts, flowers and much more on your

hosiery. Sole Nap Latex makes the soles of your stockings, tights and

socks robust, non-slip and resistant to wear. Simply insert a piece of card

cut to the correct foot size into the footwear. Apply Soles Nap Latex, working

into the fibres with a little pressure, then leave to dry – done!

❶ Place your foot on the paper sole. Mark out the size of your sole

and cut it out.

❷ Push it into the stocking or sock that you have ready.

❸ Start painting or applying dots.

9 Easy to use

9 Air drying

9 Odourless

1 - 2 h

❹ If you are painting shapes, let these dry out first before continuing

with the next colour.

Shrinkage: 6,8 % | Tear resistance: 22-26 MPa | Drying time: 1-2 h |

Ready for wear after: 6-8 h

Soles Nap Latex SS-Set


rose

60 140.05

violet 60 140.14

lilac 60 140.17

30 ml Pen-bottle 6

turquoise 60 140.24

transparent 60 140.99

white

60 140.68

100 ml Plastic bottle 60 143.68

light grey

30 ml Pen-bottle 60 140.72


black

30 ml Pen-bottle 60 140.78


Sole Latex

Applying Sole Latex to stockings or woollen socks creates a robust, abrasion-resistant,

non-slip sole with which you can safely run on smooth

floors. Slide a cardboard template of the required size into the sock and

paint the bottom with Sole Latex. Repeat this step 2-3 times after the

first layer has dried out.

9 Abrasion-resistant

9 Air drying

9 Excellent adhesion

Sole Latex

Density at 20 °C: 0,96 g/cm³ | Drying time: 10 -12 h


grey 250 ml Plastic bottle 6 60 146.72

10 - 12 h



153

❶

❷

❸

❹

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

❶ Pick the felt wool into pieces and lay them on top of each other to

form a wool plate.

❷ Dilute Felters’ Olive Soap or Turbo Felter Soap with water and

moisten the wool plate.

Felter’s Soap of Olive

❸ Form a loose ball and roll between the palms of your hands in a

circular motion.


High quality olive soap for wet felting. Thoroughly mix Olive Felting Soap

with warm water. The undiluted, highly concentrated Olive Felting Soap

must not be allowed to come into contact with the eyes; however the

ready-to-use mixture is mild and very gentle on the skin. Immerse or

moisten the felting wool and carry out the felting process.

9 Mild, gentle on the skin

9 Based on pure, natural plant extracts

9 Economical to use

1tbsp : 1 L


Felter’s Soap of Olive


125 ml

6 58 111

Plastic bottle

250 ml 3 58 112

❹ Once you have rinsed and dried them, string the balls to make a

necklace.

Turbo Felter

Turbo Felter allows the felting process to be speeded up. Just mix Turbo

Felter with cold water, damp the wool with the mixture and it will be

felted within a few minutes with little physical effort or pressure. Do not

wash out the finished piece; simply leave to dry.

9 Fast felting

9 Easy to use

9 Very economical

Mixture: 20 drops (1 teaspoon) in 250 ml cold water

Turbo Felter



20 dr.

250 ml

154

ARTIDEE | THE CREATIVE WORKSHOP | FELTER`S SOAP OF OLIVE – FELTING WITH SOAP DOUGH

Felt Soap

It is easy to design your own trendy soaps with colourful, fleecy felt coats

using this set. When you wash your hands the soap bars produce a fine,

silky foam which everyone loves. A great gift idea!

9 Complete set


9 Easy to use

12 M

Felting with Soap Putty

Soap felting made easy with no need to melt or pour soap. The package

contents are enough for 6 - 8 balls.

9 Complete set



12 M

VIDEO

INSTRUCTION

Pack Contains

Soap block white

1 x 250 g

1 x Soap mould

round / oval / square

Nylon felting

stocking

2 x

Felting wool 5 x 15 cm:

grey, green, red, blue,

yellow

Instructions

INGREDIENTS: Sorbitol, Aqua, Propylene Glycol, Sodium Laureth Sulfate, Glycerin, Sodium Stearate, Sodium Laurate, Sodium Chloride, Sodium Lauryl Sulfate,

C.I. 77891, Tetrasodium Etidronate, Tetrasodium EDTA, Xanthan Gum, Sodium Citrate

Needled Felt Soap SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

Box 3 57 997

Pack Contains

Soap sprinkles

1 x 200 g

Felting wool

4 x 8 cm

Instructions

INGREDIENTS: Sodium Palmate, Sodium Palm Kernelate, Aqua, Glycerin, Sodium Chloride, Tetrasodium EDTA, Tetrasodium Etidronate

Felting with Soap Putty SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

Box 3 57 998



155


Embellish Casting Compounds with

GOLD AND SILVER GRAVEL

156

❶

❷

❸

❹

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

Gold Gravel / Silver Gravel

Add an elegant, tasteful frame to decorations you have designed yourself

with these natural-looking nuggets. Whether you sprinkle them on

loosely, use them to decorate lanterns, or create an eye-catcher in trendy

pouring creations – the results will amaze you.

❶ Sprinkle Silver Gravel into any mould.

❷ Fill the mould with Creastone, Fine Concrete or any ceramic

casting compound.

9 Brilliant, timeless look

9 Brillance naturelle

9 Colours resistant

74 311.81

Gold Gravel

74 301.84

Gold Gravel

Gold Gravel / Silver Gravel

74 311.81

Silver Gravel

74 301.81

Silver Gravel

Colour Grain Content Packaging PU Item

coarse

74 311.84

Gold Gravel

fine Plastic-tin

74 301.84

70 g

6

coarse with strainer 74 311.81

Silver Gravel

fine 74 301.81

❸ Leave to harden and then remove from the mould.

❹ Work the surface with a little water and wet sandpaper until the

Silver Gravel is visible.


Wet and Dry Sandpaper is wonderfully suitable for processing castings

made of concrete, fine concrete or other ceramic casting compounds.

Due to the careful grinding, the previously incorporated gold or silver

gravel emerges and a unique surface structure is created. Also ideal for

rounding edges and corners. The sandpaper is waterproof, retains its

shape and does not dissolve when liquid is supplied.


Size Grain Packaging PU Item

115 x 280 mm 120 / 2 Bows PP-Foil 6 49 200



157


Mineral Sand

Even small quantities of this high-quality, vibrant, shimmering Mineral

Sand produce an absolutely unique look. It gives home-made concrete

items, for instance, a real wow effect. Apply Transparent Mosaic Adhesive

(item 56861), sprinkle generously with Mineral Sand, press on and tap off

surplus sand.

9 Brilliant, timeless look

9 Natural glitter effect

9 Colours resistant

74 262.81

platinum glitter

74 262.84

gold glitter

74 262.85

bronze glitter

74 262.87

copper glitter

Mineral Sand


Platinum glitter

74 262.81

Gold glitter 74 262.84

70 g Plastic-tin 6

Bronze glitter 74 262.85

Copper glitter 74 262.87

158

ARTIDEE | THE CREATIVE WORKSHOP | MINERAL SAND – 3D GLASS GEL

3 D Glass Gel

Create beautiful, translucent in-depth effects on transparent surfaces

such as lanterns or decorative glasses. 3D Glass Gel can be filled, dabbed,

painted or stencilled and can be coloured with Universal Dye Concentrate.

Tip: Dried motifs can easily be embedded in Colouraplast Melting Granules

(Art. 53010).

9 Translucent 3D effects

9 Water-resistant

9 Heat-resistant

9 Colourable

4-6 h

Consumption: 160-220 g/m² | Density:: 1,1 g/cm³ | Hardening time: 4-6 h

3 D Glass Gel


250 g Pastic-tin 6 78 228

Gold-Plating Set

This Gold-Plating Set makes it really easy to add a touch of class to ornaments,

objects and surfaces. Carefully apply the wafer-thin metal leaf to

the object you wish to decorate using the Metal Foil Glue and soft brush

provided. Seal afterwards with the Metal-Protection Zapon-Lacquer and

you will be able to enjoy your work for a long time.

9 Add class with metal leaf

9 Can be used on many different surfaces

* 1 GHS - 02 | 07 Overview on PAGE 304

Pack Contains

Metal Foil Glue

1 x 50 g

Technical data: see single products

Metal Leaves

1 Packaging

Metal-Protection Zapon-Lacquer* 1

1 x 60 ml

Gold-Plating Set SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

Cardboard 3 42 900

Brush

Instruction



159

Metallic Leaves

The delicate Metallic Leaves are perfect for adding a stylish finish to

many surfaces. A great way to put everyday objects in the spotlight – a

touch of value.

9 Brilliant shine

9 Wafer-thin

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

❶ Paint a thin layer of Metal Foil Glue (item 77 822) onto the object.

The surface to be treated must be dry and free of dust and grease.

Leave the Metal Foil Glue to dry for 30 minutes.

❷ Place the metal leaf carefully onto the adhesive surface and press

on with a soft brush. It will bond immediately.

Metallic Leaves SS-Set


silver

42 901.81

25 pieces each

gold 14 x 7 cm

6 42 901.84

in PP-Foil

copper 42 901.85

❸ Remove any excess metal leaf carefully from the object with a

brush: collect for reuse.

❹ After 12 hours, polish the surface with a soft cloth and apply

a coat of Metal Protection Lacquer (item 70 086) if required to

protect the metal leaf from oxidation.

Metal Foil Glue



Special Metal Foil Glue for easy application and adhesion of Metallic

Leaves. Apply a thin coat of Metal Foil Glue with a brush. After allowing

the leaf adhesive to evaporate, carefully place the metallic leaf in position

and press on with a soft brush. If desired, paint over with a coat of

Metallic Protective Zapon-Lacquer (item 70 086).




Consumption: 40 - 50 g/m² | Density: 1,03 g/cm³ | Drying time: 30 min

Metal Foil Glue


50 g

6 77 822

Plastic-tin

250 g 3 77 823

30

This nitrocellulose Lacquer gives metal objects a brilliantly shiny or an

exquisite satin-finished look and at the same time offers perfect protection

against oxidisation, moisture and the weather.

9 Weather-resistant

9 Non-oxidising

9 Dries fast

40

We can provide

detailed information

on the 500 ml

pack on request.


Density: 0,82 g/cm³ | Consumption: 70 - 80 g/m² | Hardening time: 40 min




70 086.98

6

satin-finished 125 ml Plastic-tin 70 087.98



70 086.99

6

glossy 125 ml Plastic-tin 70 087.99


160

ARTIDEE | THE CREATIVE WORKSHOP | METALLIC LEAFS – STAMP CLEANER

Stampyliner

The soft flexible Stampy is ideal for inscribing and painting with this liner.

When applied, a 2–3 mm-wide image line is created; this dries out and

hardens within 40 to 60 minutes. The result is a ready-made stamp that

can be used immediately.

Stampy (Stamp plate)

The spongy stamp plates are made from sturdy hard foam, and can be

reused many times. Simply paint on the stamp motif with Stampyliner

(item 37 496). When you no longer need the stamp, simply pull off the

Stampyliner outline and paint on a new motif. Endless fun with stamps!

9 3 D-Effect

9 Easy to apply

9 Elastic Contour

60


9 Durable

Colour: green | Density at 20 °C: 0,99 g/cm³ | Setting time: 60 min

Stampyliner SS-Set


green 30 ml Pen-bottle 3 37 496

Stampy (Stamp plate) SS-Set


58 x 42 x 12 mm 10 pieces in PP-Foil 6 37 504

Stamp Cleaner


brush or a cloth, then rinse with warm water.



9 Very economical



Stamp Cleaner





161

GLASS ENGRAVING

Glass engraving is a traditional art. It is used to decorate

drinking glasses as well as decorative glassware

(vases, carafes etc.), and panes of picture or

mirror glass with decorative ornamentation, pictures

or lettering by engraving with fine diamond needles.

Corundum Abrasive Pin

Abrasive pins made from extra-hard corundum. Ideal for regrinding and

filing engraving work on glass, acrylics, marble, mirrors etc

Shaft diameter: 2.35 mm; length 45 mm.

9 Long-lived

Engraving Pin Holder

We recommend this sturdy engraving pen holder, in which the engraving

pen can be firmly clamped, so that the engraving tools can be guided

safely and accurately over the surface you are going to work on.


9 Easy to use

9 Long-lived

85 021

85 011 85 012 85 015

Korund conical abrasive pin SS-Set

Variant Ø Packaging PU Item

Conical

small

85 011

Conical big PP-Foil 6 85 012

Flame 6 x 3 mm 85 015

85 022

Engraving pin holder SS-Set

Type Size (length) Packaging PU Item

Standard 150 mm

85 021

PP-Foil 6

Profi 120 mm 85 022

Carbidgraver

This special tool has a fine, extra-hard tip, and is excellent for very detailed,

complicated motifs and for engraving with stencils. The dot-like

indentations create a unique image structure, depending on the size and

spacing.

9 For detailed motifs


Glass engraving - Diamond pin

High-quality steel pens with real diamonds for universal glass engraving.

Also suitable for mirrors, marble and acrylic glass.

Shaft diameter: 2.35 mm; length 45 mm.

9 Long-lived

85 001 85 005 85 008

Glass engraving - Diamond pin SS-Set

Variant Ø Type Packaging PU Item

1,0 mm Draftsman

85 001

2,3 mm Engravers PP-Foil 6 85 005

sharp Flame 85 008

Carbidgraver SS-Set


Titanium Pen PP-Foil 6 85 018

162

ARTIDEE | THE CREATIVE WORKSHOP | ENGRAVING PIN HOLDER – 3 D-DECOLINER


Crystalline Glass Paste shows dull glass and decorative objects in an entirely

new light. It is easy to remove Crystalline Glass Paste with a ceramic

hob scraper.




9 Solvent-free

4 h

Acryl Sheets

The transparent, almost unbreakable plastic sheets, with or without drill

holes, are excellent for engraving. Create amazing window pictures with

Crystalline Glass Paste, Frost-Effect Liner...


9 Very robust


Hardening time: 4 h



150 g Plastic-tin 6 78 341

Frost Effect

The perfect Frost Effect on glass, ceramics, plastic and many other

surfaces. Can be applied with the sponge, brush or template to give an


decorations.


9 Very economical

24 h

9 Waterproof

Acryl Sheets


A6

30 901.03

with 3 suspension holes A5 30 902.01

A4 loosely 6 30 903.01

undrilled

A5 30 902

A4 30 903

3D Decoliner

You can use this special glue to create exquisite three-dimensional motifs, or largescale motifs, which can be finished off with effect film, decorated with

Diamond Dots, or onto which decorative confetti can be stuck. Apply 3D Decoliner, leave to set, then add the decorative effect of your choice – done!





3 D Decoliner


Burn-in at 160 °C: 20 min (Not dishwasher safe)

Frost Effect



You can find the right Metallic

Effect Foil (item 77 895.01) for

decoration on PAGE 132


30 g Pen-bottle

77 881

6


30



163

Silversmith Block tin 99 Sn

Pure Tin is used for casting high-quality pewter pieces, for example mugs,

spoons, plates and other everyday objects. Pure Tin is one of the best and

highest-quality tin alloys, with a minimum tin content of 99%.



Sand Moulding Box

This special two-part Sand Moulding Box (item 42686) is used for

moulding objects with Pewter Oil Moulding Sand (item 42446).

9 Reusable

9 Easy to use


Melting point: 231,9 °C | Bulk density: 4.000 kg/m³

Silversmith Block tin 99 Sn

Content Length Packaging PU Item

1000 g 200 mm PP-Foil 1 42 416

Pack Contains

2 x Mould frame 1 x Tamper wood 2 x Metal rods

Pricker small / large

each 1 x

1 x Lancet Instructions

Sand Moulding Box SS-Set


150 x 100 x 80 mm PP-Foil 3 42 686


We can also recommend

our Silcotin (item 60 406),

which offers detailed moulding and is heat

resistant up to 380°C, for smaller pewter

casting projects.

You can find the silicone moulding compound

on PAGE 24.

Pewter Oil Moulding Sand

This fine, oil-based special sand is perfect for fast production of

high-quality sand moulds for casting with a wide variety of metals. The

moulds can, however, only be used once; afterwards the object must

be pressed into the Oil Moulding Sand again. This can be done up to

50 times.

9 Easy to use

9 Reusable

9 Ready to use

Start of boiling: > 300 °C | Temperature resistance: max. 1200 °C

Pewter Oil Moulding Sand



1200 °C

164

ARTIDEE | THE CREATIVE WORKSHOP | SILVERSMITH BLOCK TIN 99 SN – BRASS METAL BRUSH

Pewter Figures Patina

Dip pewter parts directly into pewter figures patina, leave approx. 10

seconds or apply patina on clean, grease-free object with a brush and

rub in until desired coloration is achieved. Then rinse pewter parts

thoroughly with tap water. An additional oxidation protector: Antioxidation-Spray

(18 258).

Form Rubber Bands, assortment

These stable 10 mm extra wide rubber bands are particularly well suited

for holding 2 or multi-part moulds tightly together during filling with the

casting material.

9 Available in different lengths

9 Easy to use

9 Ready to use

9 Very economical

60 - 120

150 mm

120 mm

100 mm


Colour: depending on material base | Consumption: 60 - 80 g/m²

Obligations under the Regulation (EU) 2019/1148

Pewter Figures Patina


grey

100 ml

6 42 491.76

500 ml 3 42 492.76

copper


500 ml

3

42 492.85

gold 500 ml 42 492.84

Brass Metal Brush

Pouring Spoon

CAUTION: as pewter casting is

carried out at high temperatures,

you should always wear gloves and

protective goggles while working.

A handy casting ladle made from deep-drawn steel, which was specially

developed for this melting technique, is available. The ladle has a sturdy

holder and a beechwood handle. To smooth down the base and the dividing

seams of completed pewter figures, finish them off with the special

brass wire brush. The brass bristles are very sturdy and are also ideal for

cleaning the burning tips used for pyrography.

Pouring Spoon SS-Set


with wooden handle – 80 ml PP-Foil 3 42 643

10 mm 10 mm

10 mm

Form Rubber Bands, assortment SS-Set


3 different pairs PP-Foil 6 42 653

In order to smooth the bases and dividing seams of finished tin figures,

they are reworked with the special brass wire brush. The brass bristles

are very stable and are also ideal for cleaning the firing tips in pyrography.

Brass Metal Brush SS-Set

Lengh Packaging PU Item

10 cm PP-Foil 3 42 677



165

Plastic Clock Hands

9 For Europe Quartz Drives

9 With second hand

35 203

Circles

35 205

Antique

35 207

Round bar

For European movements

Quarz-Clockwork „Europe“

Super-flat quartz movement – suitable for mounting in any homemade

clock (dials made, for instance, from slate slabs, agate discs, wood or

reliefs).

9 With complete mounting material

35 209

Heart

35 211

Classic

35 213

Rod shape



2 - 3 mm 4 - 7 mm 8 - 11 mm 9 - 14 mm 16 - 20 mm

Pack Contains

1 x quartz drive / 2 x intermediate washers / 1 x central mounting screw / 1 x pointer nut open

Quarz-Clockwork „Europe“ SS-Set

Variant Dial thickness Packaging PU Item

2 - 3 mm

35 101

Europe 4 - 7 mm 35 102

(pointer axis 8 - 11 mm Blister 6 35 103

oval)

9 - 14 mm 35 104

16 - 20 mm 35 105

35 215

Traditional

Pack Contains

1 x hour hand / 1 x minute hand / 1 x second hand

35 217

Rod shape


35 219

Heart

Plastic Clock Hand SS-Set

Material Type Variant Packaging PU Item

Circles 27/37 mm

35 203

Antique 27/41 mm 35 205

Round bar 37/53 mm 35 207

Heart 45/65 mm 35 209

Plastic Classic 50/70 mm PP-Foil 6 35 211

Rod shape 50/75 mm 35 213

Traditional 57/73 mm 35 215

Rod shape 60/85 mm 35 217

Heart 64/90 mm 35 219

166

ARTIDEE | THE CREATIVE WORKSHOP | QUARZ-CLOCKWORK "EUROPE" – METAL CLOCK HANDS

Metal Clock Hands

9 For Europe Quartz Drives

9 With second hand

35 201

Heart

35 301.78

Rod black

35 301.84

Rod gold


35 309.78

Heart black

35 309.84

Heart gold

35 311.78

Rod black


Pack Contains

1 x hour hand / 1 x minute hands / 1 x second hand

Metal Clock Hand SS-Set

Material Type Variant Packaging PU Item

Metal

35 311.84

Rod gold

Heart

24/32 mm

35 313.84

Arrow


35 315.78

Circles

35 201

Rod shape 25/34 mm 35 301.78

Rod shape 25/34 mm 35 301.84

Heart 31/41 mm 35 309.78

Heart 31/41 mm PP-Foil 6 35 309.84

Rod shape 30/42 mm 35 311.78

Rod shape 30/42 mm 35 311.84

Arrow 38/48 mm 35 313.84

Circles 40/55 mm 35 315.78



167

Product Presentation with

SALES DISPLAYS

Set up your own individual display, with your own colours and labels. We will be

happy to provide you with a quote!


Sales Displays

We also offer sales displays on request. You can fill these individually with 30 ml bottles and add an appropriate topper.


Sales Displays


for 60 x 30 ml bottles 2-piece display with attachable topper PP-Foil

72 330

1


for 36 x 30 ml bottles 2-piece display with attachable topper PP-Foil

77 600

1


168

ADHESIVES

ARTIDEE | ADHESIVES


169

Are you looking for the right

ADHESIVE ?

Whatever you want to stick, you can find a wide

range of adhesives and glues at CREARTEC. We

would also be happy to set up a display with

individual fittings for your sales floor to meet

with your requirements.

You can find information

on suitable display

options on PAGE 300.

ARTIDEE | ADHESIVES

SUSTAINABILITY

is very important to us!

Help us to avoid creating waste: we are

also happy to supply our high-quality

adhesives in suitable refill containers.

See PAGE 289.

170

All-Purpose Glue

The special hobby and craft glue that really can do almost everything.

You can stick paper, plastic, wood, polystyrene, textiles and much more –

fast and permanently. Due to its versatile applications, transparent drying

all-purpose adhesive is an ideal adhesive for all hobby and professional

craftsmen.


9 Solvent-free

9 Waterproof

30

Favourite Glue

Initial adhesion with the Favourite Glue is fast: for sticking paper, cardboard,

wood, ceramic casting compounds, modelling tissue, plastic and

lots more. If finished objects are to be used outside, they should be protected

with a coat of Outdoor Lacquer (item 70021).

9 Fast adhesion

9 Ideal for impatient handicraft enthusiasts

9 Perfect for vertical surfaces


20 - 40

Consumption: 70 - 80 g/m² | Density: 1 g/cm³ | Hardening time: 30 min

All-Purpose Glue


30 g Pen-bottle 6 77 795

Consumption: 140 g/m² | Density: 1,06 g/cm³ | Processing time: 6 min

Initial bonding: 20 - 40 min | Hardening time: 4 - 12 h

Favourite Glue



Natural Eco-Friendly Glue

Natural Eco-Friendly Glue sticks paper to paper or cardboard, as well as

to numerous other materials such as cork, wood and textiles, in almost

no time. Natural Eco-Friendly Glue is perfect for use in schools and the

therapeutic field, and is a popular aid for creative home handicrafts. Can

be washed off with warm water.

Kids’ Ecological Glue

Kids’ Ecological Glue is ideal for all types of handicrafts with paper. The

solvent-free glue was specially developed for use by children, and the

practical spreading cap and optimised bottle ensure that it is easy for children’s

small hands to use. The product is water-soluble and can be easily

washed out of textiles.

9 Natural basis – renewable, mineral based

raw materials

9 Washes off with warm water


30 - 50


9 Practical coating closure

9 Easy to wash out

9 Water-soluble

30 - 40

Consumption: 55 - 65 g/m² | Adhesion: 20 - 40 sek |

Density: 1,05 g/cm³ | Hardening time: 30 - 50 min

Natural Eco-Friendly Glue


120 g Plastic bottle

77 686

6

255 g Plastic jar 77 687

Consumption: 60 - 70 g/m² | Density: 1,03 g/cm³ | Hardening time:

30 - 40 min




ARTIDEE | ADHESIVES


171

Students’ Handicraft Glue

This low-viscosity, water-soluble Handicraft Glue is perfect for use in

handicraft lessons. It adheres quickly, is odourless and can easily be

washed out of textiles. Also suitable for sticking scatter decorations and

as a finish for coating over paper-like objects.

Universal Handicraft Glue

The versatility of Universal Handicraft Glue makes it very popular, and perfect

for both education and handicrafts. It sticks paper, cardboard, wood cork and

many other materials fast and securely. Universal Handicraft Glue is washable

and odourless, and is transparent when dry. Also suitable for sticking

sequins scattered onto surfaces and for colouring with water-soluble paints.

9 Washes out

9 Solvent-free


60



9 Water-based

9 Colourable

30 - 60


Students’ Handicraft Glue



Consumption: 50 - 65 g/m² | Density: 1,06 g/cm³ | pH value: 4 | Initial

adhesion: 2-3 min | Hardening time: 30 - 60 min

Universal Handicraft Glue (transparent)


100 g

77 956

Plastic bottle 6

250 g 77 957

5000 g with 20 empty bottles Plastic can 1 77 959

Transparent Handicraft Glue

This popular handicraft glue, which is transparent when hardened, sticks

paper, cardboard, wood, cork, felt and fabric together rapidly. Apply a thin

coat of glue to one side and press the pieces together firmly – done! Even

sticking glitter, velour flakes or deco flakes is not a challenge for this versatile

Transparent Handicraft Glue. Clean tools with water.

9 Flexible, transparent adhesive seam



30 - 60

Aqueous Picture Glue

A very special low-viscosity glue for fixing paper to smooth, non-absorbent

surfaces and removing it later without leaving any residue or damaging

the paper. Fast initial adhesion makes it ideal for use in schools and kindergartens,

and in the home. Brush the adhesive approximately 1 cm wide

to the back of the paper on all sides and stick directly onto the background

surface. Clean brushes with water.

9 Can be removed without leaving any residue


9 For smooth, non-absorbent surfaces

20 - 30

ARTIDEE | ADHESIVES

Consumption: 80 - 100 g/m² | Density: 1,18 g/cm³ | Initial adhesion: 2-3

min | Full hardening: 30 - 60 min

Transparent Handicraft Glue



Consumption: 60 - 70 g/m² | Density: 1,0 g/cm³ | Initial adhesion: 2 min

Hardening time: 20 - 30 min

Aqueous Picture Glue



172

ARTIDEE | ADHESIVES | STUDENTS’ HANDICRAFT GLUE – CELLCOLL WALLPAPER GLUE

Universal Paper Adhesive

Special strong adhesive for sticking paper and cardboard boxes fast and

securely. Its rapid adhesive properties make it a popular glue in schools

and kindergartens, as well as for model making. Clean brushes with water.

Quickly Fast Drying Adhesive

When speed is of the essence, this adhesive is the perfect solution. It

sticks paper, cardboard, wood and many other materials together in just a

few seconds and is transparent when it has hardened. The ideal adhesive

for many handicraft activities.

9 Secure bonding


9 Bonds fast

20 - 30

9 Very fast initial adhesion

9 Suitable for most materials

9 Solvent-free

60


20 - 30 min

Universal Paper Adhesive



Consumption: 80 - 90 g/m² | Density: 1,06 g/cm³ | Initial adhesion: 1 min |

Final adhesion: 3-4 h

Quickly Fast Drying Adhesive


30 g Pen-bottle

77 836

6


Decoupage Adhesive

Special adhesive for sticking paper and napkins. Decoupage Adhesive is

ideal as a protective coating for paper handicrafts and for a variety of

absorbent surfaces. Clean brushes with water.

9 Smooth, uniform surface pattern


9 Easy to apply

9 Very economical

60

Cellcoll Wallpaper Glue

Cellcoll Wallpaper Glue is excellent for sticking together paper or cardboard,

and can be used on many different bases for design work, such as

collages, or for making papier mâché. Cellcoll Wallpaper Glue can also be

used as an additive when making paper.

9 Ideal for sticking paper and cardboard

9 For making papier mâché


90

Consumption: 75 - 85 g/m² | Density: 1,2 g/cm³ | Hardening time: 60 min

Decoupage Adhesive



Consumption: 70 - 80 g/m² | Swelling time: 10 - 20 min | Hardening time:

90 min | Dosage into paper pulp: 2 g per litre of water



100 g

77 945

6

250 g Doypack

77 946

400 g 8 77 947

ARTIDEE | ADHESIVES


173

Book Binder Glue

Bookbinding made easy! Transparent-drying glue, based on an old recipe,

for sticking paper and cardboard. Ideal for scrapbooking and for restoring

the spines of books. Can also be used as glitter glue for varnishing wax,

chalk and casein paints, and is suitable for laminating when diluted with

10% water.

Transparent Paper Glue

Perfect adhesion without irritating traces of glue. Transparent Paper Glue

makes it possible. Simply apply a thin layer to both the surfaces to be

bonded, leave briefly to harden and then press together firmly. Also ideal

for crepe paper, other paper-based materials and for making cards.

9 Fast adhesion

9 Non-yellowing

9 Viscoplastic


60

9 Transparent adhesive seam

9 Easy to use

9 Bonds fast

9 Short hardening time

30

Consumption: 65 - 75 g/m² | Hardening time: 60 min

Book Binder Glue


30 g Pen-bottle

77 825.98

6

mat

100 g Plastic bottle 77 827.98

250 g Plastic jar 3 77 828.98

30 g Pen-bottle

77 825.99

6

glossy

100 g Plastic bottle 77 827.99

250 g Plastic jar 3 77 828.99

Consumption: 45 - 55 g/m² | Density: 1 g/cm³ | Hardening time: 30 min

Transparent Paper Glue


50 g

77 711

Plastic bottle 6

100 g 77 712

Alabaster Glue

The Alabaster Glue dries clear and is also suitable for bonding many other

types of natural stone. Simply apply it to both broken pieces, press firmly

together, wipe off any excess, and it will be invisible and look as good

as new.


This special adhesive, which is transparent when it dries, is ideal for

sticking back pieces of soapstone that have broken off. Simply apply to

both of the pieces and press firmly together - there is already nothing to

be seen and it all looks like new.

9 Easy to use


9 Secure bonding

2 - 3 h

9 Easy to use


9 Secure bonding

2 - 3 h

ARTIDEE | ADHESIVES


Alabaster Glue



Consumption: 100 - 140 g/m² | Density: 1,03 g/cm³ | Hardening time: 2-3 h





174

ARTIDEE | ADHESIVES | BOOK BINDER GLUE – GLASS-MOSAIC-STONE-GLUE


Special transparent adhesive for sticking mosaic tiles onto mirrors, glass

plates or decorative glass. Paint the glass surface evenly with the adhesive

and leave to air dry for 10 minutes. Push the mosaic tiles into the

layer of adhesive and leave the finished mosaic to dry, or bake in the oven.

Also perfect for many other surfaces (including wood, metal, plaster).

Gemstone glue

Special adhesive for sticking gemstones or decorative objects made from

glass, metal, wood, leather and many kinds of plastic invisibly to textiles.

Press gemstones directly into the Gemstone Adhesive while it is still

slightly wet. Transparent when dry. Wash and iron inside out. Not suitable

for synthetic leather.

9 Bonds fast

9 Long processing time


80°C

30 min

or

9 Transparent

9 Fast adhesion

9 Washable up to 30° C

9 Solvent-free

24 h

3 - 4 h


3-4 h | Setting time in oven at 80 °C: 30 min



50 g

56 876

Plastic bottle 6

100 g 56 877

Consumption: 90 g/m² | Density: 1,01 g/cm³ | Hardening time:

approx 2 min | Hardening time: 24 h

Gemstone glue




Ideal for sticking mosaic tiles and many other materials to hard, non-absorbent

surfaces and even to vertical planes. Exceptionally well-suited for

scrapbooking. Apply with a spatula or brush and press on the mosaic tiles.


9 Fast adhesion

9 Ideal for vertical surfaces


9 Water-based

20 - 40


This special adhesive is crystal clear when it hardens, making it perfect

for sticking transparent mosaic tiles to glass, plastic and many other

surfaces. Paint a thin layer onto the surface to be glued, leave to air dry

for 10 minutes, then press the mosaic tiles firmly down. Ideal for vertical

surfaces.



9 Secure bonding

80°C

30 min

oder

6 - 8 h

Consumption: 140 g/m² | Processing time: 6 min | Initial bonding: 20 - 40

min | Hardening time: 4-12 h



50 g

56 861

Plastic bottle 6

100 g 56 862

GHS - 07 Overview on: PAGE 304


Setting time in oven at 80 °C: 30 min



50 g

56 857

Plastic bottle 6

100 g 56 858

ARTIDEE | ADHESIVES


175

Speedy Wood Glue

Speedy wood glue is the ideal aid for assembling small pieces of furniture,

toys and handicraft pieces, as well as for model building. This special

adhesive is characterised by its rapid adhesive properties, enabling you

to stick objects together securely and with absolute accuracy. Clean tools

with warm water.



9 Adhesion with precise accuracy

9 Water-based

50 - 80

Manger Glue

This universal paste adheres especially rapidly to allow secure, elastic

adhesion of almost any materials. Manger Glue has proved its worth particularly

when constructing Christmas cribs, dioramas, miniature models

and dolls’ houses, as it can be applied very precisely as well as over large

areas. This makes it easy to stick on tinsel, scatter moss, scatter flock, or

small decorative parts.


9 Transparent and elastic when hard

30

Consumption: 100 - 120 g/m² | Density: 1,06 g/cm³ | Initial adhesion:

1 min | Hardening time: 50 - 80 min

Speedy Wood Glue




30 min

Manger Glue



Wood Glue

This high-quality glue is ideal for sticking wood to wood, as well as for

many other materials. Its excellent flowing properties guarantee that the

parts to be bonded stick together evenly. This special wood glue is particularly

popular for handicraft lessons in schools.

Wood Glue - Point Adhesive

This special adhesive is perfect for fine, pinpoint gluing when building

models and cribs. The adhesive can be applied very precisely, allowing

you to stick even the smallest wooden or paper parts accurately. Clean

tools with water.

9 Solvent-free

9 Bonds fast

9 Tansparent when dry

45 - 150


9 Precise bonding


40 - 60

ARTIDEE | ADHESIVES


45 - 150 min

Wood Glue




40 - 60 min

Wood Glue - Point Adhesive



176

ARTIDEE | ADHESIVES | SPEEDY WOOD GLUE – ADHESIVE MAGNETIC VARNISH

Natural Latex Adhesive

Apply this natural-based adhesive milk with the brush or a spatula. It is ideal

for elastic bonding of textiles, felt, cardboard, wood and cork. To ensure

that the materials are permanently bonded together, apply Natural Latex

Adhesive to both bonding surfaces, leave to air dry for 20 minutes, then

press firmly together. Natural Latex Adhesive can be diluted with a maximum

of 5% distilled water.

9 Made from natural latex

9 Bonds fast

9 Elastic when hard

60

Universal Spray Adhesive

This professional, colourless spray adhesive forms an even adhesive coat

for fast, permanently durable adhesion. Perfect for sticking large surfaces.

Spray a thin, even coat of Universal Spray Adhesive onto clean, grease-free,

dry surfaces, place the piece to be glued onto the surface and press firmly.

Spray from a distance of 20 to 30 cm. Not suitable for foil, soft PVC, leather

or synthetic leather. Shake can before use, spray overhead after use to

prevent the nozzle clogging up.

9 Secure bonding



24 h

Air dry: 20 min | Consumption: 500 g/m² | Ready for wear after: 60 min

Natural Latex Adhesive



GHS - 02 | 07 Overview on: PAGE 304

Consumption: 60 - 70 g/m² | Density: 0,62 g/cm³ | Working time: < 1 h

Complete set: 24 h

Universal Spray Adhesive


200 ml Spray can 12 77 875

Styrofoam Adhesive

Fast adhering special glue for sticking polystyrene to polystyrene, paper,

cardboard or wood. Styrofoam Adhesive is also suitable for scattering

and gluing special effect materials onto polystyrene surfaces. Coat both

surfaces that are to be stuck together, leave to air dry for 15-20 minutes,

then press together firmly. Fully hardened and resistant after 2-3 hours.

Adhesive Magnetic Varnish

It is easy to stick light objects onto any smooth surface with this permanently

adhesive formula, and to remove them again without leaving

residues. You can repeat the process up to 100 times. Apply 1 or 2 thin

coats of Adhesive Magnetic Varnish with the brush.

9 Suitable for large surfaces

9 Easy to spread

9 Fast adhesion

9 Solvent-free

2 - 3 h


9 For all surfaces

9 Always removable

30

Consumption: 100 g/m² | Density: 1,06 g/cm³ | Hardening time: 2-3 h

Styrofoam Adhesive







ARTIDEE | ADHESIVES


177

Tightening Impregnation for Fabrics

The air-drying fabric impregnation stiffener is ideal for hardening fabric,

wool or other textile-like cloths. Individually designed objects treated with

Fabric Impregnation Stiffener dry out hard; they are, however, only suitable

for use as indoor decorations. Immerse the textile in fabric impregnation

stiffener, remove, and wring out lightly. Repeat the process. Then

shape as required or drape over a receptacle protected with cling film. You

can work on the object that has been created for up to 2 hours. The perfect

complement to mixed-media techniques. Tightening Impregnation for

Fabrics can be coloured with Universal Colour Concentrate (item 71 501).

Fabric Stiffener

This air-drying Fabric Stiffener provides shape and is perfect for hardening

fabrics, wool or other textiles. Fabric Stiffener is colourless and odourless,

and makes individually designed textiles extremely hard as well as permanently

waterproof and dishwasher proof up to 40°C. Immerse the textile in

Fabric Stiffener, remove, and wring out lightly. Repeat the process. Then

shape as required or drape over a receptacle protected with cling film. The

perfect complement to mixed-media techniques. Suitable for use outside.

Fabrics can be coloured with Universal Colour Concentrate (item 71501).



9 Colourable

8 - 10 h

9 Dishwasher safe up to 40°C

9 Weather-resistant

9 Colourable

6 - 8 h

ARTIDEE | ADHESIVES


Tightening Impregnation for Fabrics


250 ml

3 77 862

Plastic jar

1000 ml 1 77 864


Fabric Stiffener


500 ml

77 867

Plastic jar 3

1000 ml 77 868

178

ARTIDEE | ADHESIVES | TIGHTENING IMPREGNATION FOR FABRICS – SPONGE RUBBER GLUE

Easy Wash Glue

Washable craft glue for use with paper, cardboard, fabric, felt, leather,

wood and more. Ideal for school projects and creative activities. Dries

clear and leaves no visible residue. Not suitable for highly absorbent or

damp surfaces.

Feltglue

This special viscous adhesive is ideal for sticking felt to felt or felt to

other materials. Apply a thin layer to the bonding surface directly from

the practical nozzle or with a brush, then press the two surfaces firmly

together.

9 Versatile use

9 Water-based

9 Washable

45-120


9 Fast adhesion

9 Water-based

80 - 90

Consumption:100-120 g/m² | Density: 1,04 g/cm³ |

Hardening time: 45-150 min

Easy Wash Glue



Consumption: 80- 90 g/m² | Density: 1,03 g/cm³ | Hardening time: 80 - 90 min

Feltglue



Cloth and Textile Glue

Highly fluid fabric and textile adhesive that is easy to spread, for secure,

almost invisible bonding of many types of textile to textiles, felt, leather,

cork, wood or polystyrene.

Apply thinly to one surface, leave to soak in for a few second then press

the two surfaces firmly together. If the textiles are heavily absorbent, apply

to both surfaces. Wash inside out at 30°C.

9 Transparent – invisible on most textiles

9 Bonds fast – short hardening time

9 Solvent-free

3 h

Foam Rubber Glue

Apply a thin coat to the adhesive surface and allow to dry for 20 min. Then

press the adhesive surfaces together firmly. Foam Rubber Glue is transparent

when dry and remains permanently adhesive. Glued pieces can be

detached and reattached multiple times.

9 Water-based

9 Can be detached multiple times

20

with new

composition

Consumption: 110 g/m² | Density: 1,03 g/cm³ | Hardening time: 3 h

Cloth and Textile Glue


50 g

77 856

Plastic bottle 6

100 g 77 857


Foam Rubber Glue



ARTIDEE | ADHESIVES


179

❶

❷

❸

❹

ACCESSORIES

You can find the appropriate Metallic

Effect Foils to help you recreate this

beautiful silvered glass on PAGE 132.

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

❶ Apply 3D Decoliner liberally to the outside of a glass or case with

a brush. Fasten.

❷ Dab onto the adhesive surface with your finger to create an

irregular pattern. Leave to dry for approximately 20 minutes, until

the adhesive is completely transparent.

3D Decoliner

You can use this special glue to create exquisite three-dimensional

motifs, or large scale motifs, which can be finished off with effect film,

decorated with Diamond Dots, or onto which decorative confetti can be

stuck. Apply 3D Decoliner, leave to set, then add the decorative effect of

your choice – done!

❸ Work Metallic Effect Foil (item 77 895.01) onto the glass – the

shiny side of the foil should be outside.

❹ Pull off the foil with a jerk. Repeat on all the adhesive-covered

surfaces. Tip: finish off your glass with a border.

Metal Foil Glue




30

Special leaf adhesive for easy application and adhesion of metal leaf.

Apply a thin coat of Metal Foil Glue with a brush. After allowing the leaf

adhesive to evaporate, carefully place the metal leaf in position and

press on with a soft brush. If desired, paint over with a coat of Metal

Protective Zapon-Lacquer (item 70 086).

ARTIDEE | ADHESIVES


3 D Decoliner


30 g Pen-bottle

77 881

6






Metal Foil Glue


50 g

6 77 822

Plastic jar

250 g 3 77 823

30

180

ARTIDEE | ADHESIVES | 3D-DECOLINER – PORCELAIN-/ CERAMIC GLUE

Puzzle Glue Varnish

Puzzle Glue Varnish is perfect for sticking jigsaw pieces and diamond

paintings firmly together, and at the same time for creating an invisible

protective seal on the surface. Apply a thin coat evenly to the surface,

and work it carefully into the joints. In the case of large puzzles, we

recommend applying coats to both sides.

Wax Decor Glue „rapid“

Wax Decor Glue „rapid“ is the ideal medium for sticking wax decorations

easily and securely onto candles or wax plates. Paint the back of the decoration

with a thin coat of glue, allow to pre-dry, then press on. Soften

thicker wax decorations beforehand in warm water and fit to the curve of

the candle.


9 Invisible sealing

9 Secure bonding

60



9 Very economical

30


Puzzle Glue Varnish (transparent)








Concrete Adhesive is ideal for sticking together parts made from concrete,

cement, marble or stone. Dampen the two surfaces that are to be

stuck together with water, apply the special adhesive to both surfaces

and press firmly together.

9 Excellent bonding

9 Very economical

3 - 6 h

Porcelain-/ Ceramic Glue

Special adhesive for sticking decorative objects made from porcelain,

ceramics, ceramic casting compounds and other stone-type materials.

Moisten the sites of the break, apply a thin coat of adhesive to both sides

and press together firmly. Can be coloured with Colour Pigment Powder

(item 71511). Porcelain-/ Ceramic Glue is not weather-resistant.


9 Easy to use

9 Transparent adhesive seam

40 - 60

Material consumption: 125-140 g/m² | Density: 1,07 g/cm³ | Initial

adhesion after: 10 min | Hardening time: 3-6 h



30 g Pen-bottle

56 901

6


Material consumption: 140 g/m² | Initial bonding: 20 - 40 min


Porcelain-/ Ceramic Glue



ARTIDEE | ADHESIVES


181

Overview: Adhesives – Application

Wood

Leather

Textiles

Wax

56 861 Transparent Mosaic Glue

77 606 Natural Latex Adhesive

77 656 Speedy wood glue

77 686 Natural Eco-Friendly Glue

77 961 Gemstone glue

77 702 Transparent Handcraft Glue

77 741 Favourite Glue

77 795 All-Purpose Glue

77 836 Quickly Fast-Drying Adhesive

77 851 Feltglue

77 856 Cloth and Textile Glue

77 921 Wood glue - Point adhesive

77 956 Universal Handicraft Glue

77 977 Manger Glue

80 695 Wax Decor Glue „rapid“

Applications

Balsa wood

Tree bark

Tree discs

Felt

Veneer

ARTIDEE | ADHESIVES

Curtains

Rubber items

Hard wood

Wood with felt

Wood with plastics

Wood with cardboard

Wood with textiles

Wooden decor

Wooden lanterns

Wooden slats

Wooden frame

Cheese boxes

Cork surfaces

Nativity scene kit

Laser-cut models

Latex item

Leather item

Model-making components (wood)

Furniture parts (wood)

Chests (wooden boxes)

Sawn wooden parts

Wood chip boxes

Plywood models

Fabrics

Matchstick models

Carpetting

Textiles

Decorative wax

Bird houses

Wax parts

182

Glass

Cast stone

Metal

Mosaic

Polystyrene

56 827 Mosaic-Cement

56 852 White Mosaic Glue

56 857 Glass-Mosaic-Stone-Glue


56 876 Glue for synthetic tesserae

56 881 Transparent mosaic glue Rapido

56 896 Mineral Adhesive Powder

56 901 Concrete adhesive grey

77 662 Porcelain-/ Ceramic glue

77 696 Sponge rubber glue

77 716 Natural stone glue

77 822 Metal Foil Glue

77 841 Styrofoam adhesive


Flower pots

Floor panels

Diorama building

EPS rigid foam

Tiles

River gravel

Plaster mouldings

Cement castings

Plaster bandages

Plaster figures

Glazed mosaic stones

Glass mosaic

Tiles

Ceramic parts

Pebbles

Pebble figures

Plastics

Plastic mosaic stones

Landscape modelling

Bricks

Metal foils (impact metal)

Miniature stone houses

Model-making

Foam rubber

Mosaic on plaster surfaces

Mosaic on glass

Mosaic on wood

Mosaic on cardboard

Mosaic on plastic

Mosaic on walls

Mosaic on polystyrene

Mosaic panels

Mosaic stones

Natural stones

Porzellan

Reliefs

Raw ceramics

Precious stones and parts

Cairn

Polystyrene

Planters

Wall rosettes

ARTIDEE | ADHESIVES


183

Paper

materials

gram


77 652 Universal Paper Adhesive

77 681 Kids’ Ecological Glue



77 711 Transparent paper glue


77 754 Aqueous Picture Glue

77 776 Decoupage Adhesive


77 812 Puzzle Glue Varnish

77 825 Book Binder Glue

77 833 Adhesive Magnetic Varnish


77 851 Feltglue

77 875 Universal spray adhesive

77 941 Students’ Handicraft Glue

77 945 Cellcoll Wallpaper Glue



77 977 Manger Glue

Backing paper (Tetrapack) 280

File cover board 220

Aluminium composite foil 135

Architects' paper 80/115

watercolour paper 65

Banana paper 35

Craft foil 50

Tissue 12

Beer box 600

Art paper 90-400

Biplast plastic cardboard 385

Tissue paper 20

Bristol board 246-924

Bookbinding board 1000-3000

Bookbinding film 80

Hand-made paper 100

Hand-made cardboard 340

Coloured paper 80-100

Canvas 330

Cellophane 24-60

Chromolux cardboard 250

Decoupage paper 20

Display card 1400

Kite paper 42

ARTIDEE | ADHESIVES

Duplex board/cardboard 600

Carbon paper 40

Elephant hide paper 130

Origami paper 70

Fibre paper 110-375

Fine cardboard 250

Filter paper 60

Felt-/Velour paper 260

Weaving paper / Advent stars 80

Photo card / Grey cardboard 300

Gift paper 65

Glossy paper (rubberised) 80

Partitioned box 300

Gridded paper / cardboard 80-120

Grey cardboard 1200-3000

High-gloss paper 120

Holgram foil 2

Holgram card 230

Sanitary paper 40

Japanese lantern paper 48

Japan Rice paper 25

Cardboard 220-300

Ribbed cardboard 220

Kraft paper 150

184

Paper

materials

gram

56 861 Transparent Mosaic Adhesive














77 851 Feltglue






77 977 Manger Glue

Sack kraft paper 70 - 90

Creative board (metallic) 200

Crepe paper 32 / 80

Crepe paper (metallic) 60 / 80

Laser-cut cardboard 1230 / 1845

Lantern paper 42

Lantern card 150

Leather paper 250

Linen cardboard 270

Metal paper 80

Coloured metal card 300

Mineral paper 110 - 250

Model-making cardboard 260

Museum board 300

Soda kraft paper 75

Natural paper 100

Natural cardboard 250

Offset printing paper 80 - 120

Origami paper (Flyers) 65

Soda packaging paper 100 - 150

Mosaic paper 70

Mosaic paper (metallic) 80

Ribbed paper 110

Paper fleece 60 - 80

Cardboard pieces 200 - 300

Papyrus 60 - 100

Mounting board 300

Parchment 90

Glassine 42

Poster board 380

Plotter card 400

Poetry pictures

Stamping foils 200

Pressboard (scrap paper) 575

Jigsaw puzzle 800

Playing card cardboard 250 - 350

Recycled paper (scrap paper) 80

Rice paper 250

Stencil cardboard 110

Silhouette paper 80

School cones / Photo card 300

Tissue paper 20

Napkin paper 25

Mirrored cardboard 240

Straw paper 130

Straw silk 25

Structure design / Cardboard 250

Synthetic paper 77

ARTIDEE | ADHESIVES


185

Paper

materials

gram

56 861 Transparent Mosaic Adhesive














77 851 Feltglue






77 977 Manger Glue

Tabulation paper 60

Wallpapers 120 / 150 / 250

Tissue paper 25

Toilet paper 150

Coloured cardboard 220

Coloured paper 130 / 160

Transparent paper 42 / 115

Velour paper 260

Carboard reinforcement 600 / 1200

Honeycomb paper 131

Corrugated cardboard 275

3D corrugated cardboard 480

Metallic corrugated cardboard 600

Drawing board / Photo board 120

Newsprint paper 50

Pulp / Cellulose 150

Cigarette paper 10

Differentiating Adhesives

ARTIDEE | ADHESIVES

ADHESIVES

bond materials by means of surface adhesion and their inner strength. Adhesives contain natural materials or

synthetic resins for bonding. With physically-drying adhesives, the adhesive is dissolved in an organic solvent or

in water. With chemically-curing adhesives, components are mixed (usually two, but several is also possible), to

cause a reaction that results in setting. There are also radiation-curing adhesives which cure on exposure to light

(UV or visible) or electron beams (only for industrial use).

PASTES

are adhesives in the form of products that swell in water which are made from starch and/or organic cellulose

derivatives. They are composed of from 2 to 20% renewable raw materials and 80 to 90% water. Pastes set physically

with the evaporation of the water. They are cold curing, usually come in powder form, and are easy to use.

GLUES

originally referred to adhesives based on animal proteins (hide glue, bone glue, rabbit-skin glue etc.).

In accordance with DIM 16921, glues are nowadays generally understood to be an aqueous solution of adhesives

used to join materials together. This may encompass animal, vegetable or synthetic-based materials dissolved in

water.

186

Cleanser

Graffiti Remover

Graffiti Remover dissolves and removes dried paint and varnish from

glass, metal, ceramics and tiles. Apply sufficient Graffiti Remover to a

cloth and rub the contaminated surface (use protective gloves). Repeat

the process if necessary.

9 Removes dried paint contamination















*1 GHS - 02 | 07 / *2 GHS - 07 Overview on: PAGE 304

Density: 0,91 g/cm³ | Colour: transparent

Graffiti Remover


500 ml * 1 Plastic bottle 3 75 672







Rub Brush Cleaning Balsam into the dirty brush then leave for 12 hours to

soak. Rinse out the brush thoroughly with plenty of warm water.

9 Optimum cleaning without solvents

9 Also for dried-up paint Easy to use

9 Keeps brushes soft

9 Reusable


Density: 1,02 g/cm³ | pH value: 10,5 | Application time: 12 h



50 ml

6 76 611

Plastic jar

250 ml 3 76 613

12 h

treated with the


untreated,

dirty brush

ARTIDEE | CLEANING SUPPLIES

187

Stamp Cleaner


brush or a cloth, then rinse with warm water. Ideal for all types of stamps.


9 Made from renewable resources

9 Very economical



Stamp Cleaner




Ideal for cleaning dirty brushes, tools and hands. It also effortlessly removes

residues left by sticky labels. Moisten dirty surfaces with Brush

Cleaner, rub out the dirt and then rinse off with water and a little washingup

liquid. Brush cleaner based on esters and grain alcohol: renewable

sources – not hazardous to water – environmentally friendly.


Brushes and tools contaminated with oil paints are no problem for this

special brush cleaner. Immerse the bristles of the brush in the cleaner.

Leave to soak for 10 – 20 minutes to allow the cleaner to penetrate

between the bristles. Rinse out with plenty of warm water. Repeat if

necessary.

ARTIDEE | CLEANING SUPPLIES


9 Ideal for removing adhesive residue

9 Environmentally friendly

9 For all Colours (wet)

Density: 1,08 g/cm³ | Colour: yellowish



100 ml

6 75 686

Plastic bottle

250 ml 3 75 687


9 Ready to use

9 Reusable

9 Only for oil paints

Application time: 10 - 20 min




10 - 20

188

ARTIDEE | CLEANING SUPPLIES | BIOLOGICAL BRUSH CLEANER – BRUSH CLEANER FOR OIL PAINTS

ENCAUSTIC

ARTIDEE | ENCAUSTIC


189

Creative Worlds of Images with

ENCAUSTIC

Another good piece of evidence demonstrating how

well tradition and modernity fit together. A painting

technique that has been around for many centuries,

combined with modern technical tools, accessories

and encaustic wax blocks which have been tested

by experienced users, can conjure up unique image

effects in practically no time.

ARTIDEE | ENCAUSTIC

190

Encaustic Colour Blocks

Encaustic Colour Blocks consist of a high-quality beeswax mix and have

been specially developed for encaustic (hot wax) painting. You can have

loads of fun creating unique, imaginative works of art from simple encaustic

colouring pads with the Encaustic Painting Iron (item 81 618) or the Encaustic

Painting Pen (item 81 601).

9 With real beeswax

9 UV-stabilized - lightfast



62 - 66 °C


Who doesn’t love trendy bright neon colours? Not only do they look great

when they are combined with darker colours, they also form unique gradients

in colour which are bound to have all eyes on them.

9 With real beeswax




62 - 66 °C

Format: 45 x 25 x 10 mm | Melting point: 62 - 66 °C

Encaustic Colour Block SS-Set


neon pink

81 634.15

neon green

10-12 g

81 634.38

Pigmentdependent

PP-Foil 6

neon yellow 81 634.44

neon orange 81 634.64

Enkaustic Colour Metallic

The high-quality Encaustic Colour Metallic are, of course, also available

in the popular metallic colours. Give your works of art a metallic lustre.

9 With real beeswax





62 - 66 °C

Enkaustic Colour Metallic SS-Set


Encaustic Colour Block SS-Set


pink

81 633.01

pastel cream 81 633.03

true red 81 633.08

dark red 81 633.09

violet 81 633.13


purple 81 633.17


cobalt blue 81 633.21

ultramarine blue 81 633.22


gentian blue 81 633.26

pastel mint 81 633.30

turquoise 81 633.31

dark green

10-12 g

81 633.35

Pigmentdependent

PP-Foil 6

may green 81 633.39

olive 81 633.42

lemon yellow 81 633.45

golden yellow 81 633.48

ochre 81 633.50

medium brown 81 633.51

maroon 81 633.52

red-brown 81 633.56

venetian red 81 633.58

pastel apricot 81 633.62

orange 81 633.63

white 81 633.68

medium grey 81 633.74

black 81 633.78

colourless 81 633.99


lava red

81 631.10

silver

10-12 g

81 631.81

Pigmentdependent

gold PP-Foil 6 81 631.84

copper 81 631.87

4 colours in the set à 10-12 g 81 632

ARTIDEE | ENCAUSTIC


191

Encaustic Set of Colours (14 piece)

There should always be a large selection of colours available, to ensure that you can colour the encaustic pictures you have designed yourself effectively. The

colours in these sets harmonise perfectly with each other, and they can also easily be mixed together.

9 Great beginner set

9 Wide range of colours

ARTIST

NATURAL

FANTASY

62 - 66 °C

Pack Contains

„Artist“

dark red, purple, ultramarine blue, gentian blue, dark green, may green,

lemon yellow, medium brown, orange, white, medium grey, black, silver,

gold

„Natural“

pink, true red, violet, cobalt blue, gentian blue, dark green, may green,

lemon yellow, golden yellow, ochre, maroon, venetian red, orange, white

„Fantasy“

true red, violet, purple, light blue, gentian blue, turquoise, may green, olive,

lemon yellow, red brown, black, silver, gold, copper

Encaustic Set of Colours SS-Set

Type Packaging / Content PU Item

Artist

81 620.01

14 pcs in PP-Foil

Natural 3

81 620.02

10 - 12 g per block

Fantasy 81 620.03

Encaustic Set of Colours (6 piece)

The encaustic paints form the centrepiece of this remarkable technique. From soft pastels, classy natural shades and essential basic colours to shimmering

metallic shades, there is something for every taste.


9 Easy to use

PASTELL

BASIC NATURAL METALLIC

62 - 66 °C

ARTIDEE | ENCAUSTIC

Pack Contains

„Pastell“

pink, pastel cream, pastel lilac, light blue, pastel mint, pastel apricot

„Natural“

true red, light blue, may green, golden yellow, ochre, medium brown

„Basic“

dark red, ultramarine blue, dark green, lemon yellow, white, black

„Metallic“

dark red, cobalt blue, dark green, silver, gold, copper

Encaustic Set of Colours SS-Set

Type Packaging / Content PU Item

Pastell

81 623.01

Basic 6 pcs in PP-Foil

81 623.02

6

Natural 10 - 12 g per block

81 623.03

Metallic 81 623.05

192

ARTIDEE | ENCAUSTIC | ENCAUSTIC SET OF COLOURS – ENCAUSTIC COLOUR BLOCKS


It might be said that you are spoilt for choice. We make the decision easier for you with our popular encaustic paint sets in block form, in which we have

combined the most popular colours. The wax flows exceptionally well and fulfils even the highest demands posed by any artist.

9 With real beeswax




STANDARD COLOURS

NATURAL COLOURS

PASTEL AND

MIXED COLOURS

62 - 66 °C

Pack Contains

„Standard colours“

real red, lemon yellow, violet, medium brown, cobalt blue, venetian red,

ultramarine blue, dark green, black, colourless

„Natural colours“

dark red, golden yellow, purple, red brown, gentian blue, orange,

turquoise, white, olive, medium grey

„Pastel and mixed colours“

pink, pastel mint, pastel cream, may green, pastel lilac, ochre, pastel blue,

maroon, light blue, pastelapricot

Encaustic Colour Blocks SS-Set


Standard colours

10-12 g

81 638

Natural colours Pigmentdependent

10 piece in PP-Foil 3

81 639

Pastel and mixed colours 81

640

ARTIDEE | ENCAUSTIC


193

Encaustic Set

This practical pack contains the complete accessories to create your own

first encaustic images. The step-by-step introduction and familiarization

with all important basic techniques is explained in detail and vividly in the

enclosed instruction book.


9 Great gift idea

9 Complete set

Encaustic Student Pack

Experience this classic painting technique with melted wax in a new way.

The comprehensive step-by-step instructions introduce you to the versatile

encaustic painting technique, so that little by little you can create

fantastic works of art.

9 Complete set



ARTIDEE | ENCAUSTIC

Pack Contains

Encaustic Painting

Iron

1 x 230 V

Encaustic card

10 x A 5

Encaustic Blocks: red, dk. red,

violet, med. blue, gentian blue,

turquoise, dk. green, golden

yellow, med. brown, orange, gold,

colourless

Encaustic card

10 x A 6


Encaustic Set

Encaustic card

20 x A 7

1 x Encaustic

Scraping Knife

Encaustic

book

Plug Packaging PU Item

Euro Cardboard box 1 81 600

Pack Contains

Encaustic Painting

Iron

1 x 230 V

Encaustic card

5 x A 5

Encaustic Blocks: true red,

cobalt blue, may green,

golden yellow, white, black

Encaustic card

10 x A 6


Encaustic Student Pack

Encaustic card

10 x A 7

1 x Encaustic

Scraping Knife

Encaustic

brochure


Starter Set Cardboard box 1 81 603

194

ARTIDEE | ENCAUSTIC | ENCAUSTIC SET – ENCAUSTIC-PAINT CARDBOARD

❶

❷

❸

❹

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

Encaustic Painting Iron NEU

The painting iron contains a temperature control which is regulated by a

highly sensitive thermostat so that the metal painting plate maintains the

set temperature even under changing loads. The handle is easy to remove

and can be pushed into the side of the device so that the painting iron

becomes a practical, heated painting plate. The rubber coating on the

handle prevents it from slipping. Cleaning is done by simply wiping with

a paper towel.

9 Multifunctional

9 Easy to clean

9 Easy to use

❶ Heat the painting iron and melt the Encaustic Paint on the metal

surface.

❷ Iron the base layer onto the Encaustic Paper

❸ Use different painting techniques

❹ Draw fine lines with the tip of the painting iron.

Encaustic Paint Cardboard

Painting with hot wax requires a special high-quality Encaustic-cardboard,

on which the hot liquid wax will stick well but will not be soaking

through. This paint-cardboard is additionally prepared with a wafer-thin

layer of casein to provide not only the hobbyist but also the demanding,

sophisticated professional with the optimum of painting-base for his

Encaustic paintings.

9 Excellent adhesion

9 Optimal painting basis

9 For uniform paint application

Connection value: 230 V – 50 Hz | Recording power: max. 200 W | Heat-up

time: ca. 1 min | Working temperature: max. 160°C | Temperature regulation:

120°C - 160°C stepless | Manufacturer warranty: 24 Months

Encaustic Painting Iron


Euro

81 618

230 V / 240 W Cardboard box 3

Swiss 81 618.01

Encaustic Paint Cardboard SS-Set


24 x A7 / 6 x A6 30

81 650

6

A6 24 81 651

A5 12 PP-Foil

81 653

6

12 81 655

A4

50 3 81 656

ARTIDEE | ENCAUSTIC


195

2 mm

Enkaustic-Sponge

You can use this special large-pored sponge to create the effects of perfect

shade and light on your encaustic work of art. It is easy to conjure up trees,

flowers or landscapes by dotting and smudging the still liquid wax.

Encaustic Scraping Knife

The Encaustic Scraping Knife with ground edges enables the partial removal

of applied layers of wax in different line widths. The scraped-off

wax creates lines, surfaces, paths or rivers.

9 Reusable

9 Handly size

9 Light and dark effects

3 mm

81 616

2 mm

10 mm

81 617

Enkaustic-Sponge SS-Set


45 x 25 x 25 mm 2 pcs in PP bag 6 81 604

Encaustic Scraping Knife


I fine

81 616

PP-Foil 6

II wide 81 617


Encaustic Varnish Coating safely protects the delicate surfaces of encaustic

pictures and decorations against wear and tear, scrapes and dirt. This prolongs

the life of your work of art and enhances the unique 3 D effect of this

special painting technique.

9 Water-repellent seal

9 Lasting protection

9 Non-yellowing

40 - 60


The transparent natural shellac is used for painting furniture, picture

frames and toys. It is also very suitable for restoring furniture. Due to its

natural composition, shellac is ideal for sealing self-created encaustic images,

which thus receive important abrasion protection and are protected

from contamination.

9 Dirt-resistant

9 Dries fast

9 Very economical

15

ARTIDEE | ENCAUSTIC




satin mat

81 641.98

50 ml Plastic jar 6

glossy 81 641.99



Full hardening: 12 h




196

ARTIDEE | ENCAUSTIC | ENCAUSTIC-SPONGE – ENCAUSTIC PAINTING-PEN

Encaustic Painting-Pen

Practical, ready to use, electrically heated pen for Encaustic-paintings.

9 For detailed

Picture drawings

Pack Contains

1 x Encaustic-

Painting-Pen

1 x Paint pen

pointed

1 x Pen-tray 1 x Instructions for use

1 x Encautic-

Paint-brush

Power: 230 V / 5 watts with connecting cable 140 cm long

Encaustic Painting-Pen


Euro

81 601

Blister 3

Swiss 81 601.01

ARTIDEE | ENCAUSTIC


197

Encaustic Drawing Pen Tip

There is a fine slit in the tip of the drawing pen through which the liquid

encaustic wax, with which the pen has previously been filled, flows onto

the chosen painting surface. This practical accessory offers you the perfect

way to add lettering and other fine details to encaustic pictures you have

created.

9 For extra fine lines

9 Reusable

9 Easy to use

Encaustic Hotbrush

The hot painting brush is made of small wires, tied together as the bristles

of a brush would be, which distribute heat extremely well. It is ideal for

applying small amounts of encaustic paint for drawing broad lines, leaves,

cloud effects, and much more.

9 Easy to use

9 Reusable

9 High-quality workmanship

Encaustic Drawing Pen Tip SS-Set


fine 35 mm long PP-Foil 6 81 607

Encaustic Hotbrush SS-Set


41 mm PP-Foil 6 81 605

Encaustic Cautery

Small painting tools for painting with hot wax. The cauteries are pushed

into the encaustic painting pen and they automatically heat up, making it

possible to create unique encaustic pieces.


9 Easy to use

9 Easy to clean

ARTIDEE | ENCAUSTIC

81 611

round

81 612

drop small

81 613

drop big

Encaustic Cautery SS-Set


round

24 mm Ø

81 611

drop-shaped small 13 x 36 mm 81 612

PP-Foil 6

drop-shaped big 20 x 36 mm 81 613

Set: Square, round, drop-shaped 81 614

198

WAX TECHNIQUES

ARTIDEE | WAX TECHNIQUES


199

Conjure up a Unique Atmosphere with

WAX AND CANDLES

Wax is a material that has always fascinated people.

Our range includes a multitude of tried and tested wax materials,

wax colour pigments, special wicks and selected candle

moulds. And you can, of course, find many accessories such

as scented oils, candle varnishes and glues, Wax Designers,

and wax melting pots for both beginners and professionals.

Even today, candle moulding and designing is still a popular

hobby. Try it out for yourself with our basic Candle Moulding

Set. It will be worth it!


200

Candle Paraffin

Candle Paraffin is the ideal foundation for moulding candles, and it is easy

to use and to remove from the mould. The high-quality wax, which is milky

and transparent in appearance, is ideal for all standard moulds, and can

be coloured as desired with Wax Colour Pigment (item 80 076). Once it

has hardened, Candle Paraffin is softer and more elastic than other waxes,

making it particularly good for artistic wax carvings.

Composition Wax

Create your own pleasantly scented, radiant, feel-good candles. The

special ready-to-use wax mixture, comprising paraffin and stearin, provides

excellent results when drawing and moulding candles. The one-off

candles you make yourself from Composition Wax are notable for their

long burning time and wonderfully bright flame. Composition Wax is one

of the most used and most popular candle wax blends in the hobby and

art field.

9 Suitable for wax carvings

9 Ready to use

9 Colourable

56-60°C

9 Long burning time

9 Ready to use

9 Colourable

58-65°C

Density: 0,92 g/cm³ (at 20°C) | Melting temperature: 56-60°C | Processing

temperature: 74-80°C | Hardening time: 1-4 h (depending on size)

Candle Paraffin


1000 g Bag 5 80 052

Granule


(white)

25 kg Sack 1 80 054

You can find Candle Dipping Wax on PAGE 216

and Beeswax on PAGE 221

Density: 0,92 g/cm³ | Melting temperature: 58-65 °C | Processing

temperature: 74-80 °C | Hardening time: 1-4 h (depending on size)

Composition Wax


1000 g Bag 5 80 036

Granule


(white)

20 kg Sack 1 80 038

Candle Stearin

Microwave Candle Casting Wax

Candles with a subtle crystalline pattern add a sparkle to every festively

decorated table and are perfect for any occasion. A stearin candle is

whiter and harder than a conventional candle, and burns for longer.

9 Long burning time

9 Can be used neat or mixed with other products

9 Sparkling crystal effect

Density: 0,92 g/cm³ (at 20°C) | Melting temperature: 52-57°C

Doasge into paraffin: 10-30% | Appearance: semolina-shaped

Candle Stearin


semolina-shaped

(white)

1000 g Bag 5 80 043

20 kg Sack 1 80 044

52-57°C

This special mixture, made from high-quality waxes, is easy to melt in

the microwave. By adding a little Candle Fragrance Oil and Wax Colour

Pigment you can create individual candles that bathe any home in warm

light.

9 Easy to use

9 Ready to use

9 Colourable

Density: 0,89 g/cm³ (bei 20°C) | Melting temperature: 70-72 °C

Melting time: 7-10 min (at 600 W)

Microwave Candle Casting Wax



70-72 °C



201

Wax Colour Pigments

One wax pigment is sufficient to colour around 1500 g of wax, depending

on the wax mixture and the desired intensity. Add the wax pigment to the

melted wax, let it melt, and mix in well with the liquid wax.

9 Highly pigmented

9 Easy to use

9 Very economical

Wax Pigment Concentrate

High-quality wax pigment for candle-making. Add to melted wax for colour.

1 g serves to dye approx. 1000 g wax.

9 High level of colour intensity

9 Very economical


Wax Colour Pigments SS-Set


pink

80 076.05


dark red 80 076.10

violet 80 076.14

purple 80 076.17

blue 80 076.25

12 g PP-Foil 6

turquoise 80 076.31

green 80 076.34

lemon 80 076.45

orange 80 076.63

white 80 076.68

black 80 076.78

Melting temperature: 60°C

Wax Pigment Concentrate


medium red

80 080.08

dark red 80 080.10

violet 80 080.14

purple 80 080.17

dark blue 80 080.23


20 g Plastic jar 6

springtimegreen 80 080.39


corn-yellow 80 080.47

orange 80 080.63

white 80 080.68

black 80 080.78

Wax Colour Pigments Set


COLOURING CANDLE WAX

Wax Colour Pigments (item 80 076 et seq) are

composed of finely ground pigments which are

evenly distributed into melted wax compounds.

When candles are dipped, a silky-matt wax cover

is formed. The Concentrate (item 80 080 et seq),

on the other hand, is composed of fat-soluble

dyestuffs, and is a favourite for dying the candle

compound.

This set contains five popular colours for colouring melted candle wax.

9 Highly pigmented

9 Easy to use

9 Very economical

Wax Colour Pigments Set SS-Set


turquoise / blue /

red / lemon / white

ca. 10 g PP-Foil 6 80 078

202

ARTIDEE | WAX TECHNIQUES | WAX COLOUR PIGMENTS – CANDLE FRAGRANCE OIL

Candle Fragrance Oil

Emphasise the soothing effect of your homemade candle with your favourite scent. These Candle Fragrance Oils were specially created for scenting candle

wax, but they can also be used in scented oil lamps, allowing you to give your room a pleasant atmosphere.

9 Pleasant natural fragrance

9 Suitable for all types of wax

9 Very economical

Addition

1-2%

80 411.01

Lavender

80 411.04

Vanilla

80 411.05

Apple-Cinnamon

80 411.06

Rose

80 411.09

Lemongrass

80 411.11

Orange-Cinnamon

(Christmas scent)

80 411.13

Country

80 411.16

Syringa

vulgaris

80 411.17

Black Smoke

80 411.22

Tea time

80 411.23

Wild berry

* 1 GHS - 07 / * 2 GHS - 07 | 09 / * 3 GHS - 02 | 07 | 09 / * 4 GHS - 02 | 07 | 08 | 09 / * 5 GHS - 07 | 08 Overview on: PAGE 304

Candle Fragrance Oil SS-Set

Fragrance Content Packaging PU Item

Lavender* 2

80 411.01

Vanilla* 2 80 411.04

Apple-Cinnamon* 2 80 411.05

Rose* 2 80 411.06

Lemongrass* 1 80 411.09

Orange-Cinnamon* 4 Glass bottle with

80 411.11

10 ml

6

Country* 2 Drip insert

80 411.13

Syringa vulgaris* 1 80 411.16

Black Smoke* 2 80 411.17

Tea Time* 5 80 411.22

Wild berry* 2 80 411.23

Oriental* 5 80 411.24

80 411.24

Oriental



203

THE RIGHT CHOICE OF CANDLE WICK

Choosing the appropriate thickness of wick for

the diameter of the candle is important when

burning the candle. A wick that is too thin for

a thick candle will create a hollow when it

burns, and the candle flame will be small and

burn poorly. A thick wick in a thin candle will

burn slowly, causing the candle to emit soot

and smoke.

Round Wick for Candles

The high-quality 100% cotton round wicks are suitable for any wax, including

beeswax, rapeseed wax and soy wax. A round wick is made up of

many cotton fibres which are woven together and which soak up the liquid

wax and transport it to the tip of the wick. Round wicks always run in one

direction, and for this reason we have marked the tip of the wick in red.

9 Pure cotton fibres


9 Can be shortened as desired

Flat Candle Wicks

The flat wick is the most popular choice for candle making, as it can be

used in either direction, making it easy for both beginners and children to

work with. It is made up of three plaited strands with a specific number

of threads – thus a 3x9 flat wick has a total of 27 threads. Flat wicks are

generally suitable for all types of wax and produce outstanding results

when both moulding and dipping candles.

9 High-quality bidirectional candle wick

9 Ideal for moulded and dipped candles


9 100 % Cotton


Round Wick for Candles SS-Set

Type / Ø Content for Candles- Ø Packaging PU Item

03 (1,0 mm)

10 - 25 mm

80 265.03

05 (1,5 mm) 20 - 40 mm 80 265.05

07 (2,0 mm) 30 - 50 mm 80 265.07

3 m

09 (2,5 mm) 40 - 60 mm PP-Foil 6 80 265.09

11 (3,0 mm) 60 - 80 mm 80 265.11

14 (4,0 mm) 80 - 100 mm 80 265.14

05 / 09 / 11 each 1 m 80 265.90

05 (1,5 mm)

20 - 40 mm

80 275

09 (2,5 mm) 50 m 40 - 60 mm Coil 1 80 279

11 (3,0 mm) 60 - 80 mm 80 281

Flat Candle Wicks SS-Set

Type Content for Candles - Ø Packaging PU Item

3 x 14 5 m ≤ 45 mm

80 344

3 x 8

≤ 15 mm 80 346

PP-Foil 3

3 x 10 100 m ≤ 25 mm 80 347

3 x 12 ≤ 35 mm 80 348

204

ARTIDEE | WAX TECHNIQUES | ROUND WICK FOR CANDLES – CANDLE WICK WAXED

Tea Candle Wick, waxed with foot

These tea light wicks burn extremely well. Because of their waxed surface,

the wick combines with the selected candle wax, which makes them

burn exceptionally well.

9 Easy to use

9 With practical base


9 Suitable for Candle Gel (PAGE 224)

Candle Wick, waxed

The versatile waxed cotton flat wicks are indispensable when making your

own candles. The particular way in which they are woven means they have

no direction, and that it is easy to cut them to the required length.

9 Reduced soot formation

9 Candle wick without running direction


Candle Wick, waxed SS-Set

Tea Candle Wick, waxed with foot SS-Set


15 Pcs. 25 mm

80 260

12 Pcs. 40 mm 80 261

10 Pcs. 80 mm 80 262

PP-Foil 6

8 Pcs. 120 mm 80 263

6 Pcs. 180 mm 80 264

per Set 4 Pcs. 40 / 80 / 120 mm 80 264.90

Content / Type Size Packaging PU Item

24 Pcs. for

floating candles

50 mm

80 253

16 Pcs. 90 mm 80 253.90

12 Pcs. 120 mm 80 254

10 Pcs. 150 mm PP-Foil 6 80 255

8 Pcs. 180 mm 80 256

6 Pcs. 200 mm 80 257

1 Pcs. 900 mm 80 259

per Set 4 Pcs. 120 / 150 / 180 mm 80 259.90

Candle Wick Holder

The high-quality metal wick holder is suitable for many types of wick,

holds the candle wick upright to the very end, and thus ensures that your

homemade candles burn longer.

9 Easy to use

9 Ideal wick support

Candle Wick Holder SS-Set


24 Pcs. PP-Foil 6 80 252



205

Mould for Candle Casting

These sturdy, hard paper, round candle moulds make designing individual

pillar and round candles into child’s play. Because of the heat-resistant foil

the wax does not stick to the paper, removing the candle from the mould

is easy, and the mould can be used multiple times – making this popular

hobby really fun.

Pack Contains

Round cardboard candle shape with wick, foil and instructions.

Mould for Candle Casting

Size PU Item

70 mm Ø - 225 mm high + Wick 80 885


206

ARTIDEE | WAX TECHNIQUES | MOULD FOR CANDLE CASTING – CANDLE MOULDING SET, BASIC

❶

❷

❸

❹

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

Candle Moulding Set, basic

The reusable round candle mould is the ideal tool for both new and experienced

fans of candle making. This practical set contains everything

you need to get started immediately, making this popular hobby truly fun.

9 Complete set


9 Easy to use

❶ Melt Composition Wax in a water bath or in the Wax Melting Pot

(item 80 985) and colour with the Wax Pigment of your choice.

❷ Prepare the round candle mould according to the instructions.

Pour the melted wax through the pouring hole to up to 5 mm below

the upper edge of the round mould.

❸ Once it has cooled completely, undo the knot in the wick.

❹ Remove the base of the mould and the wick holder, and slide the

candle, with the foil, out of the mould. Remove the foil. Trim the

red end of the wick to 1 cm.

Pack Contains

Composition Wax

1 x 1000 g

1 x Round Wick 09

3 m (40-60mm Ø)

Mould for Candle

Casting 1 x 60 mm Ø

Technical data see individual products

Candle Moulding Set, basic

Wax Colour Pigment

turquoise / blue / red /

lemon / white

1 x Toothpick Instructions

Packaging PU Item

Cardboard box 3 80 840



207

dark red

80 101.12

dark blue

80 101.21

medium blue

80 101.23

lemon yellow

80 101.45

white

80 101.69

black

80 101.78

antique silver

80 113.81

antique gold

80 113.84

CUSTOMISED DECORATIVE WAX SETS

Would you like a different combination of colours?

We would be happy to create an individual set for

you in the colours and sizes of your choice!

Other colours upon request, as well as patterned

decorative wax sheets. Our sales team will be

happy to help you.

milky-clear

80 114.01

silver glossy

80 121.81

gold glossy

80 121.84

Decorative Wax Film


You can design your candles exactly the way you want them with this super-popular range of Decorative Wax Films. The Decorative Wax Films are wafer thin

and elastic, can be kneaded and modelled, and stick to candles without the need for any extra adhesive. Simply warm them in your hands and press them on.

You can cut or stamp out any motif you want from the easy-to-handle, colourful Decorative Wax Films. Because they are so easy to use, modelling is simple

and problem-free, making them ideal for kindergartens, schools, and leisure and therapy facilities.


9 Popular with children

9 Self-adhesive

Decorative Wax Film „Basic colours“ SS-Set


220 x 80/35 mm 10 Pcs. PP-Foil 6 80 131

Decorative Wax Film „Fashion colours“ SS-Set


170 x 80 mm 12 Pcs. PP-Foil 6 80 134

208

ARTIDEE | WAX TECHNIQUES | WAX FILM – WACHSDEKORKLEBER "RAPID"

Deco-Wax Strips assortment

We have put together the most popular Decorative Wax Strips in this set

to give your homemade candles a festive look.

9 Decorative selection

9 Easy to use

9 Self-adhesive

silver

80 158.81

gold

80 158.84

Deco-Wax Strips assortment SS-Set


silver

80 158.81

220 mm 12 Pcs. PP-Foil 6

gold 80 158.84


Wax Decor Glue „rapid“ is the ideal medium for sticking wax decorations

easily and securely onto candles or wax plates. Paint the back of

the decoration with a thin coat of glue, allow to pre-dry, then press on.

Soften thicker wax decorations beforehand in warm water and fit to the

curve of the candle.



9 Very economical





30



209

FINISHING TECHNIQUES FOR CANDLES

DECORATE CANDLES WITH CONTOURS

❶ Place the special reusable foil on the template and paint the motif

on with Soap and Candle Contour Liner. Please apply lettering as a

mirror image.

❷ Allow to dry, then push into the sturdy round cardboard candle

mould.

❸ Attach the filling aid and affix the wick.

Soap and Candle

Contour Liner

❹ Melt your chosen wax according to the instructions and pour into

the mould.

to the Product

PAGE 214

❶

❷

❸

❹

ADD A BRILLIANT FINISH TO CANDLES

❶ Trace or colour in the motif with 3D Decoliner and leave to dry for

30 minutes. The 3D Decoliner becomes transparent, but the surface

remains sticky.



❶

❷ Place the Inscription Sheet onto the candle with the matt white side

on the sticky surface, and rub firmly with your fingers or a soft brush.

❸ Remove the Inscription Sheet quickly from the adhesive lines. If the

foil has not adhered in every place, simply apply it again, rub it on and

peel it off again.

❹ Add individual messages or motives to make the ideal gift for many

types of occasion.

❷

❸

❹

to the Product

PAGE 214

210

DECORATE CANDLES WITH A LACE EFFECT

❶ Spread Wax Designer or 3D-Waxliner into the Silicone Mat (item 45

585 et seq) with a spatula.

❷ Leave to dry in the mat. If a thicker finish is required, apply another

layer.

❸ Turn the dried wax colour over with the mat and peel off carefully.

Wax Designer and

3D- Waxliner

❹ Position the lace decoration on the candle, cut to size on the

reverse side and press on.

to the Products

PAGE 213

❶

❷

❸

❹

ARTISTICALLY PAINTING CANDLES

❶ Select a motif. If necessary, cut decorative wax sheets to size and

apply them to the candle first.

❷ Draw the motif on the candle with a waterproof pen.

3D-Waxliner

❶

❸ Paint onto the pre-drawn contours directly from the bottle, using

light pressure.

❹ Allow the finished candle to dry.

❷

❸

to the Product

PAGE 213

❹



211

FINISHING TECHNIQUES FOR CANDLES

COATING CANDLES

❶ Place the template under a nubbly (rough) transparent cover, trace

the contour lines with Wax Designer Contour Liner.

❷ Colour in the motif with Wax Designer.

❸ Then cover the entire area of the hardened motif with a layer of wax.

Leave to harden again.

Wax Designer

❹ Carefully pull off the Decorative Wax Film and stick on with Wax

Decor Glue (item 80 695).

to the Product

PAGE 213

❶

❷

❸

❹

MAKING BIRTHDAY CANDLES FROM

COLOURED TEA LIGHTS

❶ Paint several lines in a circle or side by side on the top of the tea light.


3D-Waxliner

❶

❷ Distort them with a toothpick to create an artistic pattern.

❸ Use this method to create different patterns.

❷

❸

to the Product

PAGE 213

212

3 D-Waxliner

3D Waxliner is applied directly from the handy pen bottle. Ideal for stencilling

and inscribing lettering and designs onto candles.

9 Decorative 3D colour


9 Burns residue-free with the candle

3 - 5 h

Wax Designer

This special wax paint allows you to individually design your own decorative

wax foil. Tip: Excellent for incorporating into Silicone Mats (item

45561 ff) to create delicate wax trims.

9 Shimmering mother-of-pearl effect

9 Suitable for Silicone Mats


9 Ready to use

2 - 3 h



3 D-Waxliner


pink

72 250.01


red 72 250.09

lilac 72 250.13

violet 72 250.15

blue 72 250.22


green 72 250.36

light green 30 ml Pen-bottle 6 72 250.40

lemon 72 250.45

yellow 72 250.46

brown 72 250 57

orange 72 250.62

white 72 250.68

black 72 250.78

silver 72 250.81

gold 72 250.84

Wax Designer


pink

80 561.05


dark red 80 561.10

violet 80 561.14

purple 80 561.17

dark blue 80 561.21


ice blue 30 ml Pen-bottle 6 80 561.29


may green 80 561.38


chocolate 80 561.57

ivory 80 561.66

silver 80 561.81

pearl 80 561.86

Use our

convenient

sales displays

to show off the wax designer packaging in

its best light!

Information on PAGE 223.



213

Soap and Candle Contour Liner

It has never been so easy to embellish a piece of soap you have made

yourself with motifs or lettering. Soap Liner is also perfect for designing

your own personalised candles.

9 3 D-Effect

9 Easy to use

9 Elastic Conour 2 - 3 h

There is almost no limit to the

ways in which candles can be

designed. Try something unusual

and use concrete as a base or

Crystal Candle Gel as a transparent

detail with the candle wax you

are going to mould.

Density: 0,98 g/cm³ | Colour: rosa | Drying time: 2-3 h

Soap and Candle Contour Liner SS-Set


30 ml Pen-bottle in PP-Foil 6 57 898



Design your own candles with unique, individual motifs and personalised

lettering for a wide variety of occasions, to give as presents or to keep

for yourself. You can achieve amazing results which will be the envy of

everyone in just a few steps. You can even give greetings cards and other

decorative objects a brand new metallic sparkle with this set.



9 Sophisticated metallic look

Pack Contains

3 D-Decoliner

1 × 30 ml

Effect foil silver

2 × 80 x 220 mm

Effect foil gold

4 × 80 x 220 mm

Density: 1,03 g/cm³ | Consumption: 60-70 g/m² | Setting time: 30 min

Candle Inscription Set SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

PP-Foil 3 80 626

30

Candle Insription Sheets

This wafer-thin Labelling Foil makes it easy to create individual design

effects on decorative wax plates or candles in next to no time.

9 Excellent bonding

9 Metallic shine


Pack Contains

Effect foil silver

2 × 80 x 220 mm

Effect foil gold

4 × 80 x 220 mm

Candle Insription Sheets SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

PP-Foil 6 80 631

214

ARTIDEE | WAX TECHNIQUES | SOAP AND CANDLE CONTOUR LINER – CANDLE VARNISH - MAT / GLOSSY

Candle Varnish – mat / glossy

This special candle varnish protects wax surfaces from dirt and abrasion.

Apply a thin, even coat of candle varnish with a brush. Also perfect for

attaching dried petals and for napkin decoupage on candles.

9 Excellent bonding

9 Optimum protection

9 Easy to spread

40 - 60


Consumption: 90-100 g/m² | Drying time: 40-60 min

Candle Varnish


matt

glossy

50 ml

80 591.98


100ml 80 592.99


This special flame-retardant candle varnish is perfect for fixing napkin

motifs to wax. At the same time, Candle Napkin Varnish forms a protective

silk matt layer on the surface of the candle, which burns away with

the candle without producing smoke. Pull away the printed layer of the

napkin, place it on the candle and apply Candle Napkin Varnish with a

brush.

9 Flame retardant

9 Secure bonding

9 Can also be used as candle varnish

Consumption: 80 g/m² | Density: 1,08 g/cm³ | Drying time: 40-60 min



satin-finished 100 ml Plastic jar 6 80 587

40 - 60



215

Candle Dipping Wax

Candle Dipping Wax is the perfect wax mixture for creating home-made

dipped candles. It is more viscous than other waxes, which means that

layers can be added faster during the dipping process. Colouring with

Concentrated Wax Colour Flakes (item 80080) allows you to produce an

unlimited variety of beautiful colour creations.

9 Ready to use

9 Granular

9 Colourable

70 °C


Density: 0,92 g/cm³ | Melting temperature: 70°C | Dipping temperature:

75-80°C | Congealing point: 62-66°C | Dropping point: 64-70°C

Candle Dipping Wax


Granule 500 g Bag 10 80 031

(colourless)


25 kg Sack 1 80

035

216

ARTIDEE | WAX TECHNIQUES | CANDLE DIPPING WAX – CANDLE DIOOING BASIC MATERIAL

Candle Dipping Basic Material

All the special products that have proved themselves over many years as standard equipment for candle dipping have been assembled in this basic range. The

materials are also the perfect complement to our Wax Melting Pot.


9 Great gift idea

Pack Contains

Candle Dipping Wax 6 x per 2500 g

Candle dye wax 6 x per 20 g

red, blue, green, yellow, orange, white

Flat candle wick

3 x 8 / 3 x 10 / 3 x 12 per 100 m

12 x Candle hooks with suspension eyelet

1 x Wax-Thermometer 6 x Stirrers

1 x Book: Handicraft Candle Diving

(German language)

Technical data see individual products

Candle Dipping Basic Material

Packaging PU Item




217

Wax Melting Pot

Practical electric melting pot made from sturdy steel. The pot, which is

“Made in Germany” has a reliable, fast-acting heater fitted directly under

its base, enabling it to heat the water-filled melting pot to approximately

70–80°C within an hour. The heat is controlled by a thermostat, with a

switch fitted on the front of the pot. The indicator light beside the switch

lights up when the heater is turned on, and goes out when the selected

temperature is reached: the thermostat ensures that the water temperature

remains constant. The pot can be filled with wax, soap or other

substances that can be melted.

Volume: 24 L | Material type: Steel pot with plastic lid | Connection

value: 230 V – 50 H – 1800 W | Power cord: 140 cm long – with Euro or

Swiss plug | Heating: adjustable via thermostat | Manufacturer warranty:

24 months

Wax Melting Pot

Type Plug Packaging PU Item

without outlet tap Euro Cardboard box 1 80 970

Dip Cover


The dip tray is made from sturdy aluminium sheet and has six holes

punched out into which the melting pots can be securely hung. Goes

with the Wax Melting Pot (item 80 970 / item 80 971).

9 Easy to clean

9 Easy to use

9 High-quality workmanship

Dip Cover SS-Set


with 6 aluminium melting pots 1.2 L

and a holding pliers

35 cm


218

ARTIDEE | WAX TECHNIQUES | WAX MELTING POT – WAX-THERMOMETER

Pliers for Melting Pots

To ensure that melting pots filled with liquid wax are safe to handle, the

special holding tongs are clamped onto the top edge. This means that

the melting pot can safely be placed in the dip tray without your burning

your fingers.

Candle Hooks Hangers

The ends of short wicks can be held with the wick clamp, making it easy

to dip them in hot wax without burning your fingers. After dipping, the

candle can be hung up to cool using the practical hook.

9 Easy to use

9 Reusable

Pack Contains

6 x Candle hooks 6 x Hanger 6 x Cord each 18 cm

Pliers for Melting Pots SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

PP-Foil 1 80 994

Candle Hooks Hangers SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

PP-Foil 3 80 996

Candle Holder Stand

This practical candle holding frame is simply attached to the Wax Melting

Pot (item 80 971), and the wicks of the dipped candles are fixed into the

candle hooks (item 80 996), dipped into hot wax, and hung in the frame

to cool off.

Wax-Thermometer

The temperature of the wax must be monitored constantly during the

melting process. This is especially important when the liquid wax, or the

melted soap, needs to be poured directly into the prepared mould. Plastic

moulds, for example, can only tolerate a maximum temperature of 82°C.

Candle Holder Stand


for candle diving station loosely 1 80 995

9 Reusable

9 With functional hook

Wax-Thermometer SS-Set

Temperature scale Packaging PU Item

110 °C / 256 mm long Box 1 80 997



219

❶

❷

❸

❹

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

❶ Melt Candle Dipping Wax (item 80 031) according to the instructions

in the wax ball melting pot.

❷ Place a balloon inside another, fill with water and knot.

❸ Dip the balloons in the wax, remove them and leave them on the

work surface for a short while to cool.

❹ Repeat the wax bath process for a thicker layer of wax or colour.

Wax Ball Melting Pot

Universal Melting Pot


Making these popular wax balls is often unsuccessful because of the lack

of an appropriate melting vessel. CREARTEC has the perfect solution with

this melting pot.

Important: the melting pot must never be placed directly onto a source of

heat! Always heat up in a water bath.

9 Easy to use

9 Reusable

Wax Ball Melting Pot


2 L 165 mm h / 140 mm Ø loosely 1 80 986

The double-walled universal melting pot made of aluminium is the ideal

helper for melting soap and wax. The double-walled melting pot is filled

with water at the side opening, closed and heated on the hob. Nothing

can overheat or burn anymore. This makes melting easy and safe. Also

suitable for the production of bath balls.

9 Easy to clean


9 Easy to use



1 L

80 985.01

Box 3

2 L 80 985.02

220

ARTIDEE | WAX TECHNIQUES | WAX BALL MELTING POT – BEESWAX CANDLES

Beeswax Pastilles E 901

Packaging sustainably and without using any plastics is really easy using

a fabric and these food-safe, pure Beeswax Pastilles. Simply iron the

pastilles into the fabric between two layers of baking paper. The finished

wrap can be shaped with the warmth of the hands and is great for wrapping

round fruit or bread, or for covering bowls. Clean with warm water.

9 Ideal for making beeswax wraps

9 100% pure beeswax

9 Food safe

Beeswax Pastilles

Bright, fragrant honey-yellow beeswax candles spread a wonderfully

comforting aroma around any room. The handy little pastilles are ideal

for moulding or dipping, make it wonderfully simple to measure out

the amounts you need, and melt easily. Beeswax Pastilles can also be

mixed with different types of wax, e.g. Stearin (item 80 051) or Paraffin

(item 80 052).

9 100% pure beeswax

9 Practical pastille form

9 From German producers

65 °C


Beeswax Pastilles E 901



The honeycombs are available in all sizes

and quantities!

Melting temperature: 65°C | Congealing point: 50-54°C

Beeswax Pastilles


300 g Plastic cup

80 056

Granule

6


(natural)

25 kg Sack 1 80 059

Honeycomb Set

Beeswax Candles

Glorious honey-scented candles rolled out of pure beeswax honeycombs

- a timeless traditional craft that is always at the forefront of fashion. The

ideal gift for every occasion, offering multiple design possibilities.

9 Excellent for candle making

9 100% pure beeswax

9 Mellow honey fragrance


Honeycomb Set

Size Content Package PU Item

300 x 100 mm 3 x honeycombs / 3 x waxed wicks 6 80 060

40 x honeycombs / 11 x waxed wicks PP-Foil 1 80 060.01

300 x 150 mm 3 x honeycombs / 3 x waxed wicks 6 80 061

Fragrant beeswax honeycombs – rolled up into timeless traditional candles

are always a popular gift idea with many design options.

9 100% pure beeswax

9 Great gift idea

9 Complete set

Pack Contains

Honeycomb wax

sheets

4 × 14 x 18 cm


Honeycomb wax

sheets

4 × 10 x 18 cm

Waxed wicks

4 × 20 cm

Beeswax Candles SS-Set

Packaging PU Item




221

Crystal Candle Gel

Candle Gel Tinting Paste


The crystal-clear candle gel is ideal for conjuring up an atmospheric decoration

in just a short time. Melt Crystal Candle Gel in a water bath or

microwave, pour into a suitable container and prepare to be amazed. The

wick is simply put into the gel once it has cooled. If you wish, you can of

course colour the gel with Candle Gel Tinting Paste (item 80091), or enrich

it with Candle Fragrance Oil (item 80411). Warning! Remove label before

melting in a microwave!

9 Suitable for microwave

9 Crystal clear

9 Colourable

Tea candle wick with foot PAGE 205

Melting temperature: 64-66 °C | Congealing point: 58-60 °C


Crystal Candle Gel

Content Variant Packaging PU Item

500 ml + 2 Wicks

80 082

6

1000 ml

80 083

without Plastic bucket

2500 ml

80 084

Wicks

1

20 L 80 086

64-66 °C

It is easy to stir these Candle Gel Tinting Pastes into the hot melted candle

angel, and the candle gel will remain transparent. Candle Gel Tinting Pastes

can be mixed together in order to create your own individual colours.


9 Easy to portion

9 Very economical


Candle Gel Tinting Paste


dark red

80 091.10

blue 10 ml Pen-bottle 6 80 091.21


Addition

1-3%

222

ARTIDEE | WAX TECHNIQUES | CRYSTAL CANDLE GEL – STUDENTS` MODELLING WAX

Artists’ Modelling Wax

Artists’ Modelling Wax is easy to knead and shape once it has been warmed

in the hands or in a water bath. When the wax cools, even the smallest details

on sculptures or sculptural pictures can be moulded in detail. Artists’

Modelling Wax can be reused again and again, making it a favourite for

creating master models and prototypes of technical mouldings.

9 Can be modelled and carved

9 Reusable

Students’ Modelling Wax

When it is warmed in the hand for a short time Students’ Modelling Wax

becomes soft and pliable, allowing it to be easily shaped into little works

of art – making it a favourite for use in art lessons. If required, Students’

Modelling Wax can also be melted and mixed with your choice of Wax

Colour Pigment (item 80076) for casting or modelling coloured figures.

9 Also suitable as candle wax

9 Can be melted

9 Colourable

Melting point soft: 70 °C | Melting point medium hard: 72 °C

Melting point hard: 75 °C

Artists‘ Modelling Wax

Colour Type Content Packaging PU Item

ivory

81 216.68

soft

grey 81 216.72

450 g PP-Foil 3

med. brown med. hard 81 221.52

dark brown hard 81 226.58

Melting point: 70 °C

Students’ Modelling Wax

Colour / Type Content Packaging PU Item

ivory / soft 450 g PP-Foil 3 81 206

hard (dark brown)

The extra-hard modelling wax can be warmed in a

warm water bath or in your hands, as you prefer,

and is excellent for use as the basic structure for

sculptures on a wire grid. It is also suitable for fine

ornaments which are mechanically cut or milled out

of the hard modelling material. The wax can also be

worked with electrically-heated carving tools.

medium hard (medium brown)

The medium-hard wax is ideal for additional modelling

of an existing hard base layer. The two modelling

waxes bond firmly together. The consistency of the

wax makes it suitable for use as a classic modelling

wax, and is often used in art lessons in schools. It is

smooth, making it easy to spread and combine with

other modelling waxes.

soft (ivory and grey)

When heated in the hands, the wax becomes extremely

supple. This is why it is the wax of choice in

schools for fast and successful results in art lessons.

Artists use it as a building material for models they

have created with hard/medium-hard modelling

wax. It can be used to model fine details, such as

buttons or ornaments, which can be applied to the

almost finished model.



223


224

SAPOLINA

SAPOLINA | DIY WELLNESS

225

CREARTEC 225


Creative Wellness Products

SAPOLINA

With our extensive do-it-yourself wellness range you

can produce tried and tested, lavishly designed, but

at the same time unusual wellness creations. There

is a lot to discover in the CREARTEC world of soaps

and room fragrances.

From colourful soap lollies to foaming soap ice

creams on a stick, artistic cameo soaps to glorious

bubbling bath balls, and luxurious shower bath to

sensual room fragrances; whether they are moulded,

kneaded or felted – you will find your own truly

personal wellness idea!


226

Introduction

Soap range

The History of Soap

Casting Soap

228 | 229 230

Soap Making - Creative Tip

231

Room Fragrance range

Room Fragrance Starter Set

250

Room Fragrance Oils +

Accessoires

251

Soap Additives

Soap Fragrance Oils 232

Soap Pigments / Colours 233

Skin Care Oils 234 | 235

Soap Making - Accessories 236

Soap Engraving 237

Soap Dishes - Plastic Mould 237

Soap Moulds 238 | 239

Soap Casting - Starter Sets 240 - 242

Soap Putty / Soap Sprinkles

243

French Sea Salt

244

CREARTEC-WORKSHOP

DO IT YOURSELF!

Our YouTube channel offers many

fascinating tutorials / suggetions on

the topic of creativity!

ENJOY CREATIVITY!

CREARTEC trend-design-gmbh

Felting with Soap

244

Diy Bathbombs / shaper

245

Soap Charms / Soap Crumbs

246 | 247

Fun Soap Slime

248

Hair & Body Basis Gel

249


227

CREARTEC 227


THE HISTORY OF SOAP


Soap has a history that goes back thousands

of years.

Around 4,500 years ago, Sumerians in

what is now Iraq wrote out the first recipe

for an early form of soap – a mixture of

alkaline plant ashes and oils - on a clay

tablet. The product was primarily used as

a healing ointment, and its cleansing properties

were probably not recognised at that

time. The use of similar types of soap by

the Egyptians, Greeks and Germanic people

is documented, but it was the Romans

who first started using it for cleansing the

body, in the 2nd century AD.

Soap as we know it today emerged in the

7th century in the Middle East. The Arabs

heated oils and alkaline salts, which replaced

the potash, to make a caustic solution,

and boiled the mixture until the oily

mass solidified. They were able to produce

soaps that were particularly solid by using

burnt lime. As the Arabs made their conquests

this knowledge spread rapidly over

Europe. Centres with guilds of soap boilers

arose in Spain, Italy, France and other

countries, and here methods of production

were refined. Reserved initially solely for

the wealthy nobility, a culture of bathing

using public bathhouses which were also

accessible to other classes evolved only

slowly.

When the plague and other diseases

spread in the 14th century, people thought

that the germs that caused them were in

the water. Washing the body with soap

and water was suddenly frowned upon,

and doctors supported the view that water

and air were harmful to the body. Clothing

and powdering oneself were used to

provide protection against these harmful

elements. It was not until the end of the

17th century that Louis XIV helped the

art of soap making to come into its own

again. He brought the best soap boilers to

his court, and in 1688 he enacted a purity

law – high-quality soap had to contain a

minimum of 72% pure oil.

In 1791 chemist Nicolas Leblanc devised

a process for the artificial production of

sodium carbonate, a form of sodium salt

that was essential for the manufacture of

soap. This invention marked the beginning

of mass production, and soap, previously a

luxury item, became available to all. As the

19th century began, a better understanding

of personal hygiene was evolving. The

resulting higher demand for soap could

only be satisfied by production on an industrial

scale. High-quality oils were used

for fine body soaps, while simple soaps for

washing and scrubbing were made from

cheap linseed or hemp oil.

Nowadays modern liquid soaps provide

serious competition to traditional soap

bars. But, compared to liquid soaps, bars

of soap are clearly better in terms of cost

and environmental compatibility, and there

is no difference between liquid and solid

soap when it comes to performance.

From a chemical point of view, standard

soaps are those made from sodium or potassium

salts of fatty acids. As their name

suggests, fatty acids are found in natural

vegetable and animal fats and oils. Each

particle of glycerine binds three fatty acids,

either identical or different. They are

present in bound form as glycerine esters

in the fats and oils. When treated with

strong alkalines, the ester bond can be

cleaved in the heat, producing free glycerine

and alkaline salts of fatty acids. This

process is also known as saponification.

Once the glycerine has been separated

the result is a pure form of raw soap. The

consistency of a soap product depends on

the chain length of the fatty acids. Long

chains of saturated fatty acids such as

stearic acid or palmitic acid produce a

firmer consistency.

COLD-PROCESSED

SOAPS

are homogenous masses in which the glycerine

is not separated after saponification.

SOFT SOAPS

are liquid or semi-solid soaps made from

inexpensive fats or oils through saponification

with potash.

CURD SOAPS

are solid soaps produced by saponification

with sodium hydroxide. Curd soaps are

the most commonly available toilet soaps,

and therefore also hand soaps. In the trade

the term “curd soaps” is used primarily to

describe cheaper unscented soap used for

cleaning purposes and for felting.

HAND SOAPS

also known as toilet soaps, are generally

preparations based on pure, unscented

curd soaps which are used mainly for hand

washing. They are often mixed with skin

care additives as well as perfumes and

colouring.

GLYCERINE SOAP

indicates a high proportion of glycerine; it

also often contains additional sugar alcohol.

It is translucent to glassily transparent.

It melts as easily as wax and it therefore

often used as a handicraft soap. SAPOLINA

Casting Soaps are glycerine soaps.

pH-neutral

LIQUID SOAPS

are used for hand washing, but predominantly

as shower gel, shampoo and bubble

bath. Originally developed from soft soaps,

they nowadays have totally different

detergent ingredients (surfactants) and

properties. SAPOLINA Hair & Body Gel falls

into this category.

228

TIPS AND TRICKS

for the best results!

MELTING SOAP

Cut the soap to be melted into small pieces

and place in the water bath. Melt in a

microwave or in the Universal Melting Pot.

USING SOAP COLOUR

To avoid adding too much, stir Soap Colour

into the melted soap drop by drop until the

required colour has been produced.

SOAP ADDITIVES

Scented oils, skincare additives and dried

additives should always be stirred into the

melted soaps at the end of the process, as

they may lose their effectiveness if they are

heated for too long.

MOULDING SOAP IN LAYERS

STORE CORRECTLY

When you are moulding soaps in layers of

different colours, carefully roughen the last

lukewarm layer each time with, for example,

the prongs of a fork, as this helps the

individual layers to hold together better.

Leave finished soaps in a cool, dry, dark place

for a few days to dry out properly, or pack immediately

in foil; this prevents the formation

of unsightly droplets.


229

CREARTEC 229


Casting Soap

Sapolina Casting Soap impresses with its soft and creamy foam formation

and its excellent cleaning effect. The soap scores with high transparency

or a pure white tone. Sapolina Casting Soap can be dyed with Soap

Colours (item 58031), scented with Soap Fragrances (item 58061) and

enriched with Skin-Caring Additives (item 58081) to create a personal

touch. Melt the soapin a suitable container in the microwave or in a water

bath at max 65°C. Then pour into suitable molds and let it cool.

9 High transparency / pure white

9 Easy to use

9 100% vegan

12 M

Eco Casting Soap

Pamper and care for your skin with this unusual ecological soap. It contains

oils and fats produced under controlled cultivation, it has outstanding

cleansing properties that cause dirt to dissolve, and it makes chapped

hands velvety soft once more.

9 Plant-based raw materials from controlled cultivation

9 High transparency / pure white

9 100% Vegan

12 M

INGREDIENTS: Casting Soap white: Sorbitol, Aqua, Propylene Glycol, Sodium Laureth Sulfate, Sodium Stearate, Glycerin, Sodium Laurate, Sodium Chloride,

Sodium Lauryl Sulfate, C.I. 77891, Tetrasodium Etidronate, Tetrasodium EDTA | Casting Soap transparent: Sorbitol, Aqua, Propylene Glycol, Sodium Laureth

Sulfate, Sodium Stearate, Glycerin, Sodium Laurate, Sodium Chloride, Sodium Lauryl Sulfate, Tetrasodium Etidronate, Tetrasodium EDTA

Casting Soap



300 g

58 303.68

Block bottom

600 g 6 58 306.68

white

bag

1000 g 58 310.68


300 g

58 303.99

Block bottom

600 g 6 58 306.99

transparent

bag

1000 g 58 310.99


INGREDIENTS: Casting Soap white: Sorbitol, Aqua, Propylene Glycol, Sodium Laureth Sulfate, Sodium Stearate, Glycerin, Sodium Laurate, Sodium Chloride,

Sodium Lauryl Sulfate, C.I. 77891, Tetrasodium Etidronate, Tetrasodium EDTA | Casting Soap transparent: Sorbitol, Aqua, Propylene Glycol, Sodium Laureth

Sulfate, Sodium Stearate, Glycerin, Sodium Laurate, Sodium Chloride, Sodium Lauryl Sulfate, Tetrasodium Etidronate, Tetrasodium EDTA


Eco Casting Soap


300 g

58 403.68

Block bottom

600 g 6 58 406.68

white

bag

1000 g 58 410.68


300 g

58 403.99

Block bottom

600 g 6 58 406.99

transparent

bag

1000 g 58 410.99



Make exactly the soaps you want.

CEARTEC offers you a large

selection of pack sizes, from 300 g

to 10 kg.

230

SAPOLINA | SOAP RANGE | CASTING SOAP– ECO CASTING SOAP

❶

❷

❸

❹

Our creative ideas for fantastic soaps

SIMPLY SUPER!

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

Homemade soap bars with unique decorative

lacy borders - that can’t be possible!

As always, CREARTEC makes it possible. The

versatile Silicone Mats make it child’s play. We

guarantee you’ll be addicted!

❶ Melt the soap in accordance with the instructions and pour a thin

layer onto a Silicone Mat (item 45561 ff).

❷ Level off the liquid soap immediately with a spatula and then leave

to cool. Once it has cooled, scrape off any surplus soap with a

scraper.

❸ Place a cake tin or similar on your chosen section of motif, press

down and pour coloured soap onto it.

❹ Once it has hardened, pull the Silicone Mat away carefully and

remove the soap bar from the mould.


231

CREARTEC 231


Soap Fragrance Oil

Pleasant smelling soaps make you feel cosy and comfortable. In connection

with our perfectly adapted soap colours, these high-quality soap

fragrances create a pleasant and unique experience for all your senses

and offer you numerous varieties of designing. Additionally, many of these

extraordinary fragrances have a beneficial and invigorating effect.

58 061.01

Bodyrose

58 061.02

Coconut milk

58 061.07

Jasmine

58 061.08

Lilac

9 Very economical

9 Ready to use

9 100% vegan

Addition

1-2%

58 061.10

Mandarine

58 061.11

Vanilla

58 061.12

Geen Apple

58 061.15

Almond

58 061.16

Lemonfresh

58 061.18

Cherry blossom

58 061.21

Wintwr dream

58 061.22

Lavender

58 061.24

Peach blossom

58 061.25

Dark

chocolate

58 061.26

Baked apple

58 061.35

Spring breeze

* 1 GHS - 07 / * 2 GHS - 07 | 09 / * 3 GHS - 02 | 07 | 09 /* 4 GHS - 02 | 07

| 08 | 09 / * 5 GHS - 02 | 07

Overview on

PAGE 304

Addition: 3-6 drops per 100 g soap

Soap Fragrance Oil SS-Set


58 061.36

Mango

58 061.38

Cappuccino

58 061.39

Honey

58 061.40

Memories

Body rose* 2 10 ml Glass bottle 6

58 061.01

Coconut milk* 2 58 061.02

Jasmine* 2 58 061.07

Lilac* 1 58 061.08

Tangerine* 4 58 061.10

Vanilla* 1 58 061.11

Green apple 58 061.12

58 061.41

X-mas Cookie

58 061.50

Magic Mountain

58 061.52

Luxury Moments

Almond* 1 58 061.15

Lemonfresh* 4 58 061.16

Cherry blossom* 1 58 061.18


Winter dream* 1 58 061.21

Lavender* 2 58 061.22

Peach blossom* 1 58 061.24

Dark Chocolate* 1 58 061.25

Baked apple* 1 58 061.26

Spring breeze* 2 58 061.35

Mango* 2 58 061.36

Cappuccino* 1 58 061.38

Honey* 5 58 061.39

Memories* 1 58 061.40

X-mas Cookie 58 061.41

Magic Mountain* 2 58 061.50

Luxury Moments* 2 58 061.52

Fruity Soap Fragrance Oil SS-Set


Orange* 4 58 066.01

Fruits* 2 58 066.02

Blueberry* 2 10 ml Glass bottle 6 58 066.03

Strawberry* 2 58 066.04

Kiwi* 2 58 066.07

58 066.01

Orange

58 066.07

Kiwi

58 066.02

Fruits

58 066.03

Blueberry

58 066.04

Strawberry

232

SAPOLINA | SOAP RANGE | SOAP FRAGRANCE OIL– SOAP COLOURS

Soap Colours

With these soap colours you can design your wellness-creations in all your

favourite colours. No matter if intense colours or light pastel shades, the soap

colours can be mixed with each other and that gives you an endless variety of

colourings. Soap Colour transparent is especially made for dying of transparent

casting soap to keep the light and transparent character of it even after

it has been coloured. Soap Colour opaque gives especially our white casting

soap its natural and noble look. But in general, both kinds of soap colour can

be used with all casting soaps and with the Hair & Body Basis Gel.

9 Very economical

9 Intense colour

9 Ready to use

12 M

Addition

1-2%

58 026.02

apricot

58 026.17

lavender

58 026.13

pink

58 026.18

azure

58 026.14

aubergine

58 026.25

caribbean

58 026.15

violet

58 026.28

ocean blue

58 026.42

olive green

58 026.50

mocha

58 026.56

red brown

58 026.58

chocolate brown

58 026.66

ivory

58 026.72

stone grey

58 026.78

black

left: colouring with white soap, right: with transparent soap

IINGREDIENTS: Aqua, Citric Acid, Sodium Benzoate, Potassium Sorbate, Propylene Glycol, Glycerin, Xanthan Gum, 2-Bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3 diol, [+/- CI

16255, CI 19140, CI 45100, CI 74160, CI 77891, CI 61585, CI 42090, CI 19140, CI 77266 ]

Soap Colour opaque

SS-Set


apricot

58 026.02

pink 58 026.13

aubergine 58 026.14

violet 58 026.15

lavender 58 026.17

azure 58 026.18

caribbean 58 026.25

ocean blue 10 ml Bar bottle 6 58 026.28

olive green 58 026.42

mocha 58 026.50

red brown 58 026.56

chocolate brown 58 026.58

ivory 58 026.66

stone grey 58 026.72

black 58 026.78

IINGREDIENTS: Aqua, Citric Acid, Sodium Benzoate, Potassium Sorbate, Propylene Glycol, Glycerin, Xanthan Gum, 2-Bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3 diol, [+/- CI

16255, CI 19140, CI 45100, CI 74160, CI 42090, CI 19140, CI 77266 ]

Soap Colour transparent SS-Set


rosé

58 031.01

tulip red 58 031.08

lilac 58 031.13

violet 58 031.14

ultramarine 58 031.21

gentian 58 031.23

mint 10 ml Bar bottle 6 58 031.31

olive green 58 031.32


honey yellow 58 031.45

yellow 58 031.47

tabac 58 031.56

orange 58 031.62

yellow, gentian, red,

violet

4 x 10 ml Bar bottle 6 58 032.90

58 031.01

rosé

58 031.13

lilac

58 031.21

ultramarine

58 031.31

mint

58 031.39

pastel green

58 031.47

yellow

58 031.62

orange

58 031.08

tulip red

58 031.14

violet

58 031.23

gentian

58 031.32

olive green

58 031.45

honey yellow

58 031.56

tabac


233

CREARTEC 233


Soap Pigments metallic

Powdery cosmetic soap pigment for the glamorising effect. The pigments

can be added to the Hair & Body Basis Gel or to the Casting Soap.

9 Silky sheen

Addition

1-1,5%

transparent

1-3%

white

Aloe Vera Gel

The particular healing effect of the Aloe Vera gel helps to recover rough,

dry and stressed skin and gives additional moisture. It is suitable to be

added to casting soap, Hair & Body Basis Gel, bath bombs and many

more.

9 Skin care


9 100 % Vegan

12 M

Addition

5-10%

58 036.81

silver

58 036.84

gold

58 036.95

pearl

INGREDIENTS: 58 036.81: Sodium Bicarbonate, Synthetic Fluorphlogopite, CI 77499, CI 77891, Tin Oxide | 58 036.84: Sodium Bicarbonate, Synthetic

Fluorphlogopite, CI 77491, CI 77891, Tin Oxide | 58 036.95: Sodium Bicarbonate, Synthetic Fluorphlogopite, CI 77891, Tin Oxide

Soap Pigment metallic


silver

58 036.81

Wide-necked

gold 20 ml

6 58 036.84

jar

pearl 58 036.95

INGREDIENTS: Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Juice, Sodium Benzoate, Citric Acid, Potassium Sorbate

Aloe Vera Gel



Skin Care Oils

A soap is not just a soap! To have the perfect caring effect with your individually

designed soap or shower gel we have arranged an assortment

of carefully balanced skin care oils. You will surely find the right product

no matter if you have normal, dry or greasy skin. Just add some drops of

the suitable oil to your soap or Hair & Body Basis Gel, using our cosmetic

emulsifier (item 58096) makes the mixing easier.

9 Nourishing property


9 Very economical

Addition

1-3%


INGREDIENTS: 58081.01: Ricinus Communis Seed Oil, Aqua, Sodium Lauroyl Glutamate, Propylene Glycol, Sodium Chloride | 58081.02: Simmondsia Chinensis

Seed Oil, Aqua, Sodium Lauroyl Glutamate, Propylene Glycol, Sodium Chloride | 58081.03: Argania Spinosa Kernel Oil, Aqua, Sodium Lauroyl Glutamate, Propylene

Glycol, Sodium Chloride | 58081.04: Simmondsia Chinensis Seed Oil, Aqua, Sodium Lauroyl Glutamate, Propylene Glycol, Sodium Chloride | 58081.05: Argania

Spinosa Kernel Oil, Aqua, Sodium Lauroyl Glutamate, Propylene Glycol, Sodium Chloride | 58081.06: Borago Officinalis Seed Oil, Aqua, Sodium Lauroyl Glutamate,

Propylene Glycol, Sodium Chloride | 58081.07: Persea grattisima Oil, Aqua, Sodium Lauroyl Glutamate, Propylene Glycol, Sodium Chloride | 58081.08: Daucus

Carota Sativa Juice / Sesamum Indicum seed oil, Aqua, Sodium Lauroyl Glutamate, Propylene Glycol, Sodium Chloride | 58081.09: Prunus Amygdalus Dulcis Oil,

Aqua, Sodium Lauroyl Glutamate, Propylene Glycol, Sodium Chloride

Skin Care Oil SS-Set


Cetriolo (normal skin)

58 081.01

Citrobana (greasy skin) 58 081.02

Calendiolo (dry skin) 58 081.03

Jojoba Oil (dry, flaky skin) 58 081.04

Argan Oil (all skin types) 10 ml Glass bottle 6 58 081.05

Borage Oil (dry, mature skin) 58 081.06

Avocado Oil (dry, rough skin) 58 081.07

Carotene Oil (sallow, tired skin) 58 081.08

Almond Oil (dry skin) 58 081.09

234

SAPOLINA | SOAP RANGE | SOAP PIGMENT METALLIC – COCONUT OIL

Cosmetic Emulsifier

Caring soap additives are often hard to blend with the melted soap. The

Cosmetic Emulsifier supports the mixing process between oils and the

soap and at the same time, it improves the cleaning effect and the foam

formation.

9 Ready to use

9 Very economical

12 M

Addition

3-5%

Coconut Oil (basic)

Coconut oil is one of the most popular additives in creative soap-making.

Due to its special properties it is regarded as a valuable skin care product

for a beautiful, healthy and well-tended skin.

9 Moisturising

9 Based on pure, natural plant extracts


12 M


INGREDIENTS: Aqua, Sodium Lauroyl Glutamate, Propylene Glycol, Sodium Chloride

Cosmetic Emulsifier



INGREDIENTS: Cocos Nucifera Oil

Coconut Oil



Soap Foam Concentrate

Everybody who loves the soft and creamy soapsuds will be thrilled by

this Soap Foam Concentrate. Only a few drops are enough to sink into

piles of white and soft foam.

9 Easy to dose

9 Very economical

12 M

9 Natural Addition

1-3%


INGREDIENTS: Aqua, Sodium Lauroyl Glutamate, Propylene Glycol, Sodium Chloride

Soap Foam Concentrate


50 ml

58 071

Plastic bottle 6

100 ml 58 072


235

CREARTEC 235




The double-walled aluminium Universal Melting Pot is the ideal aid for

melting soap and wax. Fill the space between the walls of the Universal

Melting Pot with water through the opening at the side of the pot, close

the hole then heat on the hob. No more overheating or burning. It makes

melting safe and easy. Also suitable for making bath balls.

9 Easy to clean


9 Easy to use



1 L

80 985.01

Box 3

2 L 80 985.02

236

SAPOLINA | SOAP RANGE | MEASURING CUP – SILICONE MOULD


It has never been so easy to embellish a piece of soap you have made

yourself with motifs or lettering. Soap Liner is also perfect for designing

your own personalised candles.

9 3 D-Effect

9 Easy to apply

9 Elastic Contour 2-3 h

Density: 0,98 g/cm³ | Colour: rosé | Setting time: 2-3 h




SS-Set

Soap Dishes – Plastic Moulds

These soap dishes are the ideal complement to your homemade soap

bars. You can fill the mould with, for instance, Fine Concrete (item 56

056) or Artestone (item 56 011) and create a beautiful accessory for

your home.

9 Easy to use

9 Ready to use

Silicone Moulds

These universal silicone moulds are heat resistant, making them perfect

for filling with soap.


9 Reusable

9 Elastic

max.

230°C

Soap Dish grooved

7,5 cm b / 9,7 cm l / 2,5 cm h

Soap Dish round

ø 9,5 cm / 2,7 cm h

Soap Dishes – Plastic Mould SS-Set


grooved 100 ml

57 919

3

round 170 ml 57 920



rectangular 6 205 x 225 mm 53 224

PP-Foil 3

Dinos 12 110 x 210 mm 53 225


237

CREARTEC 237


Soap Moulds

This special plastic mould is perfect for popular creative soap moulding.

The durability of these moulds guarantees lots of fun making soaps.

9 Easy demoulding

9 Reusable

57 906

round/oval/square

Soap Mould

SS-Set

Type Version Size PU Item

Animals 6 190 x 240 mm 57 902

Shells 6 190 x 220 mm 57 903

round and square 4 155 x 190 mm 57 905

round/oval/square 3 190 x 240 mm 57 906

round decor 5 190 x 240 mm 3 57 909

round/oval/square/rectangular 4 160 x 190 mm 57 911

Honeycombs 2 155 x 190 mm 57 916

Hearts 4 155 x 190 mm 57 924

Massage soap 3 190 x 240 mm 57 926

57 909

round decor

57 911

round/oval/square/rectangular


57 902

Animals

57 903

Shells

57 905

round and sqaure

57 916

Honeycombs

57 924

Hearts

57 926

Massage soap

238

SAPOLINA | SOAP RANGE | SOAP MOULDS – SOAP MOULD BALL

❶

❷

❸

❹

Soap Mould Dish

Using these stick-on decorations you can transform simple pieces of soap

into unique designer soap.

9 Reusable

9 Unique decorations

9 Great gift idea

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

❶ Half fill the mould with coloured liquid soap and leave to cool.

❷ Pour a second layer onto the first while it is still lukewarm.

❸ Roughen the flat surfaces of the hemispheres with a fork.

❹ Drip a little liquid soap onto each half and press the soap ball

firmly together.

Pack contains for item 57 912.01

1 x Soap mould

75 x 55 mm per Soap


1 x 10 g

4 x Strukture design inlets

Instructions

Soap Mould Dish SS-Set

Type Version Mould size PU Item

Mould

57 912

9-fold 190 x 245 mm 3

Mould with accessoires 57 912.01

Soap Mould Ball

Lots of unique, colourful soap balls make bath time great fun, and

these soft, practical plastic soap moulds make producing them just

as enjoyable.


9 Reusable

Soap Mould Ball

SS-Set

Soap size Mould size PU Item

20 - 35 mm 185 x 240 mm 3 57 913


CREARTEC 239


Soap Casting - Beginner Set

You can use your imagination to create your own soap. Melt soap, add

colour and finally add a few drops of soap fragrance oil. Fill soap into your

chosen forms – done!

Soap Casting

Design your own personalised soap creations in next to no time. This starter

set contains all you need to make wonderfully foamy, colourful, scented

bars of soap yourself with almost no effort.

9 Complete set


9 Child-friendly motifs

12 M


9 Ideal for beginners 12 M


Pack Contains

Soap block

transparent

1 x 300 g

Soap colours: yellow, pink, enzian

3 x 10 ml

1 x Soap mould

7 Versions

Soap fragrance oil:

Cherry blossom* 1

1 x 10 ml

Instructions

NGREDIENTS: Soap transparent: Sorbitol, Aqua, Propylene Glycol, Sodium Laureth Sulfate, Sodium Stearate, Glycerin, Sodium Laurate, Sodium Chloride,

Sodium Lauryl Sulfate, Tetrasodium Etidronate, Tetrasodium EDTA | Soap colours: Aqua, Citric Acid, Sodium Benzoate, Potassium Sorbate, Propylene Glycol,

Glycerin, 2-Bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol, [+/- CI 19140, CI 45100, CI 74160] | Soap fragrance oil: Parfum

Soap Casting - Beginner Set SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

Blister 3 58 021

* 1 GHS - 07 / * 2 GHS - 07 | 09 Overview on PAGE 304

Pack Contains

Soap block white and transparent

2 x 250 g

Soap colours:

red, gentian, yellow, violet

4 x 10 ml

Mixing cup

2 x 30 ml

Stirrer

2 x

Soap fragrance oil:

Body rose 2 *, Lilac 1 *

2 x 10 ml

1 x Soap mould:


Instructions

INGREDIENTS: Soap white: Sorbitol, Aqua, Propylene Glycol, Sodium Laureth Sulfate, Glycerin, Sodium Stearate, Sodium Laurate, Sodium Chloride, Sodium

Lauryl Sulfate, C.I. 77891, Tetrasodium Etidronate, Tetrasodium EDTA, Xanthan Gum, Sodium Citrate | Soap transparent: Sorbitol, Aqua, Propylene Glycol,

Sodium Laureth Sulfate, Sodium Stearate, Glycerin, Sodium Laurate, Sodium Chloride, Sodium Lauryl Sulfate, Tetrasodium Etidronate, Tetrasodium EDTA, | Soap

colours: Aqua, Citric Acid, Sodium Benzoate, Potassium Sorbate, Propylene Glycol, 2-Bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol, [+/- CI 16255, CI 19140, CI 45100, CI

74160] | Soap fragrance oil: Parfum

Soap Casting SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

Box 3 57 995

“Honeycomb” Soap Set


You will be captivated by the unique honeycomb structure and the sensuously sweet fragrance of honey. With this authentic soap mould, honey-yellow coloured

soap and naturally scented honey soap oil, we offer you the chance to make your own decorative “Honeycomb Soap”. You’ll love it!

9 Reusable

9 Great gift idea

9 Complete set


Pack Contains

Soap block white

1 x 200 g

Soap mould:

Honeycomb

Soap fragrance oil honey 1 *

1 x 10 ml

Soap colour honey yellow

1 x 10 ml

Instructions

INGREDIENTS: Soap white: Sorbitol, Aqua, Propylene Glycol, Sodium Laureth Sulfate, Glycerin, Sodium Stearate, Sodium Laurate, Sodium Chloride, Sodium Lauryl Sulfate, C.I. 77891, Tetrasodium Etidronate, Tetrasodium EDTA, Xanthan Gum, Sodium Citrate | Soap colour: Aqua, Citric Acid, Sodium Benzoate, Potassium Sorbate, Propylene

Glycol, Glycerin, Xanthan Gum, 2-Bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol, CI 16255, CI 19140, CI 77266 | Soap fragrance oil: Parfum

“Honeycomb” Soap Set SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

PP-Foil 3 57 993

12 M

240

SAPOLINA | SOAP RANGE | SOAP CASTING - BEGINNER SET – SOAP STUDIO

Make your own Soaps

Decorate your bathroom with natural-looking, fragrant shell soaps in a

classic maritime design. The little guest soaps are particularly attractive

when they feature a two-colour design.

9 Maritime motifs

9 Ideal for beginners 12 M

Soap Studio

Fascinating soap creations!

Faszinating soap creations with perfumes, colours, skin care products

and foam! This extensive set offers a great variety of design options.


9 Complete set 12 M


Pack contains

Soap block white

1 x 250 g

Soap colour: azure

1 x 10 ml

Soap fragrance oil: Lavender* 1

1 x 10 ml

1 x Soap mould: Shells

1 x Stirrer Instructions


Lauryl Sulfate, C.I. 77891, Tetrasodium Etidronate, Tetrasodium EDTA, Xanthan Gum, Sodium Citrate | Soap colour: Aqua, Citric Acid, Sodium Benzoate, Potassium

Sorbate, Propylene Glycol, Glycerin, Xanthan Gum, 2-Bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol, CI 16255, CI 74160, CI 77891 | Soap fragrance oil: Parfum

Make your own Soaps SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

PP-Foil 3 57 996

* 1 GHS - 07 / * 2 GHS - 07 | 09 Overview on PAGE 304

Pack contains

Soap block white

and transparent

2 x 300 g

Soap fragrance oil: Body rose 2 *, Vanilla 1 *,

Cherry blossom* 1 , Green apple 1 *

4 x 10 ml

Soap colours:

red, gentian, yellow, violet

4 x 10 ml

Mixing cup

3 x 30 ml

Soap foam

concentrate

1 x 25 ml

Stirrer

6 x

Aloe Vera Gel

1 x 25 ml

Skin care oil: for greasy,

dry and normal skin

3 x 10 ml

1 x Soap mould:

Shells

Instructions

INGREDIENTS: Soap white: Sorbitol, Aqua, Propylene Glycol, Sodium Laureth Sulfate, Glycerin, Sodium Stearate, Sodium Laurate, Sodium Chloride, Sodium Lauryl Sulfate,

C.I. 77891, Tetrasodium Etidronate, Tetrasodium EDTA, Xanthan Gum, Sodium Citrate | Soap transparent: Sorbitol, Aqua, Propylene Glycol, Sodium Laureth Sulfate,

Sodium Stearate, Glycerin, Sodium Laurate, Sodium Chloride, Sodium Lauryl Sulfate, Tetrasodium Etidronate, Tetrasodium EDTA | Soap colours: Aqua, Citric Acid, Sodium

Benzoate, Potassium Sorbate, Propylene Glycol, 2-Bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol, [+/- CI 16255, CI 19140, CI 45100, CI 74160] | Soap fragrance oil: Parfum | Aloe

Vera Gel: Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Juice, Sodium Benzoate, Citric Acid, Potassium Sorbate | Skin care oil Cetriolo: Ricinus Communis Seed Oil, Aqua, Sodium Lauroyl

Glutamate, Propylene Glycol, Sodium Chloride | Skin care oil Citrobana: Simmondsia Chinensis Seed Oil, Aqua, Sodium Lauroyl Glutamate, Propylene Glycol, Sodium

Chloride | Skin care oil Calendiolo: Argania Spinosa Kernel Oil, Aqua, Sodium Lauroyl Glutamate, Propylene Glycol, Sodium Chloride | Seifenschaum-Konzentrat: Aqua,

Sodium Lauroyl Glutamate, Propylene Glycol, Sodium Chloride

Soap Studio SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

Box 3 58 000


241

CREARTEC 241


Dinosaur Soap Set

Moulding your own soap is right on trend. This set contains everything

you need to make your own colourful, foamy soap dinosaurs. With pretty

packaging, these little soaps also make the perfect gift or little souvenir.

9 Great gift idea


9 Complete set

12 M

INDIVIDUAL SETS

Is the set you are looking for not available? Provided

you purchase in sufficient quantity we can put

together a set comprising exactly the soaps, soap

moulds, fragrances etc. that you want. We will be

happy to advise you. Simply send us an email or

ring us up to discuss your request.

Chocolate Soap

Submerge yourself in deliciously scented chocolate soap suds. This

package contains all the ingredients to make this magnificently scented

chocolate soap yourself. Great as a gift, too.

Pack Contains

Soap block transparent

1 x 100 g

Soap colors: red / blue / yellow

3 x 10 ml

9 Reusable

9 Great gift idea

9 Complete set

12 M

1 x Silicone mold: Dino´s Instructions

INGREDIENTS: Seife transparent: Sorbitol, Aqua, Propylene Glycol, Sodium Laureth Sulfate, Sodium Stearate, Glycerin, Sodium Laurate, Sodium Chloride,

Sodium Lauryl Sulfate, Tetrasodium Etidronate, Tetrasodium EDTA | Seifenfarben: Aqua, Citric Acid, Sodium Benzoate, Potassium Sorbate, Propylene Glycol,

2-Bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol, [+/- CI 16255, CI 19140, CI 45100, CI 74160]

Dinosaur Soap Set SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

Box 3 57 992

Cutters 3- fold

Small guest soaps or as a souvenir. Our cookie cutters are ideal for conjuring

up quick bars of soap with Soap Sprinkles (item 57 855).



Pack contains

Soap block white

2 x 200 g

Soap colours:

Chocolate brown, ivory

2 x 10 ml

Cellophane bags

with clip

2 x

Soap mould:

Chocolate bar

Vintage gift labels

4 x

Soap fragrance oil:

Chocolate 1 *, Vanilla 1 *

2 x 10 ml

Cellophane sheets

2 x

Instructions


Lauryl Sulfate, C.I. 77891, Tetrasodium Etidronate, Tetrasodium EDTA, Xanthan Gum, Sodium Citrate | Soap colours: Aqua, Citric Acid, Sodium Benzoate,

Potassium Sorbate, Propylene Glycol, Xanthan Gum, 2-Bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol, [+/- CI 16255, CI 19140, CI 42090, CI 77266, CI 77891] | Soap

fragrance oil: Parfum

Chocolate Soap SB-Set

Packaging PU Item

PP-Foil 3 57 999

9 Very high resistance to breakage

9 No sharp edges

Cutters 3- fold SS-Set

Type / Variant Size Ø Packaging PU Item

Heart

Star

Flower

55 mm

55 mm

55 mm

PP-Foil 3 55 133

242

SAPOLINA | SOAP RANGE | CHOCOLATE SOAP – SOAP SPRINKLES

❶

❷

❸

❹

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

❶ Mix soap crumbs with water and your chosen colouring. It is best

to wear gloves to stop your hands from staining.

Soap Putty Set

Creative moulding with Soap Putty is the ideal alternative to melting and

pouring soap, and is fun for both young and old. The dough can be coloured

with Soap Colours (item 58 031). Adding 1-2 drops of Soap Fragrance

Oil (item 58 061) makes it smell wonderful.

9 Skin neutral

9 Very easy to mould

9 100 % Vegan

12 M

❷ Then knead the mixture thoroughly.

❸ Place the paste that has formed between two sheets of baking paper

and roll out evenly.

❹ Cut out your chosen shapes. Leave to dry overnight.

Soap Sprinkles

Pack contains

Soap sprinkles

1 x 500 g

1 x shaped biscuit cutter

Flower

Soap colours:

red, gentian, yellow

3 x 10 ml

Disposable gloves

INGREDIENTS: Soap sprinkles: Sodium Palmate, Sodium Palm Kernelate, Aqua, Glycerin, Sodium Chloride, Tetrasodium EDTA, Tetrasodium Etidronate

Seifenfarben: Aqua, Glycerin, Propylene Glycol, 2 Bromo 2 nitropropane 1,3 diol, [+/- CI 16255, CI 19140, CI 45100, CI 74160]

Soap Putty Set SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

Plastic bucket 6 57 850

Quick and easy! That`s how soapmaking works with the finely grated

Soap Sprinkles. Especially the youngest soap-artists have fun with this

technique and its prompt success.

9 Easy to mould

9 No heat needed 12 M


Soap Sprinkles

TIPPS &

TRICKS

Versatile

Uses


600 g PP-Bag 6 57 855

5 : 2


CREARTEC 243


Felt Soap

TIP FOR A GREAT GIFT IDEA!

Alternate layers of coloured Soap Sprinkles and

French Sea Salt in a decorative jar or bottle.

It is easy to design your own trendy soaps with colourful, fleecy felt coats

using this set. When you wash your hands the soap bars produce a fine,

silky foam which everyone loves. A great gift idea!

9 Complete set


9 Easy to use

12 M

French Sea Salt

Whether you give them as a wonderful present or keep them for your

own bath, French Sea Salt from the depths of the Atlantic has an

anti-bacterial effect, soothe sensitive skin and gently removes dead

skin cells. Adding Sapolina Soap Colours, Soap Fragrance Oils or Skin

Care Oils and perhaps combining with other natural additives, such as

herbs, spices or petals, allows infinite creative possibilities. Add these

extra ingredients only a drop at a time and mix with the sea salt in a

closed container by vigorously shaking.

9 Natural and unprocessed

9 With skin-friendly minerals

9 100 % Vegan

3 - 4

Pack contains

Soap block white

1 x 250 g

Nylon felting

stocking 2 x

Felting wool 5 x 15 cm:

grey, green, red, blue,

yellow

1 x Soap mould


Instructions

INGREDIENTS: Sorbitol, Aqua, Propylene Glycol, Sodium Laureth Sulfate, Glycerin, Sodium Stearate, Sodium Laurate, Sodium Chloride, Sodium Lauryl Sulfate,

C.I. 77891, Tetrasodium Etidronate, Tetrasodium EDTA, Xanthan Gum, Sodium Citrate

Felt Soap SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

PP-Foil 3 57 997

Felting with Soap Putty


INGREDIENTS: Sodium Chloride

French Sea Salt


700 g

6 57 890

Doypack

1400 g 3 57 891

Soap felting made easy with no need to melt or pour soap. The package

contents are enough for 6 - 8 balls.

9 Complete set



Pack contains

Soap Sprinkles

1 x 200 g

Felting wool

4 x 8 cm

Instructions


Felting with Soap Putty SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

Box 3 57 998

12 M

VIDEO

INSTRUCTION

244

SAPOLINA | SOAP RANGE | FRENCH SEA SALT – BATH BALL SHAPER

❶

❷

❸

❹

Do-it-yourself Bathbombs

Making foaming bath bombs with this three-part bath ball mixture is really

easy. The mixture can be individually enriched with flower petals, Soap

Fragrance Oil, Soap Colours and Skin Care Additives to provide a sensual

bathing experience. All ingredients are certified as raw materials for cosmetic

use.

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

9 Make bathtime pure fun

9 Trendy gift idea

9 100 % Vegan

12 M

❶ Place Component A in a heat-resistanwt vessel and melt in a

water bath at 60°C – do not boil.

❷ Add Component B to the melted Component A, stirring continuously

as you do so.

❸ Then stir in Component C until the mixture forms into small lumps.

Put the melting vessel with the finished compound to one side and

work with the Bath Ball mixture while it is still warm.

❹ Simply form small amounts of the mixture into balls with your

hands, squeezing them firmly.

Bath Ball Shaper

Pack contains

Component A

(solid)

1 x 169 g / 253 g

Component B

(powder)

1 x 165 g / 248 g

Component C

(powder)

1 x 66 g / 100 g

1 x Stirrer Instructions

INGREDIENTS: 57801/.02: Sodium Bicarbonate, Cocos Nucifera Oil, Zea Mays Starch, Ascorbic Acid, Sodium Lauryl Sulfate | 57806/.07: Sodium Bicarbonate,

Cocos Nucifera Oil, Zea Mays Starch, Ascorbic Acid

Do-it-yourself Bathbombs


foaming

400 g

57 801


effervescent 400 g 57 806

A great idea for making beautifully shaped bath balls, quickly and easily.

Moulding bath balls is child’s play with these interlocking plastic moulds.

The individually made bath balls should be left to harden in the air for 4-6

days before being used.

9 Easy to use

9 Reusable

Bath Ball Shaper


Heart

57 821

1 Pair 6

Ball 57 822


CREARTEC 245


TIP: Soap Charms are displayed to even

better advantage if they are moulded into

transparent soap and backed with white or

pastel-coloured soap.

Also suitable for shampoos, creams,

lotions or bath salts.

Soap Charms

Unique scatter decorations that swell up slightly in products containing

water. In the process the scatter decoration remains dimensionally stable,

and it can be rubbed onto the skin or hair without leaving any residues.


9 Natural Ingredients

9 Residue-free dissolution

9 Reusable

9 Very economical

INGREDIENTS 58040.01: Mannitol, Microcrystalline Cellulose, Acrylates Copolymer, Hydroxypropylcellulose, Hydroxypropyl Methylcellulose, Caprylic /Capric Triglyceride,

Aluminum hydroxide, CI 73360, Acrylates / Ammonium Methacrylate Copolymer, Mica, Decyl Glucoside, Triethyl Citrate, Polysorbate 20, CI 77891, Simethicone

INGREDIENTS 58040.02: Mannitol, Microcrystalline Cellulose, Acrylates Copolymer, Hydroxypropylcellulose, Mica, CI 77891, Caprylic /Capric Triglyceride, Decyl

Glucoside, Talc, Hydroxypropyl Methylcellulose, Acrylates / Ammonium Methacrylate Copolymer, CI 77491, Triethyl Citrate, CI 77492, Simethicone

Material consumption: approx. 20-30 pieces per bar of soap

Soap Charms SS-Set


Hearts 1,5g PP-Foil 6 58 040.01

246

SAPOLINA | SOAP RANGE | SOAP CHARMS – SOAP CRUMBS

❶

❷

❸

❹

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

Soap Crumbs

Ideal for at home and when travelling. You can refine the practical crumbs

with your choice of colour, fragrance and skin care ingredients. Your own

homemade gentle cleansing for stressed hands!

❶ Pour the powder mixture into a container. Stir in Hair & Body Basis

Gel (item 58213) with a spoon until the mixture is crumbly.

Tip: To create wonderfully scented coloured crumbs, simply stir

in a few drops of Soap Colour (item 58031) and Soap Fragrance

Oil (item 58061) before adding the Hair & Body Basis Gel. You can

refine the mixture with Skin Care Oils (item 58081 ff).

9 Great gift idea

9 Easy to use


3 2

❷

Spread the crumbs onto a cloth and leave to dry. You can make the

crumbs the size you want by breaking them into smaller pieces or

rubbing them with your hands to create a fine soap powder.

24 - 48

❸ Tip: You can add delicate dried flowers, a fragrant tea blend or a

few coffee grounds to refine the finished crumbs.

❹ Put the crumbs in a suitable container, for instance a sugar shaker,

and store in a dry place. Even better, try them out at once.

INGREDIENTS: Zea Mays Starch

Soap Crumbs

Drying time: 24 - 48 h



TIP: If they are packed in

small portions they are

ideal for travelling


CREARTEC 247


Fun Soap Slime

Wonderfully soft soap slime that flows smoothly through the hands - what

could be better? The chewing gum-like consistency fascinates young and

old alike, is fun, and puts you in good spirits – and is guaranteed to put a

sparkle in children’s eyes. Ideal for children’s birthdays and as a gift idea.


9 Slimy beautiful

9 Can be used immediately without waiting time

9 Great gift idea

VIDEO

INSTRUCTION

Pack contains

Soap Slime powder:

yellow, blue, red, green, pink

5 x 60 g

Measuring cup

1 x 30 ml

Disposable gloves

Instructions

INGREDIENTS: Zea Mays Starch, [+/- CI 16255, CI 19140, CI 42090, CI 45100]

Fun Soap Slime SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

Box 3 57 991


248

SAPOLINA | SOAP RANGE | FUN SOAP SLIME – HAIR & BODY BASIS GEL

Hair & Body Starter Set

You can create your own personal, delightfully fragrant shower experience

at home with this mildly foaming Hair & Body Basis Gel. Do you

need to find an individual gift for one of your favourite people in a hurry?

No problem with Hair & Body Basis Gel. Add a little Soap Colour, Soap

Fragrance Oil and shimmering Soap Pigment to the Basis Gel and enrich

the mixture with a high-quality Skin Care Oil - there are no limits to your

imagination. Also suitable as a basis for exfoliants.


9 Easy to use

9 For all skin types

6 M


With our refill bottle of Hair & Body Basis Gel you can create your individual

shower care according to your wishes.


9 Mild, gentle on the skin

9 100% Vegan

6 M

4.5 - 5.5


Pack contains


1 x 500 ml

Aloe Vera Gel

1 x 10 ml

Soap Colour mint

1 x 10 ml

Soap Pigment

pearly 1 x 5 g

Soap Fragrance Oil

Coconut milk 2*

1 x 10 ml

Empty pump bottle

INGREDIENTS: Hair & Body Basisgel: Aqua, Sodium Laureth Sulfate, Cocoamidopropyl Betaine, Glycerin, Sodium Chloride, Polyquaternium-7, Phenoxyethanol, Citric Acid,

Sodium Benzoate, Caprylyl glycol, Decylene glycol, Tetrasodium Glutamat Diacetate / Seifenfarbe mint: Aqua, Glycerin, Propylene Glycol, 2-Bromo-2- nitropropane-1,3-diol,

CI 19140, CI 74160 / Aloe Vera Gel: Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Juice, Sodium Benzoate, Citric Acid, Potassium Sorbate / Seifenpigment: Sodium Bicarbonate, Synthetic

Fluorphlogopite, CI 77891, Tin Oxide / Seifenduft: Parfum

Hair & Body Starter-Set SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

Box 3 58 200

INGREDIENTS: Aqua, Sodium Laureth Sulfate, Cocoamidopropyl Betaine, Glycerin, Sodium Chloride, Polyquaternium-7, Phenoxyethanol, Citric Acid, Sodium

Benzoate, Caprylyl glycol, Decylene glycol, Tetrasodium Glutamat Diacetate



500 ml

58 213

Plastic bottle 6

1000 ml 58 215

Soap products in the colour of your choice? This is

no problem with our large selection of colours and

pigments. You can find these on PAGE 233.

Refill bottles and tubs for our Hair & Body products

are also available individually. You can find these

on PAGE 283.


CREARTEC 249


Room Fragrance Starter Set


WELLNESS FOR THE SENSES

Boost your wellbeing with stimulating or soothing

fragrance compositions from the Sapolina Room

Fragrance range. The 12 pure essential aromatic oils

are inspired by the principles of aromatherapy. This

proven knowledge has been familiar in herbalism and

medicine for centuries.

The prepared Room Fragrance mixture is drawn

in through the capillaries of the diffuser bars and

distributed into the air. Besides the mixture itself, the

number of diffuser bars and the size of the room play

an important role. You will need do a bit of experimentation

to establish the best balance. If you wish,

you can also combine our fragrance compositions

together.

Complete set for an introduction to the fascinating world of fragrance.

Inspired by the principles of aromatherapy, the essential oils in the Sapolina

Room Fragrance range have been developed to allow them to be

blended together.

The effects generally attributed to the single herbs, fruits or plants can

be combined into a mixture of fragrances according to individual taste.

Dilute 1 part of pure fragrance oil with 5-10 parts Diffuser Oil (item

83015). It is also possible to use the oils in fragrance lamps; simply add a

few drops of fragrance oil to water.

9 All-natural essential oils

9 For personalized fragrance blends

9 Suitable for aromatherapy

* 1 GHS - 07 / * 2 GHS - 07 | 08 | 09 / * 3 GHS - 02 | 07 | 08 | 09 Overview on PAGE 304

Pack contains

Diffusor oil 1*

1 x 250 ml

Measuring

cup

1 x 30 ml

Room Fragrance Oil:

Spear mint 2* ,Rosemary 3* ,

Mandarine 3* , 3 x 20 ml

Glass bottle

3 x Stirring sticks 5 x Cotton sticks

Room Fragrance Starter Set SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

Box 3 83 000

250

SAPOLINA | ROOM FRAGRANCE RANGE | ROOM FRAGRANCE STARTER SET – ROOM FRAGRANCE OILS

Diffusor Oil

Room Fragrance Oils

Odourless, colourless and non-toxic basis for Sapolina Room Fragrances

(item 83060).

9 Neutral oil base for room fragrances


Inspired by the principles of aromatherapy, the essential oils in the

Sapolina Room Fragrance range have been developed to allow them to

be blended together.

9 All-natural essential oils


9 Suitable for aromatherapy


Density: 0,93 g/cm³ | Application: 1 part fragrance oil with 5-10 parts

diffuser oil

Diffusor Oil


500 ml Plastic-bottle 6 83 015

Room Fragrance Accessoires

Do you need additional products to supplement your range of Room Fragrances?

You are sure to find the right thing among our accessories.

*1 GHS - 07 / *2 GHS - 07 | 08 / *3 GHS - 07 | 08 | 09 /

*4 GHS - 02 | 07 | 08 | 09 / *5 GHS - 08 Overview on PAGE 304

Room Fragrance Oil SS-Set


Basil 2* 83 060.01

Lavender 2* 83 060.02

Spear mint 3* 83 060.03

Rosemary 4* 83 060.04

Sage 1* 83 060.05

Thyme 4* 20 ml Glass bottle 6 83 060.06

Wintergreen 1* 83 060.07

Mandarine 4* 83 060.09

Juniper berry 4* 83 060.10

Vanilla 1* 83 060.11

Musk mallow seed 5* 83 060.12

Room Fragrance Accessoires

SS-Set

Type Content Pcs. PU Item

23 cm Ø 2 mm 5 83 041

Cotton sticks black

31 cm Ø 3 mm 6 83 042

50 cm Ø 5 mm 5 6 83 043

Measuring cup 30 ml 6 49 103

Spatulas 114/140 mm x 6 mm 60 49 004

FREE FLYER!

Free advertising flyers for our room fragrance range

are available on request.


251

CREARTEC 251



252

PLAYTEC

PLAYTEC | TOY MATERIALS


253

Crafting with Children

PLAYTEC

Here you can find materials for schools,

kindergartens etc. which all meet the highest

standards and are certified in accordance

with EN 71 – and not just for children, either.

See for yourself.


254

Products

Modelling

256 | 257

Biscuit Cutters / Modelling Chalk

258 | 259

Adhesives

260 | 261

Metal moulds

263

Colouraplast accessories

262 - 267

Colouraplast Dreamcatcher Set

269

Natural Wood Oil /Natural Wood Wax

270 | 271

Shrink-Wrap Film and Sets

272 | 276



255

Modellino

Make being creative really fun with Modellino! The soft, pliable modelling

compound is especially ideal for free creative design in kindergartens,

schools and therapy facilities. It is the ideal material for children’s birthdays,

but it is also favoured by countless artists for producing unique

models. Make your own figures, puppet heads, bowls, decorative beads,

decorations and much more with Modellino – simply amazing!

Freshly-modelled decorations made from Modellino

or papier mâché can be fixed to glass, stone or ceramic

objects with Adhesive Modelling Primer (item

55 210). See the product on PAGE 105.

9 Can be reworked after curing

9 Soft, supple structure

9 Can be painted with many colours

9 Mix with water

1 : 1

4 - 12 h

5 +

Modellino

Density: 1,02 g/cm³ | Swelling time: 15 min | Hardening time: 4 -12 h


200 g Printed bag 25 55 134

250 g

6 55 135

Doypack

500 g 5 55 136


Playform Modelling Sand

Play sand that feels like it does on the beach, but at home? That is just

what you get with Playform Modelling Sand. Can be remoulded or newly

designed at any time. The unique, natural mixture of quartz sand and

special waxes gives your child the feeling of playing with real sand. The

fantastic consistency never alters, never dries out, and the sand can be

reused again and again. Also ideal for use as modelling sand for model

making. Heating Playform models at 150°C for 20 minutes solidifies

them and allows them to be carved. The Modelling Sand can still be

reused afterwards.


9 Remains stable and does not dry out

9 Promotes creativity and motor skills

9 Can be remoulded again and again

Density: 1,8 g/cm³ | Colour: beige

Playform Modelling Sand


1000 g

55 172

6

3000 g Plastic bucket

55 173

10 kg 1 55 174

5 +

256

PLAYTEC | MODELLING | MODELLINO – FLOWERING PAPIER MÂCHÉ

Paper Mâché

Lampshade

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

Papier Mâché

This high-quality, environmentally–friendly Papier Mâché consists of fine

cellulose fibres and is excellent for modelling detailed objects. Papier

Mâché is flexible, easy to work with and versatile, which is why it is a popular

material in kindergartens, schools, and leisure and therapy facilities.

Papier mâché is odourless, kind to the skin, free from toxic substances

and solid when it dries, with no shrinkage.


9 Extremely easy to mould

9 Air drying

9 Colourable

1 : 1

4 - 8 h

❶ Prepare the papier mâché paste according to the instructions.

❷

Wrap a hemispherical bowl in foil.

❸ Apply a thin coat of papier mâché and press the desired pattern onto it.

❹ Leave to dry on the bowl. Sand the edges to make them smooth.

❺ Paint as desired.

Flowering Papier Mâché

There is much more to Papier Mâché than just modeling decorative parts.

How about a special kind of plant greetings ?

Quickly made and suitable for many occasions such as birthdays, weddings

or Mother's Day! (Material is enough for 6-10 „Seed Balls“)

Density: 1,02 g/cm³ | Swelling time: 2-3 h | Hardening time: 4-8 h

Papier Mâché


200 g Printed bag 25 55 124

250 g

10 55 125

Doypack

500 g 5 55 126


3 +


9 Extremly easy to mould

9 Air drying

9 Colourable

Density: 1,02 g/cm³ | Swelling time: 2-3 h | Hardening time: 4-8 h

Flowering Papier Mâché


500 g + 15 g Cress Plastic bucket 1 55 130.10

1 : 1

4 - 8 h

3 +



257

Cutters 3- fold

Roll out and cut out. Decorative pendants made with Salino Salt Dough

Mixture (item 55 161), Modellino (item 55 135), Porcellana fantastica (item

55 146) and many other materials are now ready.

9 Very high resistance to breakage

9 No sharp edges

Tip: Salt Dough is particularly well suited to

colouring with an appropriate Colour Pigment

Powder, which ideally should be dissolved in

the mixing water.

If you want to speed up the drying process, you

can bake pieces in the oven at 75°C for around

two hours, depending on their thickness.

Cutters 3-fold SS-Set

Type / Variant Size Ø Packaging PU Item

Heart

55 mm

Star

55 mm PP-Foil 3 55 133

Flower

55 mm

Pendant Set with Salt Dough

The ecologically-manufactured modelling compound is perfect for kneading

and modelling. With the biscuit cutters supplied, it is easy to create

attractive decorations that can be put to many uses.

9 Great gift idea

9 Complete set

9 Air drying

1 : 3

24 - 48 h

Salino Salt Dough Mixture

This fabulous, supple modelling compound is ecologically produced and

is ideal for creative handicrafts with children of 4 years old and over.

Figures, home-made pendants and a wide variety of decorations are

very popular and are super easy to mould and shape with Salino Salt

Dough Mixture. It provides fun for children and adults alike, and a sense

of achievement is guaranteed. Perfect for schools, children’s birthdays

or as a gift idea!

9 Extremely easy to mould

9 Air drying

1 : 3

24 - 48 h


Pack Contains

Salt

dough

250 g

Baker’s twine: 5 x

red 5 x black each

21 cm

Biscuit cutter:

Heart / Star

Instruction

Density: 2,08 g/cm³ | Swelling time: 2 min | Hardening time: 24-48 h

Pendant Set with Salt Dough SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

Box 3 55 166

Density: 2,08 g/cm³ | Swelling time: 2 min | Hardening time: 24-48 h

Salino Salt Dough Mixture


1000 g Doypack 8 55 161

4 +

258

PLAYTEC | MODELLING | PENDANT SET WITH SALT DOUGH– MODELLING CHALK SET

❶

❷

❸

❹

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

Modelling Chalk Set

The ideal product to make modelling fun and allow you to make your own

pavement chalk to any design you choose. It gives everyone the chance to

use their creativity to the full and conjure up works of art on the pavement

that will be washed away the next time it rains. Loads of fun in the fresh

air! Perfect for rough surfaces.

❶ Cover the work surface with foil. Mix the required amount of Chalk

Powder with a little Colour Pigment in a suitable container (small

bowl) using a spoon. For 100 g of Chalk Powder use a maximum of

2 g of Colour Pigment.

Caution: the powder should be mixed by an adult.

Tip: using a lot of Colour Pigment results in a strong colour; using

a little Colour Pigment creates a pastel shade.

❷

Mix coloured Chalk Powder and water with a spoon until it forms a

crumbly paste, e.g. 100 g powder and 50 g water.

9 Fun with colourful moulding and painting

9 Great Gift idea

9 Air drying

2 : 1

2 - 3 T

❸ Then knead thoroughly with the hands.

Tip: if the paste is too dry, add a few drops of water. If it is too

sticky, leave for approximately five minutes and then knead again.

❹ Now you can create any imaginative objects you want – leave them

to harden and then have fun painting them.

Pack Contains

Clay chalk

400 g

Color pigment powder

red, blue and yellow 2

g each

Processing time 30 min | Hardening time: 2-3 Days

Instruction

Modelling Chalk Set SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

Box 3 55 180



259


Cellcoll Wallpaper Glue is excellent for sticking together paper or cardboard,

and can be used on many different bases for design work, such

as sticking Texture Design (item 04431-44), collages, or for making

papier mâché. Cellcoll Wallpaper Glue can also be used as an additive

when making paper.

9 Ideal for sticking paper and cardboard

9 For making papier mâché


90

Consumption: 70 - 80 g/m² | Swelling time: 10 - 20 min | Hardening time:

90 min | Addition to pulp: 2 g per litre of water



100 g

77 945

6

250 g Doypack

77 946

400 g 1 77 947

5 +

Porcellana fantastica

Porcellana fantastica is an air-drying modelling compound. It is soft, easy

to shape and model, has the strength of porcelain when dry and has a

silky-matt gloss. Ideal for imaginative modelling with children.



9 Air drying

9 Colourable


Porcellana fantastica



500 g Plastic box 1 55 147

6 - 15 h

3 +

260

PLAYTEC | MODELLING | CELLCOLL WALLPAPER GLUE – KIDS’ ECOLOGICAL GLUE

5 +


Kids’ Ecological Glue is ideal for all types of handicrafts with paper. The

solvent-free glue was specially developed for use by children, and the

practical spreading cap and optimised bottle ensure that it is easy for

children’s small hands to use. The product is water-soluble and can be

easily washed out of textiles.


9 Practical coating closure

9 Easy to wash out

9 Water-soluble


30 - 40 min




30 - 40



261


Versatile and Creative with

COLOURAPLAST

262

Colouraplast

Colouraplast – coloured plastic beads which can be used to create bright window

pictures, mobiles and small artworks. With a bit of artistic creativity and lots

of imagination it takes very little time to make colourful patterns and designs.

9 No unpleasant odour

9 Weather-resistant

9 Easy to use

Metal Melting Mould

Our high-gloss galvanised metal melting moulds have a rounded edge

and are ideal for melting Colouraplast. Panels made in these reusable

moulds have a surface that is as smooth as glass, and are easy to remove

from the mould once they have cooled off.

9 No sticking

9 High-gloss galvanized

9 Rounded edges

10+

Melting point: 176 °C | Density: 1,05 g/cm³ | Form: granules

Colouraplast melting granules meets the requirements of EN 71-3 and EN 71-5

Colouraplast


100 g

53 010.01

Doypack 6

rose

200 g 53 011.01

20 kg Sack 1 53 014.01

100 g

53 010.07

Doypack 6

medium red

200 g 53 011.07

20 kg Sack 1 53 014.07

100 g

53 010.10

Doypack 6

dark red

200 g 53 011.10

20 kg Sack 1 53 014.10

100 g

53 010.13

Doypack

purple

200 g 6 53 011.13

20 kg Sack 53 014.13

100 g

53 010.25

Doypack 6

medium blue

200 g 53 011.25

20 kg Sack 1 53 014.25

100 g

53 010.27

Doypack 6

tender blue

200 g 53 011.27

20 kg Sack 1 53 014.27

100 g

53 010.37

Doypack 6

grass green

200 g 53 011.37

20 kg Sack 1 53 014.37

100 g

53 010.45

Doypack 6

lemon yellow

200 g 53 011.45

20 kg Sack 1 53 014.45

100 g

53 010.47

Doypack 6

golden yellow 200 g 53 011.47

20 kg Sack 1 53 014.47

100 g

53 010.63

Doypack 6

orange

200 g 53 011.63

20 kg Sack 1 53 014.63

100 g

53 010.68

Doypack 6

white

200 g 53 011.68

20 kg Sack 1 53 014.68

100 g

53 010.78

Doypack 6

black

200 g 53 011.78

20 kg Sack 1 53 014.78

100 g

53 010.81

Doypack 6

silver

200 g 53 011.81

12 kg Sack 1 53 014.81

100 g

53 010.84

Doypack 6

gold

200 g 53 011.84

12 kg Sack 1 53 014.84

100 g

53 010.99

Doypack 6

transparent

200 g 53 011.99

25 kg Sack 1 53 014.99

Metal Melting Mould SS-Set

Size Ø Packaging PU Item

56 mm

53 105

68 mm 53 106

80 mm 53 108

99 mm 53 109

6

116 mm

loosely

53 111

125 mm 53 113

140 mm 53 114

160 mm 53 116

195 mm

53 119

3

225 mm 53 123

Metal Melting Mould Set

You can find a selection of our most popular metal melting moulds here.

These offer you numerous ways of putting your ideas into practice just

as you envisaged.

9 No sticking

9 High-gloss galvanized

9 Rounded edges

Metal Melting Mould Set SS-Set


Set: 140 mm / 173 mm / 195 mm loosely 6 53 101



263


These heat-resistant silicone moulds are ideal for mosaic making with

Colouraplast (item 53 010). Sprinkle the granules into the indentations and

melt in the oven. This makes it possible to create many mosaic stones at

once.

Silicone Moulds

Because they are heat resistant, these silicone jewellery moulds are perfect

for making your own trendy pendants from Colouraplast (item 53 010).


9 Reusable

9 Elastic

max.

230°C


9 Reusable

9 Elastic

max.

230°C




108-fold 150 x 200 mm PP-Foil 3 53 220

53 243

Jewellery Designs

53 241

Costume Jewellery

53 244

Fashion Jewellery

Silicone Moulds SS-Set


Costume Jewellery 20 130 x 140 mm

53 241

Jewellery Designs 8 105 x 190 mm PP-Foil 3 53 243

Fashion Jewellery 13 150 x 205 mm 53 244

264

PLAYTEC | COLOURAPLAST | MOSAIK SILICONE MOULD – COLOURAPLAST ADHESIVE

❶

❷

❸

❹

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

❶ Apply a thin coat of Colouraplast Adhesive to a heat-resistant

object with a brush.

❷ Sprinkle on Colouraplast as desired.

❸ Melt the object in the oven. The Colouraplast beads will run and

create wonderful colour effects.

Colouraplast Adhesive

❹ Once the melting process is finished, leave the object in the oven

to cool with the door shut, in order to prevent cracks forming in

the surface.

Colouraplast Adhesive is excellent for fixing Colouraplast Enamel Granules

(item 53010) to vertical surfaces in order to create an individual colour

scheme in the subsequent melting process. Apply Colouraplast Adhesive

with a brush to the chosen glass, ceramic or porcelain surface, sprinkle on

the Colouraplast Enamel Granules and melt in the oven at 180°C.

9 Ready to use

9 Easy to use

Material consumption: 70 - 90 g/m² | Density: 1,09 g/cm³

Colouraplast Adhesive





265

Silicone Mould Stars

The highly elastic silicone moulds are excellent for moulding your own

unique delicate stars with Fine Concrete or ceramic casting compounds.

Once they have hardened, fill the stars with Colouraplast and melt in the

oven.


9 Reusable

9 Elastic

max.

230°C

Alu-Structureplate

When the finished Colouraplast sheet is melted again on this textured

aluminium plate, the pattern will be transferred from the sheet and you

will be able to see a brilliant glass effect.

9 Reusable

9 Easy to use

9 Glass-like effect

Silicone Mould Stars SS-Set


6-fold 155 x 240 mm PP-Foil 3 53 256

Alu-Structureplate SS-Set

Größe Type Packaging PU Item

200 x 250 mm cathedral-effect PP-Foil 6 53 191

Brassband for Mouldmaking

Wire Form Heart


With Brassband for Mouldmaking you can design individual moulds, flowers,

leaves, figures and much, much more in only a few minutes. Simply cut

off the required length, bend as you wish, allow the ends to overlap a little

and hold them together with a paper clip. The result is a small mould which

you can lay on a Metal Melting Mould (item 53105ff), fill with Colouroplast

Enamel Granules (item 53010) and melt. The finished piece can be individually

decorated or bonded with Colouraplast discs by melting again.


9 Reusable

Brassband for Mouldmaking SS-Set


125 cm - 4 mm

28 556

PP-Foil 6

200 cm - 7 mm 28 557

It is quick and easy to create coloured decorative pieces with this wire

mould, which was developed specially for the Colouraplast melting

technique.


9 Reusable

Wire Form Heart


140 mm PP-Foil 6 28 336

SS-Set

266

PLAYTEC | COLOURAPLAST | SILICONE MOULD STARS – COLOURAPLAST DISC

Silicone Frames, Set of 3

Silicone Frames: Ideal for filling with Colouraplast (item 53010) and numerous

other viscous casting compounds.

Colouraplast Kit

Discover the fascination of the Colouraplast technique. The most popular

basic materials have been assembled in this craft pack.


9 Reusable

9 Elastic

max.

230°C

9 Easy to use


9 Weather-resistant

10+

Silicone Frames, Set of 3 SS-Set

Type Size Ø Packaging PU Item

Butterfly

57 mm

Shamrock

45 mm PP-Foil 3 53 226

Maple Leaf

50 mm

Colouraplast Starter-Kit

Colouraplast – coloured plastic beads which can be used to create bright

window pictures, mobiles and small artworks. With a bit of artistic creativity

and lots of imagination it takes very little time to make colourful

patterns and designs.

9 Easy to use


9 Weather-resistant

Pack Contains

Metal Mould

80 mm / 125 mm / 160 mm

3 x Silicone Frames Instruction

Colouraplast red, blue, green, yellow,

orange and transparent each 100 g

Colouraplast Kit SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

Box 3 53 001

Colouraplast Disc

Whether they are displayed in the window or made into a coaster or a

mobile, these colourful plastic discs are bound to cheer you up. There is

no limit to children’s creativity with this fantastic handicraft idea.

9 Easy to use


9 Weather-resistant

Pack Contains

Metal Mould

80 mm / 125 mm

Colouraplast red, blue,

green, yellow, orange and

transparent je 30 g

Instruction

Colouraplast Starter-Kit SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

Box 3 53 004

10+

Pack Contains

Metal Mould

80 mm / 125 mm / 160 mm

2 x Wire Form Heart

65 mm Ø / 125 mm Ø

Colouraplast red, blue, green, yellow,

orange and transparent each 30 g

Instruction

Colouraplast Disc SS-Set

Packaging PU Item

Box 3 53 009

10+



267

Colouraplast

DREAMCATCHER SET

According to legend, dreamcatchers originated in

North America from the Ojibwe Indian culture. They

come in countless different variations and colours.

Despite this, all dreamcatchers have certain things

in common; the circular shape symbolises the

cycle of life and is supposed to attract good things.

The mesh is evocative of a spider’s web in which

spiders catch their prey – the bad dreams. This is

how the name came about: dreamcatcher.


THE MEANING OF THE DREAMCATCHER:

• Evil spirits are kept away from sleepers

so that they are predected and can

sleep peacefully.

• Bad dreams are caught in the web and

can later be neutralised by the morning

sun.

• Good dreams slip through the opening

in the centre of the web and slide gently

to the sleeper.

268

PLAYTEC | COLOURAPLAST | COLOURAPLAST DREAMCATCHER-SET

176 °C

❶

❷

❸

❹

Dreamcatcher Set

Dreamcatchers have watched over our dreams for centuries, while at

the same time providing an attractive, timeless decoration. Create your

own unique dreamcatcher from Colouraplast; the warm sun will shine

through it and it will make all your bad dreams disappear. This Dreamcatcher

is also a wonderful eye-catcher as a garden ornament.

THIS IS

HOW TO DO IT

9 Complete set


9 Weather-resistant

10+

❶ Place the medium-sized metal mould in the large metal mould with

the opening upwards, and fill the edge as desired with Colouraplast.

❷ Put the filled mould in a pre-heated oven and melt at 180°C for

approximately 20-30 minutes until the surface is smooth.

❸ Leave the melted shape in the oven to cool in order to prevent cracks

forming in the surface. Then carefully remove the Colouraplast disc.

❹ Using a drill, make about seven evenly-spaced holes close to the

inner edge. If you wish you can also allow for holes to use for

hanging and decorations at the same time.

Pack contains

Metal Mould

195 mm / 116 mm / 56 mm

String

1 x 4 m

Colouraplast red, yellow, orange or

transparent, blue, purple | 3 x 50 g

je Set

Instruction

Dreamcatcher Set SS-Set

Version Packaging PU Item

Sunrise (red, yellow, orange)

Sky (transparent, blue,

purple)

PP-Foil 3

53 002.08

53 002.22

VERSION WITHOUT MESH

Make a small Colouraplast disc to form the centre.

To join the two together, drill holes in the outer edge

of a small disc as you did in the ring and thread

the string through the holes of the ring and the disc

alternately and pull tight.

• Knot the end of the thread onto a hole and fix with a little glue.

• Pass the thread through the next hole from the back and pull to the left

between the thread and the ring.

• Continue loop by loop. The first round ends at the hole where you

started.

• From this point the loops should be made in the middle of the thread

you made in the first round. When you have made the second loop you

can start to see the pattern.

• Tip: hold the previous loop between your thumb and forefinger to stop

it slipping.

• When the opening in the centre of the web is small enough, knot the

thread and fix with a little glue. The web of the dreamcatcher is now

finished.



269

Sustainable Protection and Care with

NATURAL WOOD OIL AND WAX

Are you looking for an environmentally-friendly

way to protect the wood you use for your

creative ideas?

DO IT YOURSELF!

Do you want to find out more about

treating wooden surfaces?

Use the QR code to take you straight

to the detailed instructions.

ENJOY CREATIVITY!

Untreated wood

Treating with

Natural Wood Oil


Untreated wood

Treating with

Natural Wood Wax

Beech

Beech

Maple

Maple

Birch

Birch

Ash

Ash

Swiss

pearwood

Swiss

pearwood

Alder

Alder

Cherry

Cherry

Robinia

Robinia

Walnut

Walnut

Elm

Elm

Oak

Oak

270

PLAYTEC | NATURAL WOOD OIL AND WAX

Untreated pine

Treating with Natural

Wood Oil

Treating with Natural

Wood Wax

Natural Wood Oil

Natural Wood Wax

This high-quality Wood Oil was specially developed for initial treatment,

care and freshening up of wooden objects in indoor areas and for wooden

toys. The natural oil penetrates deep into the wood, brings out its unique

grain, and repels water and dirt. Sand down the surface with 240 grain

sandpaper before applying the oil liberally. Apply more to highly absorbent

spots and completely remove any excess after 30 minutes. There must be

no shiny spots left. Leave to dry for at least 12 hours. Repeat this process

once or twice. In the case of highly porous woods we recommend using

Shellac Primer (item 69842). Applying a final coat of Natural Wood Wax

(item 73053) produces a really exquisite protective layer on the surface.






Natural Wood Oil


250 ml

73 003

Tin can 3

1000 ml 73 006

12 h

If you love the unique feel of waxed wood surfaces, but at the same time

you want them to be extremely resilient, then this specially developed

Wood Wax is the right choice for you. The ideal combination of oil and wax

penetrates deep into the pores of the wood and seals it with a hard wax

coat. Natural Wood Wax is best liberally applied as a final layer to surfaces

that have already been given a base coat of Natural Wood Oil (item 73003),

but it can also be used alone and applied in two coats. In this case the first

coat must not be polished. Before oiling or applying the first coat of Wood

Wax the wood surface should be sanded smooth with 240 grain sandpaper.

Generously apply a coat of Wood Oil or the first coat of Wood Wax, cover

highly absorbent spots again, and after 30 minutes remove any excess completely.

There should be no shiny spots left. Leave to dry for at least 24 hours,

repeat the process with Natural Wood Wax once more and, after it has dried,

polish the remaining wax coat using pressure until there is a silky sheen.

9 Exquisite silky gloss





Natural Wood Wax


250 ml

73 053

Tin can 3

1000 ml 73 056

12 h



271


Crafting with

SHRINK FILM

100 %

50 %

272

PLAYTEC | SHRINK FILM SETS | DESIGNO | DESIGN YOUR NAME | MANDALA

Shrink Film Set Designo

A really great gift set for making your own small painted pendants,

brooches or other decorative pieces. Just shape the shrink film as you

wish, put it in the oven to shrink, and admire the result!



Shrink Film Set Design your name

Are you looking for keyrings, or tags for jackets or bags? Our wide

selection of motifs provides wonderful templates that can be individualised

with a name, making these one-off shrunken pieces into something

that really turns heads.



Pack Contains

14+

Pack Contains

14+

2 x Shrink-film

neutral 13 x 20 cm

4 x Shrink Film

printed 13 x 20 cm

1 x Pattern

6 x Shrink-film

neutral 13 x 20 cm

1 x Pattern 1 x Punch pliers

1 x Felt-tip pen 1 x Coloured pencils 1 x Punch pliers

1 x Felt-tip pen 1 x Coloured pencils 6 x Wire loops

4 x Key rings with

chain

4 x Key rings

Instructions on

the back

6 x Key rings Instructions on the back

Shrink Film Set SS-Set


Designo PP-Foil 6 04 800



Design your name PP-Foil 6 04 806

Shrink Film Set Mandala

Mandalas – popular patterns in different designs – the ideal decorative pieces for you to design yourself and give as presents.

9 Unique jewelry


Pack Contains

2 x Shrink-film

neutral 13 x 20 cm

Shrink Film printed

3 x jew. 2 Motive

1 x Pattern 1 x Coloured pencils

6 x Jump rings 6 x Folding clamps 1 x Leather cord Instructions on the back



Mandala PP-Foil 6 04 807

14+



273


Individual Creative Projects with

BLANK SHRINK FILM

274

❶

❷

❸

❹

Shrink Film gold

The golden shrink film creates glossy, high‐quality accessories once shrunk.

9 Gold-effect for noble DIY-projects

9 Ideal for beginners and advanced users

THIS IS

HOW IT’S DONE

❶ Select a template that is large enough. Please note: once the foil has

been shrunk, the motif will be 50% of its original size. Colour the

rough side of the film with coloured pencils. Print on white Shrink

Film with a laser printer.

5 +

Shrink Film SS-Set

Version Size Content Packaging PU Item

gold 26 x 20 cm 2 x PP-Foil 6 04 801 84

❷ Cut out the motives.

❸ Place on aluminium foil or baking paper and shrink in a pre-heated

oven at 140°C. The shrinking process is complete when the film is

once more lying flat. This takes around 45 seconds.

❹ Remove the pieces of shrunken film from the oven. If the foil is not yet

completely flat, simply weigh down with a book while it is still warm.

Shrink Film transparent

Shrink Film white

The transparent shrink film is suitable for designs and patterns applied

on both sides, creating a slightly translucent effect.

9 Paintable and printable on both sides


Double-sided

printable

Shrink Film SS-Set


transparent 26 x 20 cm 2 x PP-Foil 6 04 802 99

5 +

The white shrink film provides a strong, opaque base for colourful designs.

9 Paintable and printable on both sides


Shrink Film SS-Set


white 26 x 20 cm 2 x PP-Foil 6 04 802 68

Double-sided

printable

5 +



275

Shrink Film transparent

Shrink Film white


Perfect for gift boxes, pendants or jewellery. Realize your ideas with our

plain foils and create your own designs.



Shrink Film SS-Set


2 x

6 04 801

transparent 26 x 20 cm

PP-Beutel

10 x 3 04 801.99

5 +

Perfect for gift boxes, pendants or jewellery. Realize your ideas with our

plain foils and create your own designs.



single-sided

printable

Shrink Film SS-Set


white 26 x 20 cm 2 x PP-Beutel 6 04 801.02

5 +

276

ACCESSORIES

ACCESSORIES | PACKAGING SOLUTIONS AND ACCESSORIES


277

Packaging solutions and

ACCESSORIES


In order to allow you to use uniform packaging,

we have developed a packaging system for all the

products we produce, consisting of a system of

standard containers which are also ideal for presentation

on your shelves.

Since there is no uniform technical system in

Europe for measurement or sizes of packaging, nor

for the closures to fit it, we have striven to take

this important factor into consideration, at least for

nearly 96% of all the packaging we use. This means

that you can always use the same closures for most

of our bottles and tubs: some of these have been

specially customised for this purpose so you can,

for instance, close any container you need to with

a standard, spray or flip-top closure, or with a paint

nozzle.

In addition, there are closures which come in

different colours. This allows you the option to fit

containers with closures of almost the same colour

as the product inside the container, so you can

identify the colour of the material from the outside.

278

Products

Plastic bottles / PET bottles

280 | 281

Closure types for

Plastic bottles

282 | 283

Round plastic tins / Plastic canisters

284 | 285

Plastic cup / Plastic bucket and

Plastic tub

286 | 287

Glass bottles / Wide-necked jars

288 | 289

Tinplate cans /

Tinplate buckets

290 | 291

Mixing and measuring vessels

292

Other

294 - 295

Sales Display / Books

296 | 297



279

Plastic bottles / for chemical products

10

ml

10

ml

20

ml

30

ml

40

ml

99 507.18 99 509.14 99 513.18 99 527.18 99 531.18 99 536.181 99 537.18 99 551.18 99 552.18

50

ml

50

ml

100

ml

100

ml

100

ml

99 554.25

125

ml

99 561.18


250

ml

99 565.18

Plastic bottles

ml

250

ml

with labels with

measurement scales

250

ml

500

ml

99 567.18 99 567.25 99 572.25 99 582.25

99 583.25 99 583.10 99 583.68

Ø

mm

mm

1000

ml

Description ml Colour Shape Ø Height Features Material DIN Lid Closure types Piece PU Item

Plastic bottle 10 natural round-cylindrical 24 50 - PE 18 without ST / KS 100 1 99 507.18

Bar bottle 10 natural round-cylindrical 17 69 - HDPE-LDPE 14 drip inlay ST 100 1 99 509.14

Plastic bottle 20 natural round-cylindrical 23 77 - HDPE-LDPE 18 without ST / KL / MD / KV 100 1 99 513.18

Pen bottle 30 natural round-cylindrical 22 107 - LDPE 18 without ST / MD / FD / KV / SV 100 1 99 527.18

Pen bottle 40 natural round-cylindrical 23 135 - LDPE 18 without ST / MD / FD / KV / SV 100 1 99 531.18

Plastic bottle 50 natural round-cylindrical 32 94 - HDPE-LDPE 18 without ST / KL / MD / KS / KV / SV 100 1 99 536.181

Plastic bottle 50 white round-cylindrical 32 94 TWD HDPE 18 without ST / KL / MD / KS / KV / SV 100 1 99 537.18

Plastic bottle 100 natural round-cylindrical 40 109 - HDPE 18 without ST / KL / MD / KS / KV / SV 100 1 99 551.18

Plastic bottle 100 white round-cylindrical 41 108 TWD HDPE 18 without ST / KL / MD / KS / KV / SV 100 1 99 552.18

Square bottle 100 natural rectangular-cylindrical 29 x 45 106 - HDPE 25 without ST / KL / KS 100 1 99 554.25

Plastic bottle 125 natural round-cylindrical 40 128 - PE 18 without ST / MD / KS / FD / KV / SV 100 1 99 561.18

Plastic bottle 250 natural round-cylindrical 50 175

label with measurement

scale PE 18 without ST / KL / MD / KS / FD / KV 50 1 99 565.18

Plastic bottle 250 natural round-cylindrical 50 175 - PE 18 without ST / KL / MD / KS / FD / KV 50 1 99 567.18

Square bottle 250 natural rectangular-cylindrical 55 x 44 140 - HDPE 25 without ST / KL / KS 50 1 99 567.25

Square bottle 500 natural rectangular-cylindrical 73 x 54 172 - PE 25 without ST / KL / KS 50 1 99 572.25



Square bottle 2500 natural rectangular-cylindrical 126 x 89 286 - PE 10 red ST 10 1 99 583.10

Square bottle 2500 natural rectangular-cylindrical 126 x 89 286 - PE 10 white ST 10 1 99 583.68

2500

ml

2500

ml

2500

ml

280

ACCESSORIES | PLASTIC BOTTLES – PET-BOTTLES

PET bottles / for cosmetic products

PET bottles

ml

Ø

mm

mm

Description ml Colour Shape Ø Height Features Material DIN Lid Closure colour Piece PU Item

Dispenser 250 crystal clear round-cylindrical 49 169 suitable for cosmetics PET 25 Lotion Pump transparent 1 6 58 225

PET bottle 500 crystal clear round-cylindrical 70 169 suitable for cosmetics PET 28 with white 50 1 99 587.68

PET bottle 1000 crystal clear round-cylindrical 80 220 suitable for cosmetics PET 28 with white 25 1 99 589.68

Material composition / plastics

Resilient and

non-breakable

Closure types / descriptions

Standard

closure

250

ml

58 225

Flip-top closure

"high density"

medium-hard

Paint

nozzle

closure

Hard or soft

500

ml

PET HDPE PVC LDPE PP PS

Childproof

closure

"low density"

soft and elastic

Fine nozzle

closure

High

resistance to

perforation

Adhesive closure

with outlet nozzle

Dimensionally

stable

ST KL MD KS FD KV SV

1000

ml

99 587.68 99 589.68

Applicator

closure



281

Closure types / for plastic bottles

ST

ST ST KS KS KS

KL

KL

99 605.78 99 611.67 99 611.78 99 618.08 99 618.68 99 618.78 99 613.68 99 613.78


ST

Closure types

FD KV KV SV SV

99 624.68

KL

99 631.10 99 631.68 99 633.10 99 633.68

Ø

mm

Description Colour Ø Height Features DIN Piece PU Item

mm

KS KS KS

99 646.68 99 656.78 99 661.68 99 665.10 99 665.68

Standard closure black 21 18 Aluminum inlay 18 100 1 99 605.78

Standard closure white 21 16 Sealing lip 18 100 1 99 611.67

Standard closure black 21 16 Sealing lip 18 100 1 99 611.78

Childproof closure red 21 19 Childproof 18 100 1 99 618.08

Childproof closure white 21 19 Childproof 18 100 1 99 618.68

Childproof closure black 21 19 Childproof 18 100 1 99 618.78

Flip-top closure white 21 20 Closable nozzle 18 100 1 99 613.68

Flip-top closure black 21 20 Closable nozzle 18 100 1 99 613.78

Fine nozzle closure white 23 43 Attachable painting nozzle 18 100 1 99 624.68

Adhesive closure red 20 42 Long nozzle with sealing cap 18 100 1 99 631.10

Adhesive closure white 10 42 Long nozzle with sealing cap 18 100 1 99 631.68

Applicator closure red 22 35 Rubber brush with sealing cap 18 100 1 99 633.10

Applicator closure white 22 35 Rubber brush with sealing cap 18 100 1 99 633.68

Standard closure white 28 17 Inner sealing ring 25 50 1 99 646.68

Flip-top closure black 28 23 Closable nozzle 25 50 1 99 656.78


Childproof closure red 32 20 Childproof 28 50 1 99 665.10


282

ACCESSORIES | CLOSURE TYPES

Paint nozzle closure / for plastic bottles

MD

99 615.01

pink

99 615.07

light red

99 615.08

medium red

99 615.10

dark red

99 615.14

violet

99 615.17

lila

99 615.20

dark blue

99 615.26

light blue

99 615.30

icegreen

99 615.31

turquoise

99 615.35

dark green

99 615.39

pastel green

99 615.45

lemon yellow

99 615.48

gold yellow

99 615.50

ocher

99 615.56

red brown

99 615.58

dark brown

99 615.62

light orange

99 615.63

orange

99 615.66

cream

99 615.68

white

Paint nozzle closure

Ø

mm

99 615.72

grey

mm

99 615.78

black

99 615.81

silver

Colour Ø Height Features DIN Piece PU Item

99 615.84

gold

pink

99 615.01

light red 99 615.07


dark red 99 615.10

violet 99 615.14

lila 99 615.17

dark blue 99 615.20


icegreen 99 615.30

turquoise 99 615.31




gold yellow 21 18

fine paint

nozzle

18 100 1 99 615.48

ocher 99 615.50

red brown 99 615.56

dark brown 99 615.58

light orange 99 615.62

orange 99 615.63

cream 99 615.66

white 99 615.68

grey 99 615.72

black 99 615.78

silver 99 615.81

gold 99 615.84

pastel-nacre 99 615.90

colorless 99 615.99

99 615.90

pastel-nacre

99 615.99

colorless

fine paint

nozzle



283

Round plastic tins / for chemical products

99 716.68

99 716.69

99 711.67


Round plastic tin with closure

ml

99 707.78

20

ml

99 723.68

99 723.69

99 723.78

125

ml

99 711.78

Ø

mm mm Ø

mm

ml Colour Shape Ø Height Material DIN Lid Ø Closure Piece PU Item

20 natural round-cylindrical 30 54 HDPE 25 black 27 100 1 99 707.78

50 natural round-cylindrical 41 61 HDPE 32 white 34 100 1 99 711.67



100 natural round-cylindrical 50 73 HDPE 40 childproof-white 42 50 1 99 716.69



125 natural round-cylindrical 49 86 HDPE 40 childproof-white 43 50 1 99 723.69


250 natural round-cylindrical 60 103 PE 50 white 53 50 1 99 737.68

250 natural round-cylindrical 60 103 PE 50 black 53 50 1 99 737.78



50

ml

99 737.68

99 737.78

250

ml

99 716.78

100

ml

99 738.68

99 738.78

250

ml

284

ACCESSORIES | ROUND PLASTIC TINS AND CANISTERS

Plastic canisters / for chemical products

Plastic canister with closure

ml

99 591.09

5000

ml

SUSTAINABILITY

is extremely important to us!

Help us to avoid creating waste: we are

also happy to supply our high-quality

adhesives in suitable refill containers.

Ø

mm

mm

99 591.10

5000

ml

99 595.78

ml Colour Form Ø Height Material DIN Lid Piece PU Item

5000 natural rectangular 180 x 150 260 HDPE 40 outlet tap 1 1 99 591.09

5000 natural rectangular 180 x 150 260 HDPE 40 standard 1 1 99 591.10

20000 natural rectangular 270 x 210 400 HDPE 55 black 1 1 99 595.78

20

Liter



285

Plastic cups and buckets

99 720 99 726 99 732 99 746

120

ml

155

ml

240

ml

365

ml


99 752 99 758

600

ml

99 766

2500

ml

Plastic cup and bucket with lid

ml

99 767

3500

ml

1180

ml

99 769

5500

ml

Ø

mm mm Ø

mm

Description ml Colour Form Ø Height Features Material Ø Closure Piece PU Item

Plastic cup 120 transparent round-conical 65 50 - PP 66 100 1 99 720




Plastic bucket 600 transparent round-conical 99 102 with plastic handle PP 104 50 1 99 752

Plastic bucket 1180 transparent round-conical 128 128 with plastic handle PP 128 50 1 99 758

Plastic bucket 2500 white round-conical 160 158 with plastic handle PP 172 20 1 99 766



Plastic bucket 10000 white round-conical 275 230 with wire handle PP 290 10 1 99 772

Plastic bucket 21500 white round-conical 310 320 with wire handle PP 324 10 1 99 774

99 772

10

Liter

99 774

21,5

Liter

286

ACCESSORIES | PLASTIC CUPS, BUCKETS AND TUBS

Plastic tins

99 703

8

ml

99 714

50

ml

99 719

100

ml

99 740 99 741 99 751

250

ml

Plastic tin with lid

ml

365

ml

99 756 99 762

99 764

1000

ml

2000

ml

Ø

mm mm Ø

mm

Description ml Colour Shape Ø Height Features Material Lid Ø Closure Piece PU Item

Plastic-tube 8 transparent round-cylindrical 14,5 55 - PE plug closure white 15 100 1 99 703

Plastic-tin 50 white round-cylindrical 52 32 - PP standard 55 50 1 99 714

Plastic-tin 100 transparent round-cylindrical 38 105 with strainer PP standard 40 50 1 99 719

Plastic-tin 250 white round-cylindrical 70 70 with inter cover PP standard 72 25 1 99 740

Plastic-tin 375 white round-cylindrical 70 114 with inter cover PP original closure 72 25 1 99 741

Plastic-tin 500 white round-cylindrical 70 145 with inter cover PP original closure 75 25 1 99 751

Plastic-tin 1000 white round-cylindrical 98 160 with inter cover PP standard 107 20 1 99 756

Plastic-tin 2000 white round-cylindrical 135 160 - PP standard 139 15 1 99 762

Plastic-tin 2000 white round-cylindrical 121 185 with push-in lid PP original closure 125 15 1 99 764

500

ml

2000

ml



287

Closure types for glass bottles / descriptions

ST

KS

PP

TS

TK

AR


Standard

closure

Childproof

closure

Pipette

closure

Dropper closure

with standard

closure

Dropper closure

with Childproof

closure

Glass bottles and wide-necked jars / for chemical or cosmetic products

8

ml

10

ml

20

ml

20

ml

99 905.68 99 905.78

99 909.67

99 912.67

GLASS BOTTLES

99 909.68 99 909.77 99 909.78 99 909.90 99 909.93

99 912.68 99 912.77 99 912.78 99 912.93

99 920.68 99 920.78 99 920.99

Optionally with

pouring ring

All glass bottles are suitable for filling with powder,

granulate or liquids. The lids that go with them

have a seal, which contributes to safer storage.

99 925.68 99 926.68

50

ml

60

ml

288

ACCESSORIES | GLASS BOTTLES AND WIDE NECKED JARS

50

ml

99 921.67 99 921.68

99 921.77 99 921.78 99 921.93

Glass bottles

ml

100

ml

99 927.67

Ø

mm

99 927.68

mm

99 927.77 99 927.78 99 927.93

ml Colour Shape Ø Heigh Features Material DIN Lid Closure Piece PU Item

8 ml transparent clear round-cylindrical 22 40 - tubing glass 18 white ST 186 1 99 905.68

8 ml transparent clear round-cylindrical 22 40 - tubing glass 18 black ST 186 1 99 905.78

10 ml brown round-cylindrical 23 62 - brown glass 18 white TS 204 1 99 909.67

10 ml brown round-cylindrical 23 62 - brown glass 18 white KS 204 1 99 909.68

10 ml brown round-cylindrical 23 62 - brown glass 18 black ST 204 1 99 909.77

10 ml brown round-cylindrical 23 62 - brown glass 18 black KS 204 1 99 909.78

10 ml brown round-cylindrical 23 62 - brown glass 18 grey PP 204 1 99 909.90

10 ml brown round-cylindrical 23 62 - brown glass 18 white TK 204 1 99 909.93






20 ml transparent clear round-cylindrical 34 49 - cast glass 32 white ST 104 1 99 920.68

20 ml transparent clear round-cylindrical 34 49 - cast glass 32 black ST 104 1 99 920.78

20 ml transparent clear round-cylindrical 34 49 - cast glass 32 transparent ST 104 1 99 920.99






50 ml transparent clear round-cylindrical 44 70 aluminum seal cast glass 40 white ST 80 1 99 925.68

60 ml transparent clear round-cylindrical 42 80 - cast glass 40 white KS 72 1 99 926.68








289

Tinplate – cans - buckets - pots

TINPLATE CANS

Our tinplate cans are ideal for filling with products

containing solvents, and have a predective interior

coating which renders them rust-proof.

Containers holding 250 ml or more are also supplied

with lid clips.


Tinplate cans

99 966 99 972

125

ml

99 974 99 976 99 978

500

ml

375

ml

750

ml

ml

Ø

mm mm Ø

mm

ml Shape Ø Height Features Material Lid Ø Closure Piece PU Item

125 cylindrical 58 70 - tinplate patent cap 41 12 1 99 966

375 cylindrical 85 85 + 2 lid clips tinplate patent cap 66 12 1 99 972




1000

ml

290

ACCESSORIES | TINPLATE CANS – TINPLATE POTS

Tinplate bucket

ml

Ø

mm mm Ø

mm


5000 cylindrical 165 239 + 4 brackets / with handle tinplate patent cap 136 4 1 99 982

25000 cylindrical 315 370 with handles tinplate locking ring 340 1 1 99 988

Tinplate can

ml

99 982 99 988

5

Liter

99 992 99 995

250

ml

Ø

mm mm Ø

mm


250 cylindrical 58 120 - tinplate childproof 22 12 1 99 992

1000 cylindrical 100 152 - tinplate childproof 22 12 1 99 995

1000

ml

25

Liter



291


49 103

30

ml

49 101

600

ml


49 153

4000

ml


ml

49 115 49 116 / 49 116.01

500

ml

Ø

mm

mm

Description ml Colour Form Ø Height Features Material suitable for Piece PU Item

Mixing bowl - Rubber 600 black round-conical 125 95 - hard rubber water soluble products 1 3 49 101

Measuring cup with scale 30 transparent round-conical 38 / 27 42 - PP chemicals / solvents 6 6 49 103

Measuring cup with scale 500 transparent round-conical 140 with spout and handle PP chemicals / solvents 1 6 49 115

Measuring cup with scale 1000 transparent round-conical 180 with spout and handle PP chemicals / solvents 1 6 49 116

Measuring cup with scale 1000 transparent round-conical 180 with spout and handle PP chemicals / solvents 6 1 49 116.01

Marbling shell 4000 white rectangular 376 x 276 55 - PVC chemicals / solvents 1 3 49 153

1000

ml

292

ACCESSORIES | MIXING AND MEASURING VESSELS – WET AND DRY SANDPAPER

Spatulas

49 004 49 005 49 006 49 008

Spatulas SS-Set

Length mm Width mm Properties Piece PU Item

114 6

60

140 6 60

150 18 made from splinter-free natural wood, with rounded edges

20 6

49 005

113 10 30 49 006

240 18 6 49 008

Steel Wool, extra fine

Steel Wool, extra fine

Content grams Properties Piece PU Item

100 g Suitable for cleaning, sanding and polishing wooden, glass, stone, metal, lacquered and plastic surfaces. 1 6 49 131



Grain Packaging Properties PU Item

120 / 2 Bows PP-Foil

Wet and Dry Sandpaper is wonderful for providing the finishing touch to castings made from Concrete, Fine Concrete

or other ceramic casting compounds. It is also perfect for rounding off edges and corners. The sandpaper is waterproof,

keeps its shape and does not disintegrate when it comes into contact with water.

49 004

6 49 200



293


Finger Ring

Finger Ring SS-Set

Type Size Packaging Properties PU Item

oval

18 x 25 mm

These ring blanks with setting are ideal for letting your artistic ideas run riot! Fill with Fine Concrete (item

50 231

round 24 mm Ø

PP-Foil

56 056), stick on pictures or napkins, or marble with colourful Cold Glaze (item 50 100) – whichever you

choose, the result will be a unique piece of jewellery which you can enjoy for a long time.

6

50 232

294

ACCESSORIES | FINGER RING – CAST-IN HOOKS

Acrylic Sheets

Acrylic Sheets

Type Size Packaging Properties PU Item

A6

30 901.03

with 3 suspension holes A5 30 902.01

A4 loosely The crystal-clear, almost unbreakable plastic sheets, drilled or undrilled, are excellent for engraving. 6 30 903.01

undrilled

A5 30 902

A4 30 903

Cast-in Hooks

Cast-in Hooks SS-Set

Content Size Packaging Properties PU Item

6 Piece

These special hangers ensure your creations always stay in place. Simply press them into the wet casting

6 56 651

25 x 20 mm PP-Foil

100 Piece compound and let them set into it – done!

1 56 652



295

Sales Display

PRODUCT PRESENTATION

The sales display is particularly effective if is

positioned by the till as an advertising space. We

offer three different designs for our 30 ml and

88 ml bottles. You can customise the topper by

applying a sticker appropriate to the product.


185 mm

160 mm

40 mm

200 mm

200 mm

185 mm

160 mm

40 mm

210 mm

315 mm

Sales Display

Content Features Material Piece PU Item

for 60 x 30 ml bottles

Cardboard

two-part display

72 330

coated 1 1

for 36 x 30 ml bottles with stick-on topper

white

77 600

Topper Labels

60 141.11

60 141.12

72 330.11

72 330.12

80 561.11

77 600.11

Labels Size Topper Piece PU Item

Soles Nap Latex

314 x 188 mm 60x30 ml

60 141.11

200 x 186 mm 36x30 ml 60 141.12

Pearl Maker Pen

314 x 188 mm 60x30 ml

1 1

72 330.11

200 x 186 mm 36x30 ml 72 330.12

Adhesives 200 x 186 mm 36x30 ml 77 600.11

Wax-Designer 314 x 188 mm 60x30 ml 80 561.11

296

ACCESSORIES | SALES DISPLAY – BOOK, MAKE YOUR OWN MOULDS


From model to replica with liquid moulding compounds. Everything you need to know about mould-making techniques is explained in detail in this book.

(Klaus-P. Lührs)

Book

Book Author ISBN Content Cover Piece PU Item

Make your own moulds Klaus-P. Lührs 9783939903161 240 Pages Softcover 1 3 05 173



297

CREARTEC | INSPIRATION

298



299


300



301


302



303

CREARTEC | GHS-CLASSIFICATION

CAUTION !

Classification and labelling of chemicals

in accordance with GHS

Take note of warnings and symbols on packaging

before use!

You will receive current safety data sheets for our

products with your first order.

We will also be happy to send these to you on

request.

02 Flammable

05 Corrosive

07 Harmful / Irritant

08 Health Hazard

09 Hazard to the Environment

304

CREARTEC Main Catalogue

Transform your PDFs into Flipbooks and boost your revenue!

Delete template?

Save as template ?